You are on page 1of 68

'IL 1080

INDUSTRIAL LIST I Specially designed equipment., tooling
and fixtures for the manufacture or
measuring of gas turbine blades or
vanes, as follows; specially designed
components and accessories therefor;
and specially designed software ·for the
equipment, components and accessories:
a Blade or vane aerofoil or root automatic
measuring equipment.
Note: If the apparaturs does not have a
mechanical measuring and electrical trans-
Group A particles, etc.) in a closed cavity to create
equal force in all direction upon a metal
powder filled container for consolidating
the powder into a part.
mitting device, but consists of an optical
projector only, the apparatus is not
covered by the above.

Metal-working b Precision vacuum investment casting
equipment, including core-making
equipment;
machinery 11. Listed as follows:

a Technology for the design of tools, dies
c Small-hole drilling equipment for
producing holes having depths more than
Italic type. Views will be sought from the UK's
and fixtures specially designed for the four times their diameter and less than
COCOM partners prior to approval being granted 0.03 inch (0.76mm) in diameter;
to the listed goods. Such views will not normally, following processes:
1 "Hot die forging"; d Directional solidification casting
however, be sought for goods described in italic equipment and directional recrystalliz-
type. The UK authorities retain the discretion to 2 "Superplastic forming";
refuse any licence application. 3 "Diffusion bonding"; ation equipment;
4 "Metal powder compaction" using: e Segmented cast blade or vane bonding
IL 1001 i "Vacuum hot pressing"; equipment;
ii "High pressure extrusion"; or f Integral blade-and-disc casting
Technology for metal-working manu- equipment;
iii "Isostatic pressing";
facturing processes and specially 5 "Direct-acting hydraulic pressing"; g Blade or vane coating equipment, except
designed software, as follows: b Technical data consisting of process para- furnaces, molten-metal baths and ion-
meters as listed below used to control: plating baths;
I. Definitions of terms for this Item: 1 "Hot die forging": h Ceramic blade or vane moulding and
i Temperature; finishing machines;
a "Hot die forging" is a deformation ii Strain rate; Moulds, cores and tooling for the
process where die temperatures are at the 2 "Superplastic forming" of aluminium manufacture and finishing of:
same nominal temperature as the alloys, titanium alloys and superalloys: 1 Cast hollow turbine blades or vanes;
workpiece and exceed 850K (577 d C, i Surface preparation; 2 Turbine blades or vanes produced by
1070 0 P); ii Strain rate; powder compaction;
b "Superplastic forming" is a deformation iii Temperature; Composite metal turbine blade or vane
process using heat for metals that are iv Pressure; moulding and finishing machines;
normally characterised by low values of 3 "Diffusion bonding" of superalloys k Inertial blade or vane welding machines.
elongation (less than 20 per cent) at the and titanium alloys:
breaking point as determined at room i Surface preparation;
temperature by conventional tensile ii Temperature;
strength-testing, in order to achieve iii Pressure;
elongations during processing which are at' 4 "Metal powder compaction" using:
least 2 times those values; i "Vacuum hot pressing":
c "Diffusion bonding" is a solid-state a Temperature; 11 Technology (except installation,
molecular joining of at least two separate b Pressure; operation and maintenance technology)
metals into a single piece with a joint c Cycle time; for use of the following unembargoed
strength equivalent to that of the weakest ii "High-pressure extrusion": equipment:
material; a Temperature;
d "Metal powder compaction" is a process b Pressure; a Blade or vane belt grinding machines;
capable of yielding parts having a density c Cycle time; b Blade or vane edge radiusing machines;
of 98 per cent or more of the theoretical iii "Isostatic pressing": c Blade or vane aerofoil milling or grinding
maximum density; a Temperature; machines;
e "Direct-acting hydraulic pressing" is a b Pressure; d Blade or vane blank preforming
deformation process which uses a fluid- c Cycle time; machines;
filled flexible bladder in direct contact 5 "Direct-acting hydraulic pressing" of e Blade or vane rolling machines;
with the workpiece; aluminium alloys, and titanium alloys: f Blade or vane aerofoil shaping machines
f "Hot isostatic densification" is a process i Pressure; except metal removing types;
of pressurizing a casting at temperatures ii Cycle time; g Blade or vane root grinding machines;
exceeding 375K (l02°C, 215.6°P) in a 6 "Hot isostatic densification" of h Blade or vane aerofoil scribing equipment.
closed cavity through various media (gas, titanium alloys, aluminium alloys and
liquid, solid particles, etc.) to create equal superalloys:
force in all directions to reduce or i Temperature;
eliminate internal voids in the casting; ii Pressure;
g '''Vacuum hot pressing" is a process iii Cycle time.
which uses a press with heated dies to Explanatory notes:
consolidate metal powder under reduced 1 Manufacture (making) includes
atmospheric pressure into a part; IL 1075 refurbishing.
h "High pressure extrusion" is a process 2 This definition also covers machinery and
yielding a single-pass reduction ratio of 4 Spin-forming and flow-forming machines equipment for the manufacture of blades or '
to 1 or greater in a cross-sectional area of specially designed or adapted for use vanes in the compressor section of aircraft or
the resulting part; with numerical or computer controls airclaft-derived gas turbine engines where the
"Isostatic pressing" is a process which and specially designed components and technology is the same as for the manufac-
uses a pressurizing (gas, liquid, solid software therefor. ture of blades or vanes in the turbine section.
Security,.export control 14 June 1985 1
INDUSTRIAL LIST
IL 1081 2 Other machinery capable of the 7 Fixed and repetitive cycles (does not
Specially designed or modified equip- production of bevel gears of module include automatic cut vector
finer than 0.5mm (diametral pitch finer generation);
ment, tools, dies, moulds and fixtures than 48) and meeting a quality standard 8 Tool and fixture offset;
for the manufacture or inspection of better than DIN 58405 Class 6. 9 Part programme tape editing,
aircraft, airframe ,tructures or aircraft Technical note: If rated in AGMA or excluding source programme
fastenen, as follows; specially designed Admiralty standards and not rated in language and centreline location
components and accessories therefor; DIN 58405, AGMA 11 or Admiralty data (CLDATA);
and specially designed software for the Class 1 shall be considered to be the 10 Tool length compensation;
equipment, components and accessories: equivalent of DIN 58405 Class 6. 11 Part programme storage;
b Machinery capable of producing gears in 12 Variable pitch threaJing;
a Equipment, tools, dies, moulds or fixtures excess of AGMA quality level 13 or 13 Inch/metric conversion;
for: equivalent. 14 Feed rate override based on spark
1 Hydraulic stretch forming: Technical note: If not rated in AGMA voltage for electrical discharge
i Whose machine motions or forces standards, DIN 3693 Class 4 shall be machines;
are digitally controlled or controlled considered equivalent to AGMA v Word size equal to or less than 16 bits
by electrical analogue devices; or quality level 13. (excluding parity bit(s»;
ii Which are capable of thermal- vi Software/firmware, including soft-
conditioning the workpiece; ware/firmware of any programmable
2 The milling of aircraft skins or spars; unit or device furnished, shall not
b Tools, dies, moulds or fixtures for: exceed control unit functions as
provided in i to v above, and is
1 Diffusion bonding; IL 1091 restricted as follows:
2 Superplastic forming; Numerical control units, numerically
3 Hot die forging; 1 Only the following application
4 Metal powder compaction by vacuum controlled machine-tools, dimensional programmes can be furnished
hot pressing, high-pressure extrusion inspection machines, direct numerical which shall be executable without
or isostatic pressing; control systems, specially designed sub- further compilation, assembly,
5 Direct-acting hydraulic pressing of assemblies, and specially designed interpretation, or processing, other
aluminium alloys and titanium alloys; software, as follows: than control unit parameter initial-
6 The manufacture, inspection, inserting ization, and memory storage
or securing of specially designed high- a Units for numerically controlling loading, and each shall be supplied
strength aircraft fasteners. as an entity rather than in modular
simultaneously coordinated (contouring form:
and continuous path) movements of a An operating programme to
Explanatory note: For the definition of machine-tools and dimensional inspection
the processes and control of the metal- allow the unit to perform its
machines in two or more axes, except normal functions;
working manufacturing technologies those having all of the following
mentioned above, see Item IL 1001. b One or more diagnostic pro-
characteristics: grammes to verify control or
No more than two contouring inter- machine performance and
Unimproved machinery covered by sub- polating (any mathematical function
item a 2 above originally produced more permit localization of hardware
including linear and circular) axes can malfunctions;
than 10 years prior to the proposed be simultaneously coordinated. Units
export. c A translator programme with
may have: which the end-user can
lOne or more additional axes for programme the control-to-
which rate of movement is not machine interface;
IL 1086 coordinated, varied or modulated 2 Programme documentation for
Specially designed or modified equip- with that of another axis; application programmes shall not
ment, tools, dies, moulds, fixtures and 2 One additional set of two contain the following:
gauges for the manufacture or inspection contouring axes provided a separate a Listing of programme in-
of aircraft and aircraft-derived gas feed rate number, standard or structions (except that necessary
turbine engines, as follows; specially optional, does not control more for diagnostics for routine
designed components and accessories than any two contouring axes; or hardware maintenance);
3 Two contouring axes switchable out b Description of programme
therefor; and specially designed soft- .of any number of axes;
ware for the equipment, components organization or function beyond
ii Minimum programmable increment that required for programme use
and accessories: equal to or greater than 0.001 mm; and for maintenance of hard-
iii Interfaces limited as follows: ware with which these
a Equipment, tools, dies, moulds, fixtures 1 No integral interface designed to programmes operate;
and gauges: meet ANSI/IEEE standard c Flow charts, logic diagrams or
1 For automated production inspection; 488-1978, IEC publication 625-1; or the algorithms employed (except
2 For automated welding; any equivalent standard; and those necessary for use of
b Tools, dies, fixtures and gauges: 2 No more than two interfaces diagnostics for routine hardware
1 For solid-state joining by inertial meeting EIA standard RS-232-C or maintenance);
welding or thermal bonding; any equivalent standard; d Any reference to specific
2 For manufacture and inspection of iv On-line (real-time) modification of the memory storage locations
high-performance gas turbine tool path, feed rate and spindle data (except those necessary f~r
bearings; limited to the following: diagnostics for routine hardware
3 For rolling specially configured rings 1 Cutter diameter compensation maintenance);
such as nacelle rings; normal to the centreline path; e Any other information about the
4 FQr forming and finishing turbine 2 Automatic acceleration and design or function of the soft-
discs; deceleration for starting, cornering ware which would assist in the
c· Compressor or turbine disc broaching and stopping; analysis or modification or all or
machines. 3 Axis transducer compensation of part of it.
including lead screw pitch com-
IL 1088 pensation (measurements on one
axis may not compensate another
Gear .making or finishing machinery, as axis);
follows: 4 Constant surface speed with or Explanatory notes:
without limits; 1 For "digital computers" either
a Bevel gear making machinery: 5 Spindle growth compensation; "incorporated" in or "associated"
1 Gear grinding machinery (non- 6 Manual feed rate and spindle speed with, but not "embedded" in,
generating type); override; controllers, see Item IL 1565.
2 Security export control 14 June 1985
2 Technology for the design and Technical note: Can feasibly be neither:
production (except assembly and Positioning accuracy is that accuracy a Removed from such' equipment or
testing) of two-axis numerical which would be obtained in a tempera- systems; nor
control units with an "embedded" ture-controlled environment of 20°C b Used for other purposes.
computer remains embargoed. .±.. 2°C with any mechanical compen- 5 "Incorporated" in equipment or systems
sation techniques shipped with the is defined as:
b Machine-tools and dimensional inspection machine or any electronic compen- a Can feasibly be either:
machines which, according to the manu- sation described in sub-item a iv. I Removed from such equipment or
facturer's technical specifications, can be Positioning accuracy of machines systems; or
equipped with numerical control units shipped without numerical control ii Used for other purposes; and
covered by sub-item a above, except: units will be that attained with a b Is essential to the operation of such
control unit used during checkout of equipment or systems.
the machine and with feedback systems 6 "Associated" with equipment or systems
Boring mills, milling machines, and identical to those that will be used with is defined as:
machining centres having all of the the machine, or by accuracy previously a Can feasibly be either:
following characteristics: obtained with an identical machine and i Removed from such equipment or
1 Not more than three axes capable of feedback system and control unit systems; or
simultaneously coordinated con- which will be connected to the ii Used for other purposes; and
touring motion, ie the total number machine. (See technical note 9 below.) b Is not essential to the operation of such
of linear plus rotary contouring ii Machine tools (other than boring mills, equipment or systems.
axes cannot exceed three. (A milling machines and machining NB "Removal" in Notes 4,5 and 6 above
secondary parallel contouring axis, centres described in i above) and is understood to mean not just physical
eg W axis on horizontal boring dimensional inspection machines, removal but removal with retention of
mills, is not counted in the total of having all of the following character- computing capabilities.
three contouring axes. A secondary istics: 7 A "Direct Numerical Control system"
rotary table, the centreline of which 1 Radial-axis motion measured at the (DNC) is defined as "a system connecting
is parallel to the primary rotary spindle axis equal to or greater than a set of numerically controlled machines
table, is also not counted in the 0.0008 mm TIR (peak-to-peak) in to a common memory for part pro-
total of three contouring axes. one revolution of the spindle (for gramme or machine programme storage
Machines may have non-contouring lathes, turning machines, contour with provision for on-demand distribution
parallel or non-contouring, non- grinding machines, etc.); of data to the machines" (Ref. ISO/DIS
parallel rotary axes in addition to 2 Meeting the requirements of i 1, i 6 2806.2).
the three axes capable of simul- and i 7 above. 8 Axis nomenclature shall be in accordance
taneously coordinated contouring (See also Item IL 1370 for "high with international standard ISO 841,
motion. Machines having the precision turning machines "); "Numerical Control Machines - Axis
capability of being simultaneously c "Direct Numerical Control systems" and Motion Nomenclature".
coordinated in more than three axes (ONC) consisting of a dedicated stored 9 The value of the positioning accuracy
are not excluded from embargo programme computer acting as a host does not include the width of backlash.
even if the numerical control unit computer and controlling, on-line or off- The value is determined by the usual
attached to the machine Hmits it to line, one or more numerically controlled statistical methods (random tests); ie by
three simultaneously coordinated machine-tools or inspection machines, as approaching from only one direction of a
contouring axes. For example, a defined in sub-item b above, related minimum of 5 measurement points up to a
machine with a control unit software, and interface and communi- maximum of 25 measurement positions as
switchable between any three out of cation equipment for data transfer random tests along one axis. National
four contouring axes is not between the host computer memory, the standards may be used for this measuring
excluded from embargo); interpolation functions, and the method; eg the German standard VDI
2 Maximum slide travel in any axis numerically-controlled machine-tools; "Statistical testing of the operational and
equal to or less than 3,000 mm; d Specially designed sub-assemblies and positioning accuracy of machine-tools
3 Spindle drive motor power equal to software which, according to the manu- VDI DGQ3441, March, 1977".
or less than 35kW; facturer's technical specifications, can
4 Single working spindle (the machine upgrade the capabilities of numerical
may have multiple tool heads or control units and machine-tools either so
turrets as standard or optional, but that they would become embargoed by Notes:
only one working spindle may be sub-items a, b or c above, or so that they 1 Numerical control units which have all of
operative at a time). A spindle would cease to be eligible for export under the following characteristics to non-
capable of driving a multiple drill the provisions of the italic notes below. aerospace, non-nuclear civil end-users,
head is considered as a single Note: Specially designed printed circuit when the numerical control units are
spindle; board sub-assemblies are embargoed by either exported by themselves or exported
5 Axial and radial motion measured this sub-item. with equipment excluded from embargo
at the spindle axis in one revolution (See also Item IL 1093 for "machine-tool by sub-item b above:
of the spindle equal to or greater parts and components".) a No more than three contouring inter-
than D x 2 x 10- mm TIR (peak-to-
5 polating (any mathematical function
peak) where D is the spindle including linear and circular) axes can
diameter in mm; be simultaneously coordinated. (Units
6 An incremental positioning accu- Technical notes: may be capable of controlling one or
racy equal to or greater (coarser) 1 "Numerical control" is defined as the more additional axes for which rate of
than.±.. 0.OO2mm in any 200mm of "automatic control of a process per- movement is not coordinated, varied
travel; formed by a device that makes use of or modulated with that of another
7 Overall positioning accuracy in any numeric data usually introduced as the axis);
axis equal to or greater (coarser) operation is in progress" (Ref. ISO 2382). b .Meeting the requirements of sub-items
than: 2 "Contouring control" is defined as: "two a ii to vi above.
a .±.. O.Olmm for machines with or more numerically controlled motions 2 Floor-type horizontal boring mills covered
total length of axis travel equal operating in accordance with instructions by sub-item b i above to non-aerospace
to or less than 300 mm; that specify the next required position and civil end-users for civil end-uses, provided
b .±.. (0.01 + (0.0025/300 x (L the required feed rates to that position. that all of the following conditions are
300») mm for machines with a These feed rates are varied in relation to met:
total length of axis travel, L, each other so that a desired contour is a Maximum transverse (X-axis) travel
greater than 300 mm and equal generated" (Ref. ISO/DIS 2806). equal to or le'ss than 15,000 mm;
to or less than 3,300 mm; 3 "Digital computer" is defined in Note 16 b Max~mum vertical (Y-axis) travel equal
c .±.. 0.035 mm for machines with a to Item IL 1565. to or less than 5,000 mm;
total length of axis travel greater 4 "Embedded" in equipment or systems is 'j' 'c Maximum (Z-axis) travel equal to or
than 3,300 mm. defined as: less than 3,000 mm;
Security export control 14 June 1985 3
INDUSTRIAL LIST
d Spindle-drive motor equal to or less Valves, cocks and pressure regulators to
than 75kW);
e Meeting the requirements ofsub-items
b i 1 and b i 4 to 7 above.
Group B bona fide civil end-users for non-aerospace
end-use.
IL 1142
Tubing, as follows:
IL 1093 Chemical and a Made of, lined with, or covered with any
Components and specially designed
parts for machine tools and dimensional
inspection machines covered by Item IL
petroleum of the fluorocarbon materials covered by
sub-item IL 1754 a 2, unreinforced, heat
1091, as follows: equipment shrinkable and having an inner diameter
(before shrinkage) of less than 28.57 m
(Pis in);
a Spindle assemblies, consisting of spindles Italic type. Views will be sought from the UK's b Reinforced tubing (including connectors
and bearings as a minimal assembly, COCOM partners prior to approval being granted and fittings for usage with such tubing)
to the listed goods. Such views will not normally,
except those assemblies with axial and however, incorporating coagulated dispersion
be sought for goods described in italic
radial axis motion measured along the type. The UK authorities retain the discretion to grades of polytetra-fluoroethylene;
spindle axis in one revolution of the refuse any licence application. copolymers of tetra-fluoroethylene and
spindle equal to or greater (coarser) than hexafluoropropylene; or .any of the
the following: IL 1110 fluorocarbon materials covered by sub-
i 0.0008 mm TIR (peak-to-peak) for Equipment for the production of liquid item IL 1754 a 2 and designed for oper-
lathes and turning machines; or fluorine, and especially designed ating (working) pressures of 210.9 kg/cm 2
ii D x 2 X 10-5 mm TIR (peak-to-peak), (3,000 psi) or greater, whether or not
where D is the spindle diameter in
components therefor. specially processed to make the flow
millimetres, for milling machines, surfaces electrically conductive.
boring mills, jig grinders, and
machining centres; IL 1129
b Lead screws, including ball nut screws, Vacuum pump systems, as follows, and IL 1145
except those having all of the following specially designed components, controls Containers, jacketed only, specially
characteristics: and accessories therefor: designed for the storage or transpor-
i Accuracy equal to or greater (coarser)
than 0.004 mm/300 mm;
tation of liquid fluorine.
ii Overall accuracy equal to or greater a Cryopump systems (Le. systems in which
(coarser) than (0.0025 + 5 x 10-6 X the circulation of cooled or liquefied gas is
L)mm, where L is the effective length used to achieve a vacuum, static or
in millimetres of the screw;
ill Concentricity of the centreline of the
journal bearing surface and the
dynamic, by lowering the temperature of
the environment) designed to operate at
temperatures of less than -200°C
Group C
centreline of the major diameter of the (-328°F) measured at atmospheric
screw equal to or greater (coarser) than pressure;
0.005 mm. TIR (peak-to-peak) at a b Vacuum pump systems capable of
Electrical and
distance of three times the diameter of
the screw or less from the journal
evacuating a chamber of volume greater
than one (1) litre to pressures below 10-8
torr (1.3 x 10- 6 pascals) while the
power-generating
bearing surface;
c Linear and rotary position feedback units
including inductive type devices,
temperature in the chamber is maintained
above 800°C (1,472°P); equipment
graduated scales, and laser systems, Note: For computer-related terms, see Items Italic type. Views will be sought from the UK's
except: IL 1565 or 1566. COCOM partners prior to approval being granted
i Linear types having an accuracy equal to the listed goods. Such views will not normally,
however, be sought for goods described in italic
to or greater (coarser) than (0.0004 + IL 1131 type. The UK authorities retain the discretion to
13 x 10-6 x L)mm for L equal to or less refuse any licence application.
than 100 mm and (0.0015 + 2 x 10-6 x Pumps (except vacuum pumps) having
L)mm, for L greater than 100 mm any of the following characteristics: IL 1203
where L is the effective length in milli- Electric vacuum furnaces, as follows,
metres of the linear measurement; and a Designed to move molten metals by specially designed components and
ii Rotary types having an accuracy equal electro-magnetic forces; controls therefor, and specially designed
to or greater (coarser) than two b Having all flow contact surfaced made of software for such furnaces, components
seconds of arc; 90 per cent or more tantalum, titanium or
d Linear induction motors used as drives for
or controls:
zirconium, either separately or combined,
slides, having all the following character- except when such surfaces are made of
istics; a Consumable electrode vacuum arc
materials containing more than 97 per
i Stroke greater than 200 mm; furnaces with a capacity in excess of
cent and less than 99.7 per cent titanium.
ii Nominal force rating greater than 45 20,000 kg (44,092 lb);
(See also Item IL 1133.)
Newton; b. Skull type vacuum arc furnaces;
lii Minimum controlled incremental Pumps described in sub-item b to bona-fide c Vacuum induction furnaces with a
movement less than 0.001 mm. capacity in excess of 2,273 kg (5,000 11;»
civil end-users for non-aerospace end-uses.
designed to operate at pressures lower
than 0.05 mm of mercury, at temperatures
higher than 1,375 K (1,loo°C, 2,012°F),
IL 1133 from which the molten metal may be
Valves, cocks and pressure regulators, poured into a mould within the same
having all flow contact surfaces made of vacuum chamber without breaking the
90 per cent or more tantalum, titanium vacuum;
or zirconium, either separately or d Vacuum induction furnaces incorporating
susceptors, designed to operate at
combined, except when such surfaces temperatures in excess of 2,273K
are made of materials containing more (2,OOO°C) and having a working diameter
than 97 per cent and less than 99.7 per greater than 100 mm.
cent titanium. Note: 'Vacuum induction furnaces'
include all portions of the furnace system
(See also Item Bl on the Atomic Energy List within the vacuum chamber.
;and Item IL 1131.) (See also Items IL 1080 and 1301.)
4 Seourity export control 14 June 1985
IL 1205 than 0.5W and a total weight (force) of a Equipment specially designed for the
more than 890N (90.7 kg, 200 lb); production of "superalloys";
Electro-chemical, semi-conductor ii Those specially designed and
and radio-active devices for the direct Notes:
developed for medical use within the 1 Sub-item a does not include the
conversion of chemical, solar or human body; following equipment:
nuclear energy to electrical energy, as Note: i Electric arc and induction furnaces,
follows: 1 See also Item IL 1570. basic oxygen furnaces, and
2 This Item does not embargo the remelting equipment using other
a Electro-chemical devices, as follows and following cells and power source techniques for the production of
specially designed components therefor: devices, and specially designed carbon steels, low-alloy steels and
1 Puel cells operating at temperatures of components therefor (nothing in this stainless steels;
523K (250°C, 482°P) or less, including Note shall be construed as sanctioning ii Degassing equipment used for the
regenerative cells, ie cells for the export of technology for such cells, production of carbon steels, low-
generating electric power, to which all power source devices or specially alloy steels and stainless steels;
the consumable components are sup- designed components): iii Hot and cold rolling mills,
plied from outside the cell; a Fuel cells embargoed by sub-item a extrusion presses, and swaging and
Explanatory note: The temperature of 1 above with a maximum output forging machines;
523K or less is intended to refer to the power greater than 10 kW which iv Decarburizing and annealing and
fuel cell and not to the fuel con- use gaseous pure hydrogen and pickling equipment;
ditioning equipment, which Inay be oxygen/air reactants, alkaline v Surface finishing equipment;
either an ancillary or an integral part of electrolyte and a catalyst support by vi Slitting and cutting equipment;
the fuel cell battery and which may carbon either pressed on a metal 2 Vacuum induction furnaces used in the
operate at over 523K. mesh electrode or attached to a production of superalloy powders,
conducting porous plastic; however, are embargoed by this sub-
2 Primary cells and batteries having any
b Primary cells and batteries covered item;
of the following characteristics: by sub-item a 2 iii above which are
i Possessing a means of activation 3 For the embargo status of other
specially designed for consumer electric vacuum furnaces, see Item IL
and having an open circuit storage
applications in watches, pace- 1203;
life in the unactivated condition, at makers, calculators and hearing b Technology specific to the production of
a temperature of 294K (21°C, 70 0 P)
aids; "superalloys", regardless of the type of
of 10 years or more; c Power source devices covered by
ii Silver-zinc reserve batteries pos- equipment with which it may be intended
sub-item c above which have an to use such technology.
sessing a means of activation and output power of 0.5W or more and
having an open circuit storage life Notes:
an overall efficiency of 6 per cent or
in the unactivated condition, at a 1 Sub-item b does not include tech-
less. (Overall efficiency is obtained
temperature of 294K (21°C, 70 0 P), nology on the equipment excluded by
by dividing the electrical output,
of 3 years or more; expressed in watts, by the thermal Note 1 to sub-item a above.
iii Utilising a lithium anode with 2 Melting, remelting and degassing tech-
input, expressed in watts. It is
lithium salt solute in organic solvent nology specific to the production of
understood that this efficiency is to
(non aqueous) electrolyte and superaIloys, however, is embargoed by
be measured at the beginning of
having an energy density at the sub-item b.
life.)
24-hour discharge rate of greater 3 This Item embargoes equipment
than 100 watt-hours per pound at specially designed for and technology
297K (24°C, 75°P) and greater than IL 1206 specific to the production of "super-
35 watt-hours per pound at 244K alloys" in the crude and semi-
(-29°C, -20 0 P). Electric arc devices for fabricated forms listed below:
Explanatory note: Energy density is generating a flow of ionised gas Crude forms:
obtained by multiplying the average in which the arc column is con- Anodes', balls, bars (including notched
power in watts (average voltage stricted (except devices wherein bars and wire bars), billets, blocks,
times average current in amperes) the flow of gas is for isolation blooms, brickets, cakes, cathodes,
by the duration of the discharge in purposes only and devices of crystals, cubes, dice, grains, granules,
hours to 90 per cent of the initial less than 100 kW for cutting, ingots, lumps, pellets, pigs, powder,
load voltage and dividing by the rondelles, shot, slabs, slugs, sponge,
welding, melting, plating or sticks.
total weight of the cell (or battery)
in pounds. As regards secondary
spraying); equipment incorpor- Semi-fabricated forms (whether or not
(rechargeable) batteries, energy ating such devices; specially coated, plated, drilled or punched):
density is measured after 500 designed components, access- i Wrought or worked materials fabri-
charge/discharge cycles. ories and control or test cated by rolling, drawing, ex-
3 Molten salt electrolyte cells and equipment; and specially truding, forging, impact extruding,
batteries which normally operate at designed software for such pressing, graining, atomising and
temperatures of 773K (500°C, 932°P) devices, equipment, com- grinding, Le. angles, channels,
or below; ponents, accessories, or control circles, discs, dust, flakes, foils and
b Photo-voltaic cells as follows, and or test equipment. leaf, forging, plate, powder,
specially designed 'components therefor: pressings and stampings, ribbons,
1 With a power output of 14mW or more rings, rods (including bare welding
per sq cm under l00mW per sq cm
tungsten 2,800 o K (2,527°C, 4,581°F)
illumination; or
Group D rods, wire rods, and rolled wire),
sections, shapes, sheets, strip, pipe
and tubes (including tube rounds,
2 All gallium arsenide photo-voltaic
cells excluding those having a power
General industrial squares, and hollows), drawn or
extruded wire.
ii Cast material produced by casting
output of less than 4mW measured by
the above techniques; or
3 With a power output of 450mW or
equipment in sand, die, metal, plaster or other
types of moulds, including high
Italic type. Views will be sought from the UK's pressure castings, sintered forms,
more per sq cm under IOW per sq cm COCOM partners prior to approval being granted
silicon carbide 1,750 0 K (1,477°C, to the listed goods. Such views will not normally, and forms made by powder
2,691 OF) illumination; however, be sought for goods described in italic metallurgy.
4, Electromagnetic (including laser) and type. The UK authorities retain the discretion to 4 For m,aterial~ and manufacturing
ionized particle radiation resistant; refuse any licence application. processes at later stages- in the
c Power sources based on radio-active production process, see also other
materials systems other than nuclear
IL 1301 Items, for example, Items IL 1431 and
reactors, except: Equipment and technology for the 1460 for gas turbine engines.
i Those having an output power of less .production of "superalloys" as follows: Technical Rote: "SuperaUoys" are
Security export control 14 June 19 S5 6
INDUSTRIAL LIST
nickel-, cobalt-, or iron-base alloys exceeding 414MPa (60,000 psi),' and pattern comparison or other machine
having strengths superior to the AISI 1 Chamber cavity with an inside dia- scanning techniques;
300 series (as of the 1st May 1982) at meter (ie the maximum inside diameter e "Digitally controlled" electrical test
temperatures over 922 K (649°C, of the working chamber) not exceeding equipment for the identification of open
1226°F) under severe environmental 508 mm (20 inches). and shore circuits on bare printed circuit
and operating conditions. Excluded boards, capable of:
are carbon steels, low-alloy steels and NB: The inside chamber dimension 1 Continuity testing (4 ohms or less) at a
stainless steels having strengths inferior referenced in sub-paragraphs a 1 and b 2 rate of 2,500 or more measurements
to the AISI 300 series (as of the 1st above is the chamber in which both the per second; or
May 1982). working temperature and the working 2 High voltage testing (50 volts or more)
pressure are achieved. That dimension will be at a rate of 10,000 or more measure-
the smaller of either the inside diameter of ments per minute;
IL 1305 the pressure chamber or the inside diameter f "Digitally controlled" multispindle drills
of the insulated furnace chamber, depending and routers having any of the following
Metal rolling mills, as follows; specially on which of the two chambers is located characteristics:
designed components, accessories and inside the other. For isostatic presses having a 1 Absolute positioning accuracy of ...±.. 10
controls therefor; and specially designed controlled thermal environment, the in- micrometres (0.0004 inch) or better;
software for such mills components, sertion of fixturing leaves a diameter of less 2 Minimum time needed for drill bit
accessories and controls: than 406 mm (16 inches) in the chamber for changes of 5 seconds or less;
the piece to be pressed. For isostatic presses 3 X and Y positioning speeds of 0.125
a Isothermal rolling mills, except those operating at ambient temperature, the metres per second (300 inches per
capable of operating only at ambient insertion of fixturing leaves a diameter of less minute) or higher for drilling or for
temperatures. than 508 mm (20 inches) in the chamber for routing;
Technical note: In an isothermal rolling the piece to be pressed. g "Digitally controlled" cyclic voltametric
mill a constant instantaneous temperature stripping equipment specially designed for
profile is maintained in the contact area printed circuit board plating bath
between the workpiece and the rolls. monitoring and analysis.
b Other mills specially designed or IL 1352 Notes:
redesigned for the rolling of metals and Nozzles, dies and extruder barrels 1 See also Item IL 1522 b for the
alloys with a melting point exceeding specially designed for the processing of embargo of printed circuit board
1,900°C (3.,452OF). manufacturing equipment incorpor-
the f1uorocarbon materials covered by ating a laser.
Item IL 1754 a 2. 2 This Item does not embargo equipment
IL 1312 with controls using the following:
1 Cams and other purely mechanical
Isostadc presses, as follows; specially IL 1353 means;
designed dies and moulds (except those Equipment specially designed for the 2 Switches, including thumbwheel
used in isostatic presses operating at manufacture of cable and optical fibres switches;
ambient temperatures), components, embargoed by Item IL 1526. 3 Plugboards;
:accessories and controls therefor; and 4 On-off and analogue controllers;
specially designed software for the 5 Diode matrices;
Equipment specially designed for the manu- 6 Punched paper tape controllers
presses, components, accessories and facture of cable described in Item IL 1526 b.
controls: without a capability to compute,
manipulate, or store and re-run
programme data.
a Capable of achieving a maximum working IL 1354 Technical note: The term "digitally
pressure of 138MPa (20,000 psi) or greater Equipment designed for the controlled" refers to equipment, the
and possessing a chamber cavity with an manufacture or tesdng of printed circuit functions of which are, partly or entirely,
inside diameter in excess of 406 mm (16 automatically controlled by stored and
inches); or
boards, as follows, and specially
designed components and accessories, digitally coded electrical signals.
b Having a controlled thermal environment
within the closed cavity and possessing a and specially designed software for such
working cavity with an inside diameter of equipment: IL 1355
127 mm (5 inches) or more. Equipment for the manufacture or
Technical note: Isostatic presses are those a Equipment specially designed for removal
capable of pressurizing a closed cavity of resists or printed circuit board
testing of electronic components and
through various media (gas, liquid, solid materials by dry (eg plasma) methods; materials, as follows, and specially
particles, etc.) to create equal pressure in all b Computer-aided design (CAD) equipment designed components, accessories and
directions within the cavity upon a workpiece for printed circuit boards, having any of software therefor:
or material. the following functions:
[sostatic presses embargoed by sub-items a 1 Generation of artwork design with an a Equipment specially designed for the
and b above, provided that the equipment interactive capability; manufacture and testing of electron tubes,
will be used for specific non-strategic 2. Generation of test string lists for multi- optical elements and specially designed
applications and will not be used for any layer boards; components therefor embargoed by Items
nuclear or aerospace app/ications and 3 Generation of data or programmes for IL 1541, 1542, 1555, 1556, 1558 and 1559;
provided that: "digitally controlled" printed circuit b Equipment specially designed for the
a [sostatic presses having controlled thermal board drilling equipment; manufacture or testing of semi-conductor
environment within the closed cavity are 4 Generation of data or programmes for devices, microcircuits and assemblies, as
limited as follows: "digitally controlled" printed circuit follows, and systems incorporating or
1 Maximum working pressure not board shaping and profiling equip- having the characteristics of such
exceeding 207MPa (30,000 psi),' and ment; equipment:
1 Chamber cavity with an inside dia- 5 Generation of data for control of the 1 Equipment for the processing of
meter (ie the maximum inside diameter sequencing of processes of the equip- materials for the manufacture of
of the working chamber) not exceeding ment for printed circuit board manu- . devices and components as specified in
406 mm (16 inches), when the con- facture covered by sub-item c; the heading of this sub-item;
trolled thermal environment which can c High-speed automated continuous panel 2 Masks, mask substrates, mask~making
be achieved and maintained does not processors for plating capable of deliver- equipment and image-transfer equip-
exceed 1,5()()OC; ing more than or equal to 860 A/m 2 (80 ment for the manufacture of devices
b [sostatic presses other than those dealt A/ft2) of plate current; and components as specified in the
with under sub-paragraph a above are d "Digitally controlled" inspection equip- heading of this sub-item;
limited as follows: ment for the detection of defects in Technical note: The term "masks"
1 Maximum working pressure not printed cifcuit boards using optical refers to those used in electron beam
8 Security export control 14 June 1985
lithography, X-ray lithography, and assemblies for home and enter- a Equipment for producing poly-
for ultraviolet lithography, as well as tainment applications is not CrYStalline silicon embargOed by
the usual ultraviolet and visible photo- covered by this sub-item. Item IL 1757 f having a purity of
lithography. 3 Test equipment which is not of a 99.99 per cent or greater in the form
3 "Digitally controlled" inspection general purpose nature and of rods (ingots, boules), pellets,
equipment for the detection of defects which is specially designed for, sheets, tubes or small particles;
in processed wafers, substrates or chips and dedicated to, testing
using optical pattern comparison or electronic components, as- b Equipment specially designed for
other machine scanning techniques; semblies, sub-assemblies and purifying or processing III-V and
Technical note: Conventional scanning microcircuits specifically ex- II-VI semi-conductor materials
electron microscopes, except when cluded by Item IL 1564 is not covered by Item IL 1757, except
specially designed and instrumented embargoed by this sub-itenl, crystal pullers, for which see sub-
for automatic pattern inspection, are provided such test equipment paragraph c below;
not covered by this sub-item. does not incorporate computing c Crystal pullers, furnaces, and gas
4 Specially designed "digitally facilities with user-accessible systems, as follows:
controlled" nleasuring and analysis programming capabilities. 1 Types with specially designed
equipment; iii Equipment specially designed for "digitally controlled" tempera-
5 Equipment for the assembly of determining the performance of ture, power input or gas, liquid
microcircuits; focal plane arrays at wavelengths or vapour flow;
6 "Digitally controlled" wafer probing greater than 1200 nanometres, 2 Diffusion, oxidation and
equipment; using "digitally controlled" annealing furnaces for operation
7 Test equipment as follows (for measurements or computer-aided at pressures above 1 atmosphere
standard test instruments, see Item IL evaluation and having any of the (nominal);
1529): following characteristics: 3 Annealing or re-crystallizing
i Computer-controlled equipment or 1 Using scanning light spot equipment other than constant
equipment with a computer- diameters of less than 0.12 mm temperature furnaces employing
management compatible interface (0.005 inch); high rates of energy transfer
specially designed for testing 2 Designed for measuring photo- capable of processing wafers at a
discrete semi-conductor devices and senSitive performance param- rate greater than 50 square
unencapsulated dice, capable of meters and for evaluation centimetres per minute;
performing any of the following frequency response, modulation 4 Plasma-enhanced or photo-
functions: transfer function, uniformity of enhanced chemical reactor
a Measurement of time intervals responsivity or noise; equipment;
of less than 10 nanoseconds; 3 Designed for evaluating arrays 5 Equipment for automatic
b Measurement of parameters (eg capable of creating images of control of crystal taper and
fT, S-parameters, noise (figure) greater than 32 x 32 line diameter, except taper and
at frequencies greater than 250 elements; diameter control mechanisms
MHz; iv Specially designed for bubble using any of the following
c Resolution of currents of less memories; equipment techniques:
than 100 picoamperes; 8 Class 10 filters capable of providing an i Radiation pyrometers;
d Measurements of spectral environment of 10 or less particles of ii Thermocouples;
response at wavelengths outside 0.3 micrometre or greater per cubic iii RF power sensors;
the range from 450 to 950 nano- foot and filter materials therefor . iv Mass weighing (without
metres; Note: Sub-item b above also embargoes digital or anomaly control
Technical note: Discrete semi- such equipment used or modified for use permitting the growth of
conductor devices include, for in the manufacture or testing or other semi-conductors);
example, diodes, transistors, devices such as: imaging devices, electro- 6 Crystal pullers having any of the
thyristors, photocells, and solar optical devices, acoustic-wave devices, following characteristics:
cells. film-memory devices. i Rechargeable without
ii "Digitally controlled" equipment replacing the crucible
specially designed for testing micro- Explanatory notes: , container;
circuits, and assemblies thereof, 1 For equipment which is used in the ii Capable of operation at
capable of performing any of the manufacture and processing of semi- pressures above or below 105
following functions: conductors and semi-conductor pascals (1 atmosphere
a Functional (truth table) testing materials and which is specially absolute):
at a pattern rate greater than designed to employ lasers or laser iii Capable of pulling crystals of
2MHz; technology, see I tern IL 1522. a diameter greater than 76.2
b Resolution of currents of less 2 The term "digitally controlled" refers mm (3 in);
than 1 nanoampere; to automated equipment whose iv Specially designed to
c Testing of integrated circuits functions are partially or entirely minimize convection currents
(not mounted on circuit boards) controlled by stored, digitally-coded, in the melt by the use of
in packages having more than a electrical signals. This does not cover magnetic fields or multiple
total of 24 terminals; equipment with controls using the crucibles;
(This sub-item does not cover following: v Capable of pulling sheet or
equipment specially designed for a Cams and other purely mechanical ribbon crystals;
and dedicated to the testing of means; The shipment to civil end-
circuits not covered by Item IL b Switches including thumbwheel users of crystal pullers
1564.) switches; embargoed by sub-paragraph
d Measurement of rise times, fall c Plugboards; 6 ii above which can be
times and edge placement times d On-off and analogue controllers: operated at pressures up to
with a resolution of less than 20 e Diode matrices; 2.5 x ]Q5 pasca/s (2.5 atmos-
nanoseconds; f Punched paper tape controllers phere absolute).
without a capability to compute, 7 Vacuum induction-heated zone-
Technical notes for sub-item b: manipulate or store and re-run refining equipment for operation
1 The terms "microcircuit" and programme data. at a pres£ure of 0.01 pascal or
"assembly" are defined in Item 3 Equipment covered by sub-item b 1 less;
IL 1564. above is defined as follows:
2 Test equipment which is not of a NB: Boron nitride crucibles and d Equipment for epitaxial growth
general-purpose nature and fIXtures used in the preparation of having any of the following
which is specially designed for, semi-conductor materials are characteristics:
and d.edicated to, testing considered to be specially designed 1 Operation at pressures below 10s
assemblies or a class of accessories under this Item. pascals (I atmosphere absolute);
Security export control 14 June 1986 7-
INDUSTRIAL LIST
2 "Digitally controlled"; polishing or lapping; 2 "Digitally controlled" equip-
3 Rotating vertical-support, iii Capable of polishing and ment with a resolution of 0.25
radiant-heated reactors; lapping wafers greater than 2 micrometre or finer and with a
4 Specially designed for processing inches (50.8 mm) in diameter; precision of 0.75 micrometre or
bubble memories; iv Lapping or polishing two stages finer over a distance in one or
5 Metal-organic chemical vapour on the same machine; two co-ordinates of 63.5 mm
deposition reactors; m Interconnection equipment special- (2.5 in) or greater;
6 For liquid phase epitaxy; ly designed to permit the integration 3 "Digitally controlled" defect
e Molecular beam epitaxial growth of equipment embargoed by this inspection equipment;
equipment; I tern into a complete system, and NB: Conventional scanning
f Magnetically-enhanced sputtering specially designed software electron microscopes, except
equipment; therefor . when specially designed and
4 Equipment covered by sub-item b 2 instrumented for automatic
Technical note: 'Magnetically- above is defined as follows: pattern inspection, are not
enhanced' refers to equipment a Finished masks, reticles and covered by this sub-paragraph.
incorporating a cathode assembly designs, therefor; f Align and expose equipment using
having an integral magnetic b Hard surface (eg chromium, photo-optical methods, including
structure for enhancing the plasma silicon, iron oxide) coated sub- projection image transfer equip-
intensity. strates (eg glass, quartz, sapphire) ment, capable of performing any of
g Equipment designed for ion im- for the preparation of masks having the following functions:
plantation, or for ion-enhanced or dimensions greater than 76.2 x 76.2 1 Production of useful pattern size
photo-enhanced diffusion; mm (3 x 3 in); of less than 5 micrometres;
b Equipment for selective or non- c Computer-aided design (CAD) 2 Alignment with a precision finer
selective removal by dry methods of equipment, for transforming than 1 micrometre;
passivation layers, dielectrics, semi- schematic or logic diagrams into 3 Field coverage greater than 76.2
conductor materials, resists or designs for producing semi- x 76.2 mm (3 x 3 in);
metals except horizontal, cylindri- conductor devices or microcircuits, 4 Wafer backside alignment;
cal, plasma etchers without digital having any of the following 5 Automatic alignment by the
control, end-point detection, functions: sensing of patterns or index
automatic loading or rotating 1 Storage of pattern cells for marks on the substrate;
mechanisms and not having the subdivision of integrated 6 Projection image transfer for
capability for parallel plate etching circuits; processing slices (wafers) of 50.8
as used in semi-conductor device 2 Scaling, positioning, or rotation mm (2 in) or greater in diameter;
manufacture; of pattern cells; NB: Non-contacting (proximity)
NB: This sub-paragraph does not 3 Interactive graphic capabilities; image transfer equipment is
include vacuum sputtering equip- 4 Design rule and circuit checking; covered only by 1 to 5 above.
ment designed to operate in the 5 Circuit layout modification of
sputter-etch mode. the arrangement of the elements; g Electron beam, ion beam, or X-ray
Equipment for semi-conductor NB: Software which performs any equipment for projection image
device fabrication operating below of the functions in this sub- transfer;
105 pascals (1 atmosphere absolute) paragraph, or which can be used for (For laser equipment, see Note 1
for the chemical vapour deposition transient analysis, for logic analysis above.)
of oxides, nitrides, metals and or logic checking, for automatic h Photo-optical or non photo-optical
polysilicon; routing or cell placement, for the step and repeat or partial field
NB: This sub-paragraph does not generation of test vectors or for equipnlent for the transfer of the
cover reactive-sputtering equip- process simulation is specially image on to the wafer;
ment. designed software embargoed by Mask contact transfer equipment
Electron beam systems (including the heading of this Item. for imaging a field greater than 76.2
scanning electron microscopes), x 76.2 mm (3 x 3 in).
capable of mask-making or semi- d Mask fabrication machines using 5 Equipment embargoed by sub-item b 4
conductor device processing and photo-optical methods as follows: above is defined as follows:
having any of the following 1 Step and repeat cameras capable a Specially designed for the measure-
characteristics: of producing arrays larger than ment of oxygen or carbon content
1 Electrostatic beam deflection; 63.5 x 63.5 mm (2.5 x 2.5 in), or in semi-conductor materials;
2 Shaped, non-Gaussian beam capable of producing a single b Equipment for concurrent etching
profile; exposure larger than 3.75 x 3.75 and doping profile analysis
3 Beam blanking capability; mm (0.15 x 0.15 in) in the focal (employing capacitance-voltage or
4 Digital-to-analogue conversion plane, or capable of producing current-voltage analysis tech-
rate greater than 3MHz; useful line widths of 3.5 micro- niques);
5 Digital-to-analogue conversion metres or less; c Equipment for line-width measure-
accuracy greater than 12 bits; 2 Pattern generators specially ment with a resolution of 1.0 micro-
6 Target-to-beam position feed- designed for the generation or metre or finer;
back control precision of 1 manufacture of masks or the d Specially designed flatness measure-
micrometre or finer; creation of patterns in photo- ment instruments capable of
NB: This sub-paragraph does not sensitive layers and with place- measuring deviations from flatness
cover electron beam deposition ment precision finer than 10 of 10 micrometres or less with a
systems, and j 3 above does not micrometres; resolution of 1.0 micrometre or
cover scanning electron micro- 3 Mask fabrication equipment finer.
scopes equipped for Auger analysis. containing automatic adjust- 6 Equipment covered by sub-item b 5
k Automatic sawing equipment, ment of focus or adjustment of above is defined as follows:
specially designed for the processing the mask material into the focal a "Digitally controlled" die (chip)
of semi-conductor wafers and plane; mounters and bonders with a pos-
capable of slicing ingots of 3 in 4 Equipment for altering masks or itioning accuracy finer than 50
(76.2 mm) or greater in diameter; reticles to remove defects; micrometres or incremental steps
Surface finishing equipment, (For electron-beam systems, see finer than 6.4 micrometres;
specially designed for the note 3 j above.) b "Digitally controlled" wire bonders
processing of semi-conductor e Mask inspection equipment as and welders for performing con-
wafers and having any of the follows: secutive bonding operations;
following characteristics: 1 For comparison with a precision c Equipment for producing multiple
i Waxless or non-adhesive of 0.75 micrometre or finer over bonds in a single operation (eg
mounting; an area of 63.5 x 63.5 mm (2.5 x beam lead bonders, chip carrier
U Double-sided simultaneous 2.? in) or greater; bonders, tape bonders);
8 Security export control 14 June 1 985
d Semi-automatic or automatic hot for special fibre surface treatment or for 3 The term "semi7'"automatic" refers to
cap sealers, in which the cap is producing prepregs and preforms covered machinery requiring the assistance of a
heated locally to a higher tem- by Item IL 1763 c. human operator to complete part but
perature than the body of the Note: Equipment covered by sub-item e not all of its functions during each
package, specially designed for above includes but it is not limited to complete cycle of operations.
ceramic microcircuit packages em- rollers, tension stretch~rs, coating equip- 4 The term "functions" in Notes 2 and 3
bargoed by Itern IL 1564 n band ment, cutting equipment and clicker dies. above does not include the initial
which have a throughout equal to f Technical data (including processing con- loading or final unloading of material
or greater than one package per ditions) and procedures for the regulation from the machine.
minute. of temperature, pressures or atmosphere
7 Equipment covered by sub-item b 6 in autoclaves when used for the pro-
above is defined as that which has any duction of composites or partially IL 1359
of the following: processed composites using materials Specially designed tooling and fixtures
a Positioning accuracy finer than 50 covered by Item IL 1763.
micrometres (0.002 in), or in-
for the manufacture of fibre-optic
cremental steps finer than 6.4 Explanatory note: Specially designed or connectors and couplers embargoed by
micrometres (0.0002 in); adapted components and accessories for Item IL 1526 f.
b Individual die location read-out the machines covered by this entry in-
(X-y position information) during clude, but are not limited to, moulds,
testing; mandrels, dies, fixtures and tooling for IL 1360
e Capability of testing devices having the preform pressing, curing, casting, "Digitally controlled" equipment
more than a total of 24 terminals; sintering or bonding of composite capable of automatic X-ray orientation
d Automatic slice (wafer) alignment. structures, laminates and manufactures
thereof covered by Item IL 1763 d.
and angle correction of double-rotated
stress-compensated (Se) quartz crystals
embargoed by Item IL 1587 with a
IL 1356 tolerance of 10 seconds of arc
Equipment specially designed for the
IL 1358
Equipment specially designed for the maintained simultaneously in both
continuous coating of polyester base-
magnetic tape subject to embargo under manufacture or testing of devices and angles of rotation.
Item IL 1572 d or free from embargo assemblies thereof embargoed by Item
under Note 3 to Item IL 1572, and IL 1588' b, c, d or e and for magnetic (For the definition of "digitally controlled"
see Item IL 1355.)
specially designed components therefor. recording media, other than tape, em-
bargoed by Item IL 1572 d or free from
embargo under Note 3 c 4 to Item IL
IL 1357 1572 (for magnetic tape production IL 1361
equipment, see Item IL 1356), as
Equipment, technical data and pro- follows, and specially designed Test facilities and equipment for the
cedures for the production of fibres components and software therefor: design or development of aircraft or gas
covered by Item IL 1763 or their turbine aero-engines as follows, and
composites, as follows, and specially a Equipment for the manufacture of single specially designed components, access-
designed components and accessories and multi-aperture forms embargoed by ories and software therefor:
and specially designed software therefor: sub-items IL 1588 b, e and d, as follows:
1 Automatic presses to produce a Supersonic (Mach 1.4 to Mach 5), hyper-
a Filament winding machines of which the embargoed types; sonic (Mach 5 to Mach 15) and hyper-
motions for positioning, wrapping and 2 Press dies to produce embargoed velocity (above Mach 15) wind tunnels,
winding fibres are co-ordinated and types; except wind tunnels specially designed for
programmed in three or more axes, 3 Automatic equipment for monitoring, educational purposes and having a test
specially designed to fabricate composite grading, sorting, exercising or testing section size (measured internally) of less
structures or laminates from fibrous and of embargoed types; than 25 cm (10 in). By "test section size"
filamentary materials; and co-ordinating b Equipment for the manufacture of thin is understopd the diameter of the circle, or
and programming controls; film memory storage or switching devices the side of the square, or the longest side
b Tape-laying machines of which the having square hysteresis loops and auto- of the rectangle constituting possible
motions for positioning and laying tape matic equipment for monitoring, grading, shapes of the test section;
and sheets are co-ordinated and sorting, exercising or testing of devices b Devices for simulating flow-environments
programmed in two or more axes, embargoed by sub-item IL 1588 e; of Mach 5 and above, regardless of the
specially designed for the manufacture of e Automatic equipment for monitoring, actual Mach number at which the devices
composite airframes and missile exercising or testing assemblies of devices operate, including hot' shot tunnels,
structures; embargoed by sub-items IL 1588 b, e, d plasma arc tunnels, shock tubes, gas
c Interlacing machines, including adapters and e; tunnels and light gas guns;
and modification kits, for weaving, inter- d Equipment for the application of magnetic e Wind tunnels and devices, other than two
lacing or braiding fibres to fabricate coatings to recording media embargoed dinlensional (2-D) sections, that ,have
composite structures, except textile by sub-item IL 1572 d, or free from unique capabilities for simulating
machinery whkh has not been modified embargo under Note 3 c 4 to Item IL Reynolds number flow in excess of 25 x
for the above end-uses; 1572; 1()6, at transonic velocities;
d Specially designed or adapted equipment e Automatic and semi-automatic equipment d Automatic control systems, instrumen-
for the production of fibrous and for monitoring, grading, exercising or tation (including sensors), and automated
filamentary materials covered by IL 1763 testing recording media embargoed by data-acquisition equipment, specially
sub-items a and b above, as follows: sub-item IL 1572 d or free from embargo designed for use with wind tunnels and
1 Equipment for converting polymeric under Note 3 c 4 to Item IL 1572. devices embargoed by sub-items a, b or c
fibres (such as polyacrylonitrile, rayon, Explanatory notes: above;
or polycarbosilane) including special 1 For this Item, "single aperture forms" e Models, specially designed for use with
provision to strain the fibre during described in Item IL 1588 b with a wind tunnels or with the devices covered
heating; maximum dimension less than 0.76 by sub-item band c above, of embargoed
2 Equipment for the vapour deposition mm (30 mils) are considered embar- aircraft, helicopters, airfoils , spacecraft,
of elements or compounds on heated goed types. space~ launch vehicies, rockets or surface-
filamentary substrates; and 2 The term "automatic" refers to effect vehicles.
3 Equipment for the wet-spinning of machinery not requiring the assistanct' ~Note: Specially designed models are those
refractory ceramics (such as aluminium of a human operator to complete its equipped with sensors and a means of
oxide); function or functions during each transmitting data from the· sensors to
e Specially designed or adapted equipment complete cycle of operations. the data-acquisition system or
SecuritY eX:Jort control 14 June 1985 9
INDUSTRIAL LIST
equipped with features for using non-' for, except: b Specially designed equipment for the
intrusive sensors (ie not directly i Analogue equipment; production and testing of flexible
connected to the model or not located ii Ancillary equipment not covered bymaterials for skirts, seals, air curtains,
in the flow adjacent to the model). Items IL 1529, 1531, 1565 or 1568.bags and fingers for surface-effect
f Specially designed electromagnetic inter- Explanatory note: Vibration and acoustic vehicles;
ference and electromagnetic pulse c Specially designed equipment for the
test systems typically consist of one or more
(EMI/EMP) simulators; exciters (thrusters), or acoustic noise production of water-screw propellers
g Specially designed test facilities and' embargoed by Item IL 1416 e and f;
generators, together with ancillary equipment
equipment for the development of gas for instrumentation, control, data d Specially designed equipment for the
turbine aero-engines and components, as acquisition and analysis. This Item covers
production, dynamic balancing and auto-
follows: only the vibration and acoustic test equip-
mated testing and inspection of lift fans
1 Special test facilities capable of apply- ment itself. The ancillary equipment, e.g.
for surface-effect vehicles;
ing dynamic flight loads, measuring digital and logic instrumentation, computers,
e Specially designed equipment for the
performance or simulating the design FFT's, etc, are to be judged in their own right
production of water-jet propulsion pumps
operation environments for rotating against the relevant items of these Lists.
rated at 3,000 hp or greater, or multiple-
assemblies or aero-engines; pump system equivalents thereof;
2 Test facilities, test rigs and simulators f Specially designed equipment for the
for meauring combustion system and production, dynamic balancing and
hot gas flow path performance, heat automatic testing of sectored disc and
transfer and durability for static IL 1363 concentric-drum rotors for DC
assem bUes and aero-engine com- Specially designed water tunnel equip- homopolar machines.
ponents; ment, components, accessories and (See also Item IL 1416.)
3 Specially designed test rigs, equipment databases for the design and develop-
or modified gas turbine engines which ment of vessels, as follows, and specially
are utilized for development of gas
designed software therefor:
turbine aero-engine internal flow
systems (gas path seals, air-oil seals
and disc cavity flow fields). a Automated control systems, instrumen- IL 1365
tation (including sensors) and data Equipment specially designed for in-
Notes: acquisition equipment specially designed service monitoring of acoustic emissions
1 Supersonic wind tunnels which are for water tunnels;
in airborne vehicles, or underwater
capable of Mach velocities of 1.4 or more b Automated equipment to control air vehicles embargoed by Item IL 1418,
but less than 5, and are not specially pressure acting on the surface of the water
in the test section during the operation of capable of discriminating acoustic
designed for or fitted with means of emissions related to crack growth from
preheating the air, provided that it is the water tunnel;
determined that the tunnels could not c Components and accessories for water
innocuous noise sources and capable of
reasonably be used for strategic purposes. tunnels, as follows: spatial location of the crack, and
2 Specially designed components embar- 1 Balance and support systems; specially designed components, access-
goed by this Item, for wind tunnels and 2 Automated flow or noise measuring ories and software therefor.
for facilities and equipment covered by devices; and
sub-item g previously licensed for export 3 Models of hydrofoil vessels, surface- Technical note: The methods used for dis-
provided that such components will not effect vehicles and specially designed criminating acoustic emissions froln
upgrade the performance of the wind equipment and components embar- innocuous noise sources include pattern-
tunnel, facilities or equipment and, for goed by Item IL 1416 a, b, e, f and h recognition techniques.
normally-consumable replacement for use in water tunnels;
components, the quantity will not exceed d Databases generated by use of equipment
a 6-month supply. embargoed by this Item.
Explanatory note: The water tunnels referred
to in this Item are used for the hydrodynamic IL 1370
testing of a fixed model, using a moving Machine-tools for generating optical
fluid. quality surfaces, specially designed com-
IL 1362 ponents and accessories therefor, as
Vibration test equipment as follows: follows, and specially designed software
thereof:
a Vibration test equipment using digital IL 1364
control techniques and specially designed Machinery and equipment for the manu- a Turning machines using a single point
ancillary equipment and software cutting tool and having all of the following
facture of hydrofoil vessel and surface-
therefor, except: characteristincs:
i Individual exciters (thrusters) with a effect vehicle structures and components, 1 Slide positioning accuracy less (finer)
maximum thrust of less than 100 kN as follows, and specially designed com- than 0.0005 mm per 300 mm of travel,
(22,500 lb); ponents and accessorieslherefor: TIR (peak-to-peak);
ii Analogue equipment; ,2 Slide positioning repeatability less
iii Mechanical and pneumatic exciters a Specially designed equipment for Inanu- (finer) than 0.00025 mm per 300 mm of
(thrusters); facturing anisotropic, orthotropic or travel, TIR (peak-to-peak);
iv Vibrometers; sandwich structures embargoed by Item 3 Spindle run-out (radial and axial) less
v Ancillary equipment not covered by IL 1416 h 3. than 0.0004 mm TIR (peak-to-peak);
Items IL 1529, 1531, 1565, or 1568; Technical notes: 4 Angular deviation of the slide move-
b High intensity acoustic test equipment 1 Anisotropic construction is the use of ment (yaw, pitch and roll) less (finer)
capable of producing an overall sound fibre reinforcing members aligned so than 2 seconds of arc (peak-to-peak)
pressure level of 140 dB or greater (refer- that the load carrying ability of the over full travels;
enced to 2 x 10-5 N/m 2) or with a rated structure can be primarily orientated in 5 Slide perpendicularity less than 0.001
output of 4kW or greater and specially the direction of expected stress. per 300 mm of travel, TIR (peak-to-
designed ancillary equipment and soft- 2 Orthotropic,construction is.a means of peak);
ware therefor, except: stiffening plates in which the structural b Fly cutting machines having both of the
i Analogue equipment; members are at right angles to each following characteristics:
ii Ancillary equipment not covered by other. 1 Spindle run-out (radial and axial) less
Items IL 1529, 1531, 1565 or 1568; 3 Sandwich construction is the use of than 0.0004 mm TIR (peak-to-peak);
c Ground vibration (including modal structural members or plates which are 2 Angular deviation of slide movement
survey) test equipment that uses digital fabricated and permanently affixed in (yaw, pitch and roll) less (finer) than 2
control techniques and specially designed layers to enhance their strength and seconds of arc (peak-to-peak) over full
ancillary equipment and software there- reduce thfir weight. travel;
10 Security export control 14 June 1985
c Specially designed components, as B. Rollers as covered by Item IL 1371 e ceramic or hybrid (ceramic plus metal)
follows: may be identified among non-standard materials and designed to ope~ate at
1 Spindle assemblies, consisting of rollers, that is, rollers falling outside of temperatures over 150°C and at ON
spindles and bearings as a minimal the tolerances for graded rollers for values equal to or greater than 1.5 x
assembly, except those assemblies with standard bearings which are shown in 1()6.
axial and radial axis motion measured table 2. NB: ON is defined at the product of
along the spindle axis in one revolution the bearing bore diameter in
of the spindle equal to or gre'ater The above explanatory note applies to the millimetres and the bearing rotational
(coarser) than 0.0008 mm TIR (peak- rollers for bearings covered by sub-item a velocity in revolutions per minute.
to-peak); 2 and b, having the characteristics of a 2.
2 Linear induction motors used as drives It does not apply to rollers for bearings IL 1372
for slides, having all of the following covered by sub-items a 1 and b, having the Technology for industrial gas turbine
characteristics: characteristics of a 1, because these are engines, as follows:
i Stroke greater than 200 mm; indicated by virtue of materials used.
ii Nominal force rating greater than a Technology common to industrial gas
45N; Illustrative examples of tolerances for turbine engines and gas turbine aero-
iii Minimum controlled incremental graded rollers for non-standard bearings engines is covered by Item IL 1460.
movement less than 0.001 mm; are shown in table 3. b Technology common to industrial gas
d Specially designed accessories, ie single turbine engines and marine gas turbine
point diamond cutting tool inserts having c. Separable ball bearings are not viewed engines is covered by Item IL 1431.
all of the following characteristics: as including those bearings, one part of
1 Flawless and chip-free cutting edge which serves as an integral part of the Explanatory notes:
when magnified 400 times in any equipment incorporating the bearing. 1 Core-section modules and specially
direction; D. Ceramic bearings as covered by Item designed components of industrial gas
2 Cutting radius between 0.1 and 5 mm; IL 1371 consist of bearing elements turbine engines derived from gas turbine
and (e.g. balls, rollers or races) made from aero-engines controlled by Item IL 1460
3 Cutting radius out-of-roundness less
than 0.002 mm TIR (peak-to-peak).
Explanatory note: Machines will be evalu- Table 1 (see IL 1371, eX~)larlatlDrv note 2 A)
ated under the conditions yielding the Ball material Sphericity or Diameter tolerance Diameter tolerance
most accurate values, including but not diameter variation per unit container per shipment
limited to the incorporation of control per ball
systems which permit mechanical, (±) (±) (±)
electronic and software compensation.
Chrome steel such as 52 100,
511 00 and 501 00 0.000025" 0.000025" 0.0001 "
IL 1371 Carbon steel 0.0001 " 0.0001 " 0.0004"
Anti-friction bearings, as follows: rvlonel metal 0.0002" 0.001" 0.005"
Stainless steel 0.00005" 0.00005" 0.0002"
Brass 0.0002" 0.001" 0.001"
a Ball and roller bearings having an inner Bronze 0.0002" 0.001" 0.001"
bore diameter of 10 mm or less and
tolerances of ABEC 5, RBEC 5 (or
national equivalents) or better and either Sphericity or diameter variation per ball is the geometric quality which indicates the
of the following characteristics: maximum permissible variation from absolute roundness in all planes through the centre of
1 Made of special materials, ie with the ball.
rings, balls or rollers made from any Diameter tolerance per unit container is the maximum degree to which the average diameter
steel alloy or other material (including of the largest ball and the average diameter of the smallest ball, within the unit container,
but not limited to high-speed tool may vary from the specific size for indicted grade.
steels; Monel metal; beryllium; Diameter tolerance per shipment is the maximum permissible deviation from the specific size
metaloids, ceramics and sintered metal within the shipment, for the grade indicated.
composites), except the following:
low-carbon steel; SAE-52100 high
carbon chromium steel; SAE-4615 Table 2
nickel molybdenum steel; AISI-440C Roller diameter Outside diameter Maximum out of Maximum out of
(SAE-51440C) stainless steel (or tolerance variation round tolerance round tolerance
national equivalents); per shipment including taper of
2 Manufacture of use at normal oper- cylindrical roller
ating temperatures over 150°C (302°F) Over Including (±) (±) (±)

either by use of special materials or by Omm 26 mm 0.00004" 0.00004" 0.00008"
special heat treatment; 26 mm 42 mm 0.00006" 0.00006" 0.00012"
b Ball and roller bearings (exclusive of 42 mm 64 mm 0.00008" 0.00008" 0.00016"
separable ball bearings and thrust ball 64 mm 100mm 0.0001" 0.0001 " 0.0002"
bearings) having an inner bore diameter
exceeding 10 mm and having tolerances of
ABEC 7, RBEC 7 (or national equivalents) Table 3
or better and either of the characteristics
Roller diameter Outside diameter Maximum out of Maximum out of
in a 1 or a 2 above;
tolerance variation round tolerance round tolerance
c Ball and roller bearings having tolerances per shipment including taper of
better than ABEC 7 (or national cylindrical roller
equivalents); Over Including (±) L±.J (±)
d Gas-lubricated foil bearings;
e Bearing parts usable only for bearings Example No. 1
covered by this Item, as follows: 0 mm 6.5 mm 0.00001 " 0.00001 " 0.00004"
Outer rings, inner rings, retainers, balls, 6.5 mm 18 mm 0.00001 " 0.00001 " 0.00004"
rollers and sub-assemblies. 18 mm 26 mm 0.00002" 0.00002" 0.00006"
Explanatory notes: 26 mm 42 mm 0.00003" 0.00003" 0.00008"
1 This Item is not intended to cover hollow
bearings. Example 2
2 A. Balls as covered by Item IL 1371 may 0 mm 6.5 mm 0.0000076" ).000008" 0.00004"
be identified among balls manufac- 6.5 mm 18 mm 0.0000075" 0.000008" 0.00004"
tured to the tolerances in table 1 or 18 mm 26 mm 0.00001" 0.00001 " 0.00006"
26 mm 42 mm 0.000015" 0.000015" 0.00008"
closer:
. Security ~xpo't control 14 June 1985 11
INDUSTRIAL LIST
or marine gas turbine engines controlled 3 Incorporating means of protecting i Manual velocity override;
by Item IL 1431 shall be treated under hydraulic lines against externally ii Fixed linear or rotary axis offset;
the provisions of those respective items. induced punctures caused by ballistic iii Manual "robot" path editing
2 Industrial gas turbine engines adapted fragments (e.g. incorporating self- (including manual path compen-
as marine gas turbine engines are sealing lines) and designed to use sation) excluding "source
covered by Item IL 1431. hydraulic fluids with flash points language" used to programme
higher than 839 K (566°C, 1050°F); automatically the "robot" path,
4 Specially designed for underwater use velocity or function;
IL 1385 (Le. incorporating special techniques iv Branching to pre-programmed
Specially designed production equip- or components for sealing, pressure modification of "robot" path,
ment for compasses, gyroscopes (gyros), compensation or corrosion resistance); velocity or function;
accelerometers and inertial equipment 5 Operable at altitudes exceeding 30,000 v Fixed cycles (e.g. macro instructions
metres; or pre-programmed sub-routines);
embargoed by Item IL 1485. 6 Specially designed for outdoor vi Key-in or teach-in modifications.
applications and meeting military c "End-effectors" having any of the
Technical note: specifications therefor; following characteristics:
Production equipment embargoed by this 7 Specially designed or rated for oper- 1 Equipped with one or more "sensors" ,
Item includes the following: ating in an electromagnetic pulse except those used to measure the para-
a For ring laser gyro equipment, the (EMP) environment; meters or values specified in a 1 i, ii or
following equipment used to characterize 8 Specially designed or rated as iii above;
mirrors, having the threshold accuracy radiation-hardened beyond that 2 Having integrated or computer-aided
shown or better: necessary to withstand normal data processing, except those using
1 Rectilinear scatterometer (10 ppm); industrial (Le. non-nuclear industry) "sensors" used to measure the para-
2 Polar scatterometer (10 ppm); ionising radiation; meters or values specified in a 1 i, ii or
3 Reflectometer (50 ppm); 9 Equipped with "robot" manipulator iii above;
4 Profilometer (5 angstroms); arms which contain titanium-based 3 Equipped with an integral interface
b For other inertial equipment: alloys covered by Item IL 1671 or which meets or exceeds ANSI/IEEE
1 Inertial Measurement Unit (IMU) fibrous and filamentary nlaterials Standard 488-1978, IEC publication
module tester; covered by Item IL 1763; 625-1, or any equivalent standard for
2 IMU platform tester; 10 Equipped with precision measuring parallel data exchange;
3 IMU stable element handling fixture; devices covered by Item IL 1532; 4 Having any of the characteristics in a 2
4 IMU platform balance fixture; 11 Specially designed to move auto- to 8 and a 10 above.
5 Gyro tuning test station; nomously its entire structure through
6 Gyro dynamic balance station; three-dimensional space in a simul-
7 Gyro Run-in/motor test station; taneously coordinated manner, except Notes:
8 Gyro evacuation and fill station; systems in which the "robot" moves 1 Definitions of the terniS used in this
9 Centrifuge fixture for gyro bearings; on a fixed track; Item:
10 Accelerometer axis align station; a A "robot" is a manupulation
11 Accelerometer test station. Note: This sub-item does not embargo mechanism which is repro-
"robots" specially designed for grammable, multifunctional and
household use or those modified capable of positioning or
IL 1391 from household "robots" for orientating material, parts, tools or
"Robots", "robot" controllers and educational purposes (pre- special devices through variable
"robot" "end-effectors", as follows, university) if not embargoed by the movements in three-dimensional
other provisions of this Item. space. "Robots" incorporate two
and specially designed components and or more closed or open loop servo-
specially designed software therefor: b Electronic controllers having any of the devices (including stepping motors).
following characteristics: They are reprogrammed by means
a "Robots" having any of the following of the teach/playback method, an
characteristics, and specially designed Notes: electronic computer or a pro-
components therefor: 1 For controllers capable of controlling grammable logic controller.
Note: "Robot" mechanical structures are numerically controlled machine-tools "Robots" may be of the continuous
included in specially designed components or dimensional-inspection machines, path or point-to-point variety and
for the above. see Item IL 1091. may use "sensors".
1 Capable of employing feedback in- 2 For "digital computers" either
formation on-line (real-time) from one "incorporated in" or "associated
or more "sensors" to generate "pro- with" but not "embedded in" NB: The above definition does not
grammes" or modify programmed controllers, see Item IL 1565. include the following devices:
instructions or numerical programme 1 Manipulation mechanisms
data, except those using information 1 Controllers specially designed to be which are only manually/tele-
derived only from "sensors" used to part of a "robot" embargoed by a 2 to operator controllable;
measure: 8, a 10 or 11 above; 2 Fixed sequence manipulation
i The internal state of the "robot", 2 Minimum programmable increment mechanisms which are auto-
Le. velocity, position (other than less (finer) than 0.001 mm per linear mated moving devices, operating
inertial position measuring axis; according to mechanically fixed
systems), drive motor current, 3 Having more than one integral programmed motions. The
voltage, fluid or gas pressure or interface which meets or exceeds programme is mechanically
temperature; ANSI/IEEE standard 488-1978, IEC limited by fixed stops, such as
it Through-the-arc current (or publication 625-1 or any equivalent pins or cams. The sequence of
voltage) for weld seam tracking; or standard for parallel data exchange; motions and the selection of
ill Binary or scalar values for: 4 Capable of being programmed by paths or angles are not variable
a Position, via photo-electric, means other than lead-through, key-in or changeable by mechanical,
inductive or capacitive proximity or teach-pendant techniques; electronic or electrical means;
"sensors"; 5 Word size exceeds 16 bit (excluding 3 Mechanically controlled variable
b Tool drive motor voltage or parity bit(s»; sequence manipulation mechan-
current or hydraulic/pneumatic 6 Incorporating interpolation algorithms isms which are automated
pressure for determination of for an order of interpolation higher moving devices, operating
force or torque; and than linear or circular; according to mechanically fixed
c External safety functions; 7 Permitting on-line (real-time) gener- programmed motions. The
2 Specially designed to comply with ation or modification of the pro- programme is mechanically
national safety standards applicable to grammed path, velocity and functions limited by fixed, but adjustable
explosive munitions environments; other thap the following: stops, such as pins or cams. The
12 Security export control 14 June 1985
sequence of motions and the 1 Capable of processing no more a Hydrofoil vessels with automatically
selection of paths or angles are than 100,000 pixels using an controlled foil systems which are capable
variable within the fixed pro- industrial television camera, or of speeds of· above 40 knots in rough
gramme pattern. Variations or no more than 65,536 pixels using water (Sea State Five);
modifications of the programme a solid-state camera; " b &1rface-effect vehicles, ie hovercraft, air
pattern (e.g. changes of pins or 2 Using a single-scene analysis cushion vehicles (both sidewall and
exchanges of cams) in one or processor limited to no more skirted varieties) and all variations of
more motion axes are than 16-bit word size (excluding vehicles using the wing-in-ground effect
accomplished only through parity bit(s)), and no parallel for positive lift;
mechanical operations; processing for the same task; c Small waterplane area twin-hull
4 Non-servo-controlled variable 3 The software provided for the (SWATH) vessels having underwater hulls
sequence manipulation mechan- vision processor shall be in whose cross-sectional area varies along the
isms which are automated Hobject code" only and shall longitudinal axis between points two
moving devices, operating not be capable of three- major diameters from the bow and two
according to mechanically fixed dimensional mathematical major diameters from the stern;
programmed motions. The modelling or three-dimensional
programme is variable but the scene analysis,' Technical note: SWATH vessels are those
sequence proceeds only by the which maintain buoyancy by means of
binary signal from mechanically NB: This scene analysis limi- submerged hulls using slender struts to
fixed electrical binary devices or tation does not preclude support the deck and superstructure of the
adjustable stops; approximation of the third vessel above the waterline.
5 Stacker cranes defined as dimension by viewing at a given d Vessels incorporating:
Cartesian coordinate manipu- angle, nor limited grey scale i Equipment covered by any Munitions
lator systems manufactured as interpretation for the perception List Item, or by any of the following
an integral part of a vertical of depth or texture for the Items IL 1485, 1501, 1502 and 1510;
array of storage bins and approved tasks (2V1D). ii Degaussing facilities; or
designed to access the contents 4 Vision system not programmable iii Closed ventilation systems designed
of those bins for storage or by the user except: into the vessel which are designed to
retrieval. i To input reference images maintain air purity and positive
b "End-effectors" include grippers, through the system's camera; pressure regardless of the conditions
"active tooling units" and any ii To input values of fixed external to the vessel except where
other tooling that is attached to the parameters, including teach- those closed ventilation systems are
baseplate on the end of the in parameters; or specially designed for and incorporated
"robot's" manipulator arm(s); iii To select pre-programmed in the vessel's medical facilities only;
NB: An "active tooling unit" is a sub-routines;
device for applying motive power, 5 Not capable of continuous Note: This sub-item does not apply to
process energy or sensing to the reaction or continuous updating vessels containing equipment covered by
workpiece. the Hrobot" position while the Items 1485, 1501, 1502 or 1510 whose
c For the purposes of this Item, a "robot" is moving. export has been previously authorized.
"sensor" is defined as a detector of NB: This precludes the use of e Water-screw propellers and hub
a physical phenomenon, the output vision systems for weld seam assemblies, as follows:
of which (after conversion into a tracking during the welding 1 Supercavitating propellers rated at
signal that can be interpreted by a operation but does not preclude greater than 10,000 hp,
controller) is able to generate straight-line or single-plane weld 2 Controllable-pitch propellers and hub
"programmes" or modify pro- seam tracking using a single assemblies rated at greater than 20,000
grammed instructions or numerical pass. hp;
programme data. This includes 6 Capable of no more than one f Water-screw propeller systems, as follows:
"sensors" with machine vision, scene analysis every 0.1 second; 1 Contrarotating propeller systems rated
infrared imaging, acoustical h It is considered that the "robot" is at greater than 20,000 hp,
imaging, tactile feel, inertial not intended for use in the pro- 2 Ventilated, base-ventilated and super-
position measuring, optical or duction of embargoed electronics, ventilated, propeller systems;
acoustic ranging or force or torque micro-electronics products. 3 Systems employing pre-swirl and post-
measuring capabilities. swirl techniques for smoothing the
flow into a propeller so as to improve
NB: For computer-related terms, see propulsive efficiency of:
Items IL 1565 er 1566. i SWATH vessels, hydrofoil vessels,

2 HRobots" embargoed by sub-item a 1
above, to civil end-users, other than
Group E and surface-effect vehicles; or
ii Other vessels whose propeller
rotational speed is above 200 rpm,
nuclear or aerospace, when limited as or having propellers with a rating
exceeding 50,000 hp per shaft;
follows:
a The Hrobot" has none of the
characteristics found in sub-items a
Transportation I Moisture and particulate separator
systems which are capable of removing
2 to 11;
b The controller is not specially
equipment 99.9 per cent of particles larger than 2
micro-metres in diameter with a maximum
designed to be part of a "robot" pressure loss of 1.6kPa (16 millibar) for gas
embargoed by sub-item a 2 to 8, a Italic type. Views will be sought from the UK's turbine engine air inlets.
10 or 11; COCOM partners prior to approval being granted
to the listed goods. Such views will not normally, Note: Technology control for the
c The controller does not exceed the nloisture and particulate separator
parameters found in sub-item b 2 to however, be sought for goods described in italic
type. The UK authorities retain the discretion to systems covered by sub-item I above is
7; refuse any licence application. limited to the following:
d HEnd-effectors" shall not exceed
the parameters of sub-item c; 1 Technology for preventing water
e The software provided shall be in IL 1416 leakage around the filter stages; and
Hobject code" only; Vessels, surface-effect vehicles, water- 2 Technology for integrating the com-
f Documentation shall be limited to ponents \i..,f such a system.
that necessary to perform the
screw propellers and hub assemblies,
b Spec:ally designed components for vessels
intended operation or for the main- water-screw propeller systems, moisture ,covered by sub-items a, band c above, as
tenance and repair of the "robot",· and particulate separator systems and follows:
I Vision systems shall be limited as specially designed' components, as 1 Advanced hull forms which incorpor-
follows: follows: ate any of the following:
Security export control 14 June 1985 13
INDUSTRIAL LIST
i Stepped hulls for hydrofoil vessels; (See also Item ML 9 on the Munitions embargo, for industrial gas turbine
Ii Hulls for air cushion vehicles with List.) engines) the unmodified version of such
trapezoidal platforms; engines and their specially designed
IU Hulls for surface-effect vehicles (For marine gas turbine engines, see components (see also Item IL 1460).
with catamaran-like sidewalls; also Item IL 1431.) 2. Engines and their specially designed
Iv Hulls for wing-in-ground effect components covered by this Item for non-
vehicles; marine propulsion or non-shipboard civil
v Underwater hulls and struts for IL 1418 end-use, provided that:
SWATH vessels; Deep submergence vehicles, manned or a The numbers to be exported are con-
2 Fully submerged subcavitating or unmanned, tethered or untethered, sidered appropriate for the stated end-
supercavitating hydrofoils; capable of operating at depths exceeding use,'
3 Lightweight structural components for 1000 metres, and specially designed b Only the minimum necessary tech-
SWATH vessels, hydrofoil vessels and equipment, components and materials nology for maintenance, repair and
surface effect vehicles, constructed therefor, including but not limited to operation is transferred; and
using anisotropic, orthotropic or c None of the following technologies is
sandwich construction methods. pressure housings or pressure hulls transferred:
specially designed for normal operating 1 Technology which is common to
Technical notes: pressures of more than 101 bars. aero-engine technology embargoed
1 Anisotropic construction methods by item IL 1460 and is not covered
relate to the use of fibre reinforcing Note: For syntactic foam, see Item IL 1759. by the italic notes under that Item;
members aligned so that the load- 2 Technology for liquid-cooled
carrying ability of the structure can IL 1425 turbine blades or vanes and nozzles
be primarily orientated in the capable of operating in hot gas
direction of expected stress. Floating docks, software and technology temperature environments greater
2 Orthotropic construction methods therefor,' as follows: than Iooo°C and their associated
relate to means of stiffening plates, systems,'
in which the structural members are 8 Floating docks specially designed for use Technical note: HAssociated sys-
at right angles to each other. at remote locations (Le. without support tems" are closely connected to the
3 Sandwich construction methods from shore bases). engine and consist of the specially
relate t.o the use of structural Note: These docks incorporate the designed cooling fluid and fuel
members or plates which are following three facilities at least: control systems, pumps, condensers
fabricated and permanently affixed and fluid purification systems.
in layers to enhance their strength 1 Welding and pipe fitting repair shop(s); 3 Technology for fuel nozzles, com-
and reduce their weight. 2 Electrical and electronic repair shop(s); bustors and gas turbine engine-
4 Flexible skirts, seals and fingers for 3 Mechanical repair or metal working mounted fuel-handling systems
surface-effect vehicles; (machine) shop(s); (fuel pumping, metering and
5 Systems for automatically controlling and normally contain more than 3,000 controls) which permit marine gas
the stability of SWATH vessels, kW (4,000 hp) of electrical power turbines to burn heavy residual fuel
hydrofoil vessels or surface-effect generation equipment. oils (ASTM grades 5 and 6 or
vehicles; b Floating docks specially equipped to equivalent);
6 Power transmission shaft systems permit the operation, maintenance or Technical note: ASTM grade 5
which incorporate composite material repair of nuclear reactors; residual fuel oil has a maximum
components, for SWATH vessels, c Floating docks having all the following kinematic viscosity of 81 centi-
hydrofoil vessels or surface-effect characteristics: strokes at 50°C (122°F), and ASTM
vehicles; 1 A lifting capacity of more than 40,000 grade 6 residual fuel oil has a
7 Lightweight, high capacity (K factor short tons (36,364 metric tons). kinematic viscosity range of 92 - 638
greater than 150) gearing (planetary, 2 Larger than 120 metres in length and centistrokes at 50°C (122 OF).
cross-connect and multiple input/ 30 metres in width, measured between Kinematic viscosity is measured by
output gears and bearings) for the pontoons; the Saybolt-furol viscosimeter (the
SWATH vessels, hydrofoil vessels and d Specially designed software for computer- test measures the time in seconds
surface-effect vehicles; controlled pumping and flooding systems for 60 cc of the oil to pass through
for the above floating docks, to permit the the furol orifice).
Technical note: docking of listing vessels; 4 Technology for high-temperature
For the K factor, see AGMA tables of e Technology covered by this Item is limited (above 700°C gas temperature) heat
K factor values (based on tooth to the following: exchangers for pre-heating com-
profile, pinion and gear materials and 1 That portion of the design of a floating pressor exit air;
surface endurance limits). dock covered by sub-item a above 5 Technology for lightweight,
which relates to the incorporation of compact combined gas turbine and
8 Water-cooled electrical propulsion the three types of facilities described in steam (COGAS) systems having
machinery (motor and generator), in- the Note to sub-item 8; and heat recovery rates of more than
cluding AC-AC synchronous and AC- 2 Design, production and use of onboard 40,000 BTU/hr. per cubic foot of
DC systems, sectored-disc and floating dock facilities covered by sub- waste heat boiler volume, or more
concentric-drum rotors for DC item b above which permit the oper- than 1000 BTU/hr. per pound of
homopolar machines, for SWATH ation, maintenance and repair of waste heat boiler weight, designed.
vessels, hydrofoil vessels and surface- nuclear reactors. for use with gas turbine engines for
effect vehicles; marine propulsion or shipboard
9 Superconducting electrical propulsion power generation.
machinery for SWATH vessels, IL 1431 3 Core section modules and specially
hydrofoil vessels and surface-effect Marine gas turbine engines (marine designed components covered by Item IL
vehicles;. propulsion or shipboard power gener- 1460 shall be treated under the provisions
10 Lift fans for surface-effect vehicles, ation engines), whether orginally of that Item even if the gas turbine aero-
rated at greater than 400 hp; engine has been modified for use in
11 Waterjet propulsor systems rated at designed as such or adapted for such marine propulsion or shipboard power
3,000 input hp or greater for hydrofoil use, and specially designed components generation.
vessels and surface-effect vehicles; therefor.

The Department of Trade and Industry Notes: IL 1460
or Ministrv of Defence should be 1 Embargo of aero or industrial gas turbine
consulted about any vessel incorpor-. engines and their specially designed com- Aircraft and helicopters, aero-engines
ating any item in this schedule, or ponents which have been adapted for and aircraft and helicopter equipment,
having arrangements for demagnetis- marine propulsion or shipboard power and technology therefor, as follows:
ation. generation 40es not re-embargo (or Note: The provisions of this Item, do not
14 Security export control 1 4 June 1 985
release technology for computer-aided design Technology for design of shielding d Gas turbine engines and auxiliary power
(CAD) or computer-aided design/manufac- systems; units (APUs) for use in aircraft or> heli-
turing (CAD/CAM); or technology relating ii Technology for the configuration copters and technology therefor, except:
to manufacturing equipment or hardware, design of hardened electrical circuits i Those destined for use in "civil
embargoed by Items IL 1080, 1081, 1086, and sub-systems; aircraft" or "civil helicopters" only,
1088, 1091, 1312, 1357, 1361, 1362, 1371, iii Determination of hardening criteria as follows:
1522, 1529 or any other Item, for the for the above; 1 Jet, turboprop and turboshaft
production or evaluation of aero-engines, 5 Technology for the design, production aircraft engines in civil use in bona
APUs, "helicopter power transfer systems" and reconstruction of adhesively fide Hcivil aircraft" or Hcivil
or their specially designed components, or bonded airframe structural members helicopters" for more than eight
technology specific to production or super- designed to withstand operational years, or which it is considered do
alloys as embargoed by Item IL 1301. temperatures in excess of 120°C not contain, and were not
(248°F); fabricated utilizing, any of the
a Aircraft and helicopters, except those Note: Airframe structural members technologies shown in Note 8;
which do not contain equipment covered mentioned in this sub-item do not 2 Gas turbine powered aicraft APUs
by the Munitions List or Items IL 1485 or include engine nacelles and thrust in civil use in bona fide "civil
1501 (unless the export of such equipment reversers. aircraft" or "civil helicopters" for
is permitted under the italic Notes to 6 Technology for the design and more than eight years, or which it is
Items IL 1485 and 1501 and which are production or propeller blades considered do not contain, and
considered to be of types which are in constructed wholly or partly of were not fabricated utilizing, any of
bona fide normal civil use; composite materials, and specially the technologies shown in Note 8;
b Technology for aircraft and helicopter designed hubs therefor; ii Data not in the public domain resulting
airframes, for aircraft propellers, and for Note: This sub-item does not embargo from aircraft performance and instal-
aircraft and helicopter airframe and technology for the production of lation design studies; fabrication
aircraft-propeller components, as follows, propeller blades: technology, or overhaul and refur-
and specially desinged software therefor: bishing technology for specific gas
a Constructed wholly of wood or
1 Design technology using computer- turbine aero-engines or gas turbine
glass-fibre-reinforced plastics; or
aided aerodynamic analyses for inter- powered aircraft APUs in civil use in
b Which are constructed mainly of
gration of the fuselage, propulsion wood or glass-fIbre-reinforced bona fide "civil aircraft" or "civil
system and lifting and control surfaces helicopters" for more than twelve
plastics and which use other
to optimize aerodynamic performance materials only in the leading edge or years, unless they renlain listed in Note
throughout the flight regime of an tip.
8;
aircraft; Note: Aircraft performance and instal-
7 Technology for the design and
2 Technology for the design of active production of digital electronic,
lation design data do not include
flight control systems, as follows: technology for: computer-aided design
synchrophasers specially designed for
i Technology for configuration (CAD); computer-aided design/manu-
propellers; technology for the design
design for interconnecting multiple facturing (CAD/CAM); or parametric
of digital electronic controls for
microelectronic processing elements engine performance analysis, engine
propellers; and technology for the
(on-board computers) to achieve cycle analysis and selection, or com-
production of digital electronic
high-speed data transfer and high- ponent aerodynamic design utilizing
controls for the propellers described in
speed data integration for control unpublished technical data.
6 above;
law implementation; e Specially designed components for gas
8 Technology for the design and
ii Technology for control law production of active laminar flow
turbine engines, APUs and Hhelicopter
compensation for sensor location power transfer systems", embargoed by c
control lifting surfaces;
and dynamic airframe loads, ie and d above, as follows:
Note: Design technology covered by
compensation for sensor vibration 1 Embodying technologies listed under
this sub-item includes the data used to
environment and for variation of Notes 8 or 9;
substantiate the design approach.
sensor location from centre of 2 Hot-section components;
gravity; c "Helicopter power transfer systems" and 3 Engine control system components;
iii Technology for electronic manage- technology therefor, except: 4 Gas turbine engine or APU rotor
ment of systems redundancy and i Those "helicopter power transfer system components (including
data redundancy for fault detection, systems" destined for use in "civil bearings).
fault tolerance and fault isolation; helicopters" only, as follows: Note: (Aero-engines, APUs or "heli-
Note: This sub-item does not 1 Those which have been in civil use copter power transfer systems" which
embargo technology for the design in bona fide "civil helicopters" for have any special feature designed for a
of physcial redundancy in hydraulic more than eight years; military application are embargoed by
or mechanical systems or in 2 Those which it is considered do not the Munitions List. See also Items IL
electrical wiring. contain, and were not fabricated 1485 and 1501. For technology relating
iv Technology for design of flight utilizing, any of the technologies to industrial gas turbine engines, see
controls which permit in-flight shown in Note 9; Item IL 1372; for marine gas turbine
reconfiguration of force and 3 Those for replacement in or engines and related technology, see
moment controls; servicing of specific, previously Item IL 1431.)
Technical Note: Active flight exported helicopters;
control systems function to prevent ii Data not in the public domain resulting Notes:
undesirable aircraft motions or from "helicopter power transfer 1 "Civil aircraft" and "civil helicopters"
structural loads by autonomously system" performance and installation are defined under Note 10.
processing outputs from multiple design studies; fabrication technology, 2 The period of bona fide civil use referred
sensors and then providing necess- or overhaul and refurbishing to in sub-items c and d above begins with
ary preventative commands to technology for specific "helicopter the date that the particular engine or
effect automatic control. power transfer systems" in civil use in "helicopter power transfer system"
bona fide "civil helicopters" for more (rnodel and specifications) or its most
3 Design technology for protection of than eight years, unless they remain rf~cent modification was certified as
flight control, navigation and pro- listed in Note 9; airworthy for commercial service or
pulsion control data into a flight Note: "Helicopter power transfer commercial navigability under the
management system for flight path system" perfornlance and installation standards and requirements of the
optimization; design data do not include technology governliJent of the country in which it was
4 Design technology for protection of for: computer-aided design (CAD); manufactured. However, it is recognized
avionic and electrical sub-systems computer-aided design/manufacturing t~t many modifications which may
against electromagnetic puIs (EMP) (CAD/CAM); or parametric require recertification may pertain to
and electromagnetic interference performance analysis, engine analysis minor safety or operational changes which
(EMI) hazards for sources external to and selection, or component design do not significantly enhance the per-
the aircraft, as follows: utilizing unpublished technical data. formance of a particular gas turbine aero..
Security eXJ)ort t:ontrol 14 June 1985 16
IN~USTRIAL LIST
engine or improve its reliability. It is specially designed components embar- civil use as described in Note 10.
intended, for control purposes, that: goed by sub-item e above shall remain 5
a A gas turbine aero-engine which is embargoed until those engines or Exports of technology including transfer
recertified as the result of incorpor- APUs have been in civil use for more of skills and data, necessary for the
ating any technology listed in Note 8 than twelve years, as defined in Note 2, design, fabrication, assembly and pro-
will be treated as a newly certified unless they remain listed in Note 8. duction testing of "helicopter power
engine. Recertification which does not Those fabrication technologies (other transfer systems" embargoed by sub-item
e above, or of the specially designed com-
result from incorporation of such than CAD/CAM) to civil end-usersfor
ponents embarboed by sub-item e above,
technology, or modifications which do civil end-uses provided that such
not require recertification by national engine technologies have been in shall be subject to the embargo except, for
civil use only, as provided in a to g below
authorities, will not affect the current engines or APUs in civil use for more
period of civil use of the engine; than eight years, as defined in Note 2. and in Note 9. It is intended that the
b Modification of a gas turbine APU by e Fabrication technology for gas turbine export of any of these technologies to a
incorporation of any technology listed military end-user or for military end-use
aero-engines or aircraft gas turbine
in Note 8 will cause it to be treated as a APUs embargoed by sub-item d above, be subject to embargo. This note does not
new APU. Other modifications will or for specially designed components remove from embargo computer-aided
not affect the current period of civil design (CAD) or computer-aided design/
embargoed by sub-item e above, which
use of the APU; manufacturing (CAD/CAM) technology.
do not embody any technology listed in
e Modification of a "helicopter power Only technology which is non-CAD, non-
Note 8.
transfer system" by incorporation of CAD/CAM may be shipped as provided
Fabrication technologies (other than
any technology listed in Note 9 will for in the appropriate sub-paragraph(s).
CAD/CAM) to civil end-users for civil
restart the control period for the "heli- This Note also does not release technology
end-uses.
copter power transfer system" as relating to manufacturing equipment or
d Technology for assembly and pro-
though it were newly certified in a duction testing of gas turbine aero- hardware, covered by Items IL 1088,
helicopter. Other modifications will engines or aircraft gas turbine APUs 1091, 1312, 1357, 1371, 1522, 1529 or any
not affect the current period of civil embargoed by sub-item d above, or of other Item, for the production or
use of the "helicopter power transfer their specially designed components evaluation of "helicopter power transfer
system" . embargoed by sub-item e above. systems" or their specially designed
Technology (other than CAD/CAM) components.
3 "Helicopter power transfer systems" a Technology, including transfer of skills
referred to in sub-item e above are defined to civil end-users for civil end-uses.
e Technology for on-site installation, and technical data, necessary for
as all those components which transfer "helicopter power transfer systems"
power from the engine to the main and operation, maintenance and repair of
gas turbine engines or APUs embar- performance analyses and installation
tail rotor blade(s). design studies of specific "helicopter
goed by sub-item d above.
4 Exports of technology, including transfer Technology (other than CAD/CAM) power transfer systems" embargoed by
of skills and data, necessary for the to civil end-users for civil end-uses. sub-item e above or of their specially
design, fabrication, assembly and f Overhaul and refurbishing technologies designed components embargoed by
production testing of gas turbine engines for gas turbine engines or APUs sub-item e above shall be subject to the
embargoed by sub-item d above or of the embargoed by sub-item d above or for embargo for a period of eight years, as
specially designed components embargoed defined in Note 2, after those systems
specially designed components embar-
by sub-item e above shall be subject to the goed by sub-item e above, which have entered into bona fide civil use.
embargo except, for civil use only, as From the end of the embargo period,
embody any technology listed in Note
provided in a to g below and in Notes 7 the above technology may be shipped
8, shall remain embargoed until those
and 8. It is intended that the export of any to civil end-users for civil end-uses.
engines or APUs have been in civil use
of these technologies to a military end- b Fabrication technologies listed in Note
for more than twelve years, as defined
user or for military end-use be subject to 9 for "helicopter power transfer
in Note 2.
the embargo. This Note does not remove systems" embargoed by sub-item e
Overhaul and refurbishing technologies
from embargo computer-aided design above or for specially designed
(other than CAD or CAD/CAM) to
(CAD) or computer-aided design/manu- "helicopter power transfer systems"
civil end-users for civil end-uses
facturing (CAD/CAM) technology. Only components embargoed by sub-item e
provided that such engines or APUs
technology which is non-CAD, non- above shall remain embargoed until
have been in civil use for more than
CAD/CAM may be shipped as provided those technologies have been in bona
eight years, as defined in Note 2.
for in the appropriate sub-paragraph(s). g Overhaul and refurbishing technologies fide "civil helicopters" in civil use for
This Note also does not release technology for gas turbine engines or APUs more than eight years, as defined in
relating to manufacturing equipment or Note 2, unless the technology remains
embargoed by sub-item d above or for
hardware, covered by Items IL 1080, listed in Note 9.
specially designed components embar-
1086, 1088, 1091, 1312, 1357, 1361, 1522, goed by sub-item e above, which do
Those fabrication technologies (other
1529 or any other Item, for the production not embody any technology listed in
than CAD/CAM) to civil end-users for
or evaluation of gas turbine engines or Note 8, shall remain embargoed until civil end-uses, provided that such
their specially designed components, or those engines or APUs have been in
Hhelicopter power transfer system"
technology specific to production of civil use for more than eight years, as technologies have been in bona fide
superalloys as embargoed by Item IL defined in Note 2.
Hcivil helicopters" in civil use for more
1301. Know-how (other than CAD or CAD/ than six years, as defined in Note 2.
a Technology, including transfer of skills e Fabrication technology for' 'helicopter
CAM) to civil end-users for civil end-
and technical data, necessary for power transfer systems" embargoed by
uses.
aircraft performance analyses and sub-item e above or for specially
installation design studies of specific NB: The provision of a to g above apply designed "helicopter power transfer
gas turbine aero-engines or aircraft gas provided that: system" components embargoed by
turbine APUs embargoed by sub-item a Technology as described in this Note, sub-item e above, which do not
d above or of their specially designed including unpublished data (all data embody any technology listed in Note
components embargoed by sub-item e other than those generally available to 9.
above shall be subject to the embargo the public), to be provided will be the Fabrication technology (other than
for a period of twelve years, as defined minimum necessary in content and CAD/CAM) to civil end-users for civil
in Note 2, after those engines have quality for the purposes of the trans- end-uses.
entered into bona fide civil use. From action; and d Technology for assembly and pro-
the end of the embargo period, the b It is considered that the specially duction testing of "helicopter power
above technology may be shipped to designed components to be assembled transfer systems" embargoed by sub-
civil end-users for civil end-uses. into gas turbine engines or APUs item e above or of their specially
b Fabrication technologies listed in Note produce~ by the recipient with designed components embargoed by
8 for gas turbine aero-engines or technology supplied under this Note, sub-item e above.
aircraft gas turbine APUs embargoed and all the gas turbine engines and Technology (other than CAD/CAM)
by sub-item d above or for their APUs thereby assembled, will be for to civil end-users for civil end-uses.
16 Security export control 14 June 1 985
e Technology for on-site installation Table 1 (See IL 1460 ba)
operation, maintenance and repair of Initial certifi- Engine Type certi-
I. Materials and manufacturing procedures
"helicopter power transfer systems" cation date ficate number
embargoed by sub-item c above.
Technology (other than CAD/CAM) Ceramic, ceramic-composite or composite
to civil end-users for civil end-uses. hot-section components (cambuster,
f Overhaul and refurbishing technologies turbine blades and vanes;' seals, discs,
for "helicopter power transfer flow path) None
systems" embargoed by sub-item c Turbine blades on basis of directional
above, or for specially designed com- solidification or monocrystal technology
ponents embargoed by sub-item e • directional solidification 30/09/74 JT9D-7F E20EA
above, which embody any technology • monocrystal technology 25/11/80 JT9D-7R4 E3NE
listed in Note 9, shall remain Turbine blades consisting of several parts
embargoed until those "helicopter connected by diffusion bonding None
power transfer systems" have been in Fibre technology in frames or in highly
civil use for more than eight years, as stressed discs, casings, blades and vanes None
defined in Note 2. Protective coating technology for air-
Overhaul and refurbishing technologies cooled turbine blades and vanes with
(other than CAD or CAD/CAM) to internal and external cooling passages and
civil end-users for civil end-uses, their related flow paths capable of
provided that such "helicopter power operating in high gas temperatures
environments (in excess of 1,499°C),
transfer system" technologies have irrespective of the actual gas temperature
been in bona fide "civil helicopters" in environment in which they will be used,
civil use for more than six years, as involving applications or metallic or
defined in Note 2. ceramic materials by vapour, pack, plasma,
g Overhaul and refurbishing technologies electron beam, sputtering or sintering
for "helicopter power transfer processes
systems" embargoed by sub-item c Metallic coatings
above, which do not embody any tech- • plasma sprayed 30/09/74 JT9D-7F E20EA
nology listed in Note 9, shall remain • other None
embargoed until those "helicopter Ceramic coatings None
power transfer systems" have been in Application of powder metallurgy for fan
civl use for more than eight years, as compressor and turbine blades or vanes;
defined in Note 2. discs, wheels, reduction gears, engine
Overhaul and refurbishing technologies main shafts and frames
(other than CAD or CAD/CAM) to • discs 01/78 JT8D-17 E2EA
civil end-users for civil end-uses. • fan, compressor and turbine blades or
vanes, wheels, reduction gears, engine
main shafts and frames None
NB: The provisions of a to g above apply
Cooled components on basis of
provided that: electrostream or laser drilling methods;
a Technology as described in this Note, • electrostream drilling 30/09/74 JT9D-7F E20EA
including unpublished technical data • laser drilling 1 6/09/70 (*) CF6-6 E23EA
(all data other than that generally Electron beam drilling for small holes in
available to the public), to be provided turbine blades and vanes (Item IL 1080 I c
will be the minimum necessary in sets out the parameters for small holes) None
content and quality for the purposes of Titanium or superalloy-casting on basis of
the transaction; and centrifugal techniques 13/01/78 TFE-731 E6WE
b It is considered that the specially Ceramic core casting technology for casting
designed components to be assembled holes in turbine blades and vanes 07/04/71 (**) JT8D·15 E2EA
into "helicopter power transfer
11. Construction methods
systems" produced by the recipient with
technology supplied under this Note, Adjustable flow path geometry and
and the "helicopter power transfer associated control systems for:
systems" thereby' asserrlbled will be for • fans None
civil use as described in Note 10. • gas generator turbine(s) None
6 The shipment for civil end-uses by civil • fan/power turbine(s) None
users, of· • propelling nozzles None
a "Helicopter power transfer systems" (Adjustable flow path geometry and associated control systems do not include: inlet guide
embargoed by sub-item c above when vanes, variable pitch fans, variable stators or bleed valves for compressors.)
incorporated in bona fide ('civil Full authority or hybrid digital electronic
helicopters" as defined in Note 10; control and respective sensor equipment 25/11/80 JT9D-7R4 E3NE
b Gas turbine engines or APUs em- High temperature (capable of utilizing
bargoed by sub-item d above for gases heated above 1, 100 ° C) heat
incorporation into or incorporated in exchangers for preheating compressor exit
bona fide "civil aircraft" or "civil air None
helicopters" as defined in Note 10; Combustors with combustion in several
c Specially designed components em- stages 08/11/79 CFM-56 E2GL
bargoed by sub-item e above, for use in Maintenance of compressor of turbine tip
engines, APUs or "helicopter power clearance through methods employing
transfer systems" authorised for active compensating casing technology:
production in proscribed destinations • compressor alone None
or previously exported under a or b • turbine alone /04/81 JT9D-7~4E1
above, provided that: • compressor and turbine None
1 The specially designed components Ceramic bearings None
will only be incorporated in Nozzles with thrust vectoring (not including
engines, APUs or Hhelicopter reverse thrust) None
power transfer systems" produced NB: Technology for computer-aided design/manufacturing (CAD/CAM) is not released by
for use in bona fide "civil aircraft" the deletion of any technology from the above list. '
or "civil helicopters" as defined in
Note 10; and {*} Embargo period extended by three years to 16th September, 1~98!5.
2 It is considered that exports of (* *) Embargo period extended by three years to 7th April 1986.
Secur~ty export control 14 June 1985 17
specially designed components for Table 2 (See 11 1460 b9')
IIlhe/icopter power transfer
systems" embodying technologies
I. Materials and manufacturing procedures Initial certifi- Helicopter Type certi-
listed in Note 9, or for gas turbine cation date ficate number
aero-engines or aircraft gas turbine
APUs embodying technologies A. Rotor heads, containing:
listed in Note 8, are in quantities • Elastomeric bearings (oscillating
appropriate: bearings using flexible synthetic
i To support the assembly of that material to allow the relative movement
number of Hhelicopter power of the supported parts) 27/01/76 Bell 214B H6SW
transfer systems", engines or • Load carrying structures applying fibre
APUs required for instal/ation technology 02/09/77 AS350C 84
in, and as standard spares for, • Hot-isostatically pressed materials None
bona fide Hcivil aircraft" or B. Gear boxes, containing:
Hcivil helicopters" in current • Novikoff-type gears None
production; or • Gears or gear support structures based
ii To support current civil fleet on materials applying directional
operations. solidification or monocrystal technology None
• High contact-ratio double-helical (arrow-
shaped) gears None
7 This Item does not embargo for civil use
gas turbine engines, APUs and "heli- • Fibre technology None
copter power transfer systems" and • Hot-isostatically pressed components None
modifications (and technology therefor) • Casings without shims and the
certified or recertified for civil use, as interchangeable bevel gears associated
described in Note 2 prior to the 1st with them 21/11/78 Sikorsky S76 H1NE
January 1979, and not embargoed by the • Gear tooth surfaced hardened by
following definitions: vacuum carburizing or ion nitriding None
Helicopters over 4530 kg (10,000 lb) C. Drive shaft systems containing super-
empty weight, and power transmissions critical drive shafts None
systems therefor;
Note: Empty weight is understood to 11. Construction methods
include normal installation and normal A. Components fabricated by diffusion
minimum crew, but does not include fuel bonding None
or pay-load.
B. High-survivability loss-of-Iubrication
Aero-engines, as follows: technology for high-speed bearings (DN
i Piston engines; equal to or greater than 2.4 million
ii Jet engines of less than 2,265 kg (5,000 where D is expressed in millimetres and
Ib) thrust; N in rpm) None
iii Turboprop or turboshaft engines of
less than 2,500 horsepower or with a NB: Technology for computer-aided design/manufacturing (CAD/CAM) is not released by
residual thrust of less than 453 kg the deletion of any technology from the above list.
(1,000 lb).

8 Sub-item d above does not embargo for
use in bona fide "civil aircraft" or "civil
helicopters" those engines which it is
business use. The total number of aircraft IL 1485
or helicopters (and aero-engines or
considered contain none of the tech- "helicopter power transfer systems") by
Compasses, gyrosropes (gyros), accelero-
nologies listed. Gas turbine engines type which may be included within the meter and intertial equipment, and
embodying any of these technologies shall terms "ci vii aircraft" and "civii specially designed software therefor, as
remain under embargo until the technology helicopters" shall not exceed that number follows; and specially designed
has been in civil use for eight years, as which appears to constitute a reasonable components therefor:
defined in Note 2, after the initial requirement for operation of published
certification date (shown in table 1). The scheduled services or for legitimate civil, (See also Items IL 1385 and 1465.)
technologies shown in table 1 shall remain private or business use.
under control for twelve years after the
a Gyro compasses with provision for deter-
initial certification date of engine, unless
mining and transmitting ship's level
the expiration date of the embargo period IL 1465
reference data (roll, pitch) in addition to
is extended: "Spacecraft" and launch vehicles, as own ship's course data;
follows: b Integrated flight instrument systems
9 Sub-item c above does not embargo for which include gyro-stabilisers or automatic
use in bona fide "civil helicopters" those a "Spacecraft", manned or unmanned (not , pilots for aircraft and specially designed
"helicopter power transfer systems" including their payloads); integration software therefor, except
which it is considered contain none of the Note: For controls applicable to products those systems integrated solely for
technologies listed below. "Helicopter contained in "spacecraft" payloads, see VOR/ILS navigation and approaches;
power transfer systems" embodying any b the appropriate List Items. Explanatory note: An integrated flight
of these technologies, and these tech- Launch vehicles; instrument system is a primary instrument
nologies themselves, shall remain under c Propulsion systems, guidance equipment, display system of attitude and azimuth
control for eight years after the initial attitude control equipment; and on-board with facilities for giving manoeuvre
certification date (shown in table 2), unless communications equipment for remote guidance information to the pilot and
the expiration date is extended: control of the equipment embargoed by often integrated with an auto-pilot to the
sub-items a or b above; extent of embodying a common unit for
d Specially designed components for the setting up the required demands.
10 The terms "civil aircraft" and "civil heli- above. c Gyro-astro compasses and other devices
copters" are understood to include only Technical Note: "Spacecraft" are defined as which derive position or orientation by
those types of civil aircraft and helicopters active and passive satellites and space probes. means of automatically tracking celestial
which are listed by designation in Note: Scientific-mission space probes which bodies;
published airworthiness certification lists do not contain equipment either embargoed d Gyro-stabilisers used for other purposes
by the civil aviation authorities to fly by sub-item c above or embargoed by any than aircraft control except those for
commercial civil internal and external other Item in these Lists are not embargoed stabilising an entire surface vessel;
routes or for legitimate civil, private or. by this Item. I e Automatic pilots used for purposes other
18 Security export control 14 June 1985
than aircraft control and specially designed 'lL 1501 iv Direction finding equipment oper-
integration software therefor, except ating at frequencies greater. than
marine types for surface vessels; Navigation, direction finding, radar and 5MHz;
f Accelerometers with a threshold of 0.005 airborne communication equipment: v Rated for continuous operation
g or less or a linearity error within 0.25 per (See also sub-items IL 1485 band i, 1573 over a range of ambient temperature
cent of full scale output or both, which and 1574.) extending from below -55°C to
are designed for use in inertial navigation above + 55°C.
systems or in guidance systems of all a Airborne communication equipment
types; having any of the following Notes:
g Gyros with a rated free directional drift characteristics, and specially designed 1 Standard commercial airborne
rate (rated free precession) of less than 0.5 components and software therefor: equipment listed in sub-items b 1 ii
degree (1 Sigma or rms) per hour in a 1 g 1 Designed to operate at frequencies and iii above needed to equip civil
environment; greater than 156 MHz; aircraft (see Note 10 under Item IL
h Continuous output accelerometers which 2 Incorporating facilities for: 1460) or as normal standard equip-
utilize "servo" or "force balance" i The rapid selection of more than ment incorporated in civil aircraft
techniques and gyros, both specified to 200 channels per equipment; or being exported for civil commercial
function at acceleration levels greater than ii Equipment using frequency syn- use, provided that such equipment
loog; thesis techniques (see also Item IL is equivalent in all characteristics
Inertial or other equipment using accelero- 1531) except equipment operating and performance to standard equip-
meters embargoed by sub-items f or h in the frequency range of 108 to 136 ment of aircraft not subject to
above or gyros embargoed by sub-item g MHz with 720 channels or fewer at embargo; and
or h above, and systems incorporating not less than 25 kHz spacing, and a (For Loran-C equipment
such equipment, and specially designed which has been in normal civil use covered by sub-item b 1 ii) is in
integration software therefor; for at least one year; conformity with ICA 0 stan-
Specially designed test, calibration and 3 Rated for continuous operation over a dards, assures no function
alignment equipment for the above. range of ambient temperatures ex- exceeding those resulting from
tending from below -55°C to above such standards, and is not
Equipment and software embargoed by this + 55°C; designed to make use of
Item, as follows: 4 Designed for modulating methods em- hyperbolic grids at frequencies
a Types and series including their specially ploying any form of digital modulation greater than 3MHz. (Standard
designed integration software elnbargoed using tilne and frequency redundancy commercial airborne equipment
by sub-item b, provided the equipment such as 'Quantised Frequency designed to make use of hyper-
and software have been in normal civil use Modulation' (QFM); bolic grids at frequencies of less
for more than two years, are standard Standard commercial airborne equip- than 3 MHz may be exported if
equipment and software or aircraft men t needed to equip civil aircraft or Hcoordinate conversion equip-
excluded from control under Item IL as normal standard equipment ment" which has been in normal
1460, and are, or are to be, installed in incorporated in civil aircraft being civil use for less than one year or
civil aircraft; exported for civil commercial use which could not be shipped
b Types and series covered by sub-item d, provided that it contains none of the under the provisions of Item IL
provided the equipment has been in characteristics in sub-item 4 above. 1565, is not included and is not
normal civil use for more than two years b Navigation and direction finding separately supplied); or
and it is considered that it is intended for a equipment, as follows, specially designed b (For equipment covered by sub-
clearly civil application in the importing components and software therefor, and item b 1 iii) are frequency-
country; specialised testing, calibrating and modulated radio altimeters
c Specially designed components covered by training/simulating equipment therefor: which have been in normal civil
this Item and equipment covered by sub- 1 Airborne' navigation equipment and use for a period of more than
item j, provided they are not embargoed direction finding equipment as follows: one year.
by sub-items f, g or h and are intended for i Designed to make use of 'Doppler' 2 Direction finding equipment
use with exports meeting the conditions of frequency phenomena; specially designed for search and
sub-paragraphs a and b of this Note. Navigation equipment described in rescue purposes and operating at a
sub-item b 1 i provided that it is to frequency of 121.5 MHz or 243
be installed in civil aircraft or heli- MHz 'is not covered by this sub-
copters, and is normal standard item. This exclusion also applies to
equipment ofa type installed in civil personal locator beacons operating
aircraft or helicopters. in this form and which may also
ii Utilising the constant velocity or the have an additional channel
rectilinear propagation character- selectable for voice mode only.

Group F istics of electromagnetic waves
having frequency less than 4 x
1014 Hz (0.75 microns);
Technical note: By "coordinate
conversion equipment" is meant
electronic equipment designed to
iii Radio altimeters, the following: compute the position of the aircraft

Electronic a Pulse modulated;
b Frequency modulated having a
displayed electrical output
in one coordinate system when
furnished position information in
another coordinate system.
equipment accuracy better than..±. 0.914 m
(..±. 3 ft) over the range between
2 Ground and marine equipment for use
with airborne navigation equipment

including ..±. 3 per cent above 30.4 m (100
ft);
c Frequency modulated which
utilising the constant velocity or the
rectilinear propagation characteristics
of electromagnetic waves having
communications have been in normal civil use for
less than one year;
frequency less than 4 x 1014Hz (0.75
micron);

and radar Technical note: The accuracy is
related to that provided by the
electrical output circuits of the alti-
3 Ground and marine direction finding
equipment operating at frequencies
greater than 30 MHz;
Italic type. Views will be sought from the UK's meter at any altitude. The word .Equipment described in b 3when:
COCOM partners prior to approval being granted accuracy also refers to the equip- i The equipment is to be installed at
to the listed goods. Such views will not normally, ment's accuracy over time. This civil airports or for use on civil air
however, be sought for goods described in italic accuracy over time is defined for routes)·
type. The UK authorities retain the discretion to the instrument itself without U The equipment is designed to oper-
refuse any licence application. reference either to a calibrated ate at frequencies between 30 MHz
value or to a designated electrical and 157 MHz, excluding single side
See also Itern ML 11 value. band equipment;
Security export control 14 June 1985 19
INDUSTRIAL LIST
Hi The equipment employs a loop systems using a conventional equip civil aircraft or as normal standard
system or a system employing a double or triple pulse delay line equipment incorporated in civil aircraft
number of spaced vertical aerials cancellation technique: except those being exported for civil commercial use
uniformly disposed around the utilised for surveillance and control provided such equipment is in conformity
circumference of a circle excluding radars for aerial navigation in civil with ICAO standards and assures no
electronically commutated types. airports; function exceeding those resulting from
4 Timing receivers whose only function vi Including any digital signal pro- such standards, is not designed to use
is automatically providing time derived cessing techniques used for auto- satellite-broadcasted navigation signals
from satellite signals to within 1 milli- matic target tracking, or having a and is not designed to make use of
second of Universal Coordinate Time facility for electronic tracking; hyperbolic grids at frequencies greater
(UCT) or better; vii Including signal processing tech- than 3 MHz. (Standard commercial
5 Ground or marine navigation and niques other than those covered by airborne equipment designed to make use
geodetic positioning systems designed sub-item c 2 vi above, which have of hyperbolic grids at frequencies of less
for use with satellite-provided timing been in normal civil use for a period than 3 MHz may be exported if
positioning or navigation information; of less than two years; coordinate conversion equipment, which
viiiIn the case of ground radar, having has been in normal civil use for less than
c Radar equipment as follows, and specially been in commercial use for a period one year, or which could not be shipped
designed components specialised testing, of less than one year. under the provisions of Item IL 1565, is
calibrating and training/simulating a Radar equipment embargoed only by not included and is not separately
equipment, and specially designed soft- sub-items c 2 i, ii oriii above, provided supplied.) Normal civil equipment
ware therefor: that both of the following conditions released by this paragraph consists of:
(For lidar equipment see Item IL 1522) are met: Marker beacons, ILS, VOR ("OMNI"),
1 Airborne radar equipment; i It is specially designed for the sur- Omega, Loran A and B;
Equipment embargoed by this sub- veillance and coordination of air- b Ground and marine equipment listed in
item when it is to be installed in civil field surface traffic; and sub-item b 2 above, for use with airborne
aircraft (see Note 10 under Item IL ii It is to be installed at airports navigation equipment using the constant
1460), and which: operating scheduled commercial velocity or rectilinear propagation
a Has been in normal commercial flights; characteristics of electromagnetic waves
service for at least one year; b Radar equipment embargoed only by having a frequency less than 4 x 1014
b Is specially designed for use as a sub-items c 2 ii or iii above, or by both, (wavelength 0.75 micrometre), provided
commercial weather radar; provided that all the following con- the ground equipment is for use at civil
c Is a normal and reasonable equip- ditions are met: airports or for civil use in association with
ment for such civil aircraft. i Operating at a frequency of not civil airborne equipment; and
2 Ground and marine radar equipment more than 1.5 GHz and having a 1 Is in conformity with ICAO standards
having one or more of the following peak output power from the trans- and assures no function exceeding
features: mitter not greater than 5 MW; or those resulting from sUl:h standards;
i Operating at a frequency not in operating at a frequency within the 2 Is not designed to make use of
normal civil use or at a frequency of range of 1.5 to 3.5 GHz and having hyperbolic grids at frequencies greater
more than 10.5 GHz; a peak output power not greater than 3 MHz;
ii Operating at a frequency of less than 2.5 MW; c Equipment listed in sub-item b 5 above
than 1.5 GHz and having a peak ii Having an 80 per cent or better which is restricted to use with TRANSIT
output power from the transmitter probability of detection for a 10 sq satellite systems or other unembargoed
greater than 2.5 MW; or operating m target at a free space range of270 systems and which is not also embargoed
at a frequency within the range of nautical miles; by sub-item b 4 above;
1.5 to 3.5 GHz and having a peak iii Having a pulse repetition frequency d Secondary radar equipment embargoed
output power from the transmitter exceeding 300 pulses per second; by sub-item c above specially designed for
greater than 1.5 MW; or operating iv It is to be installed for air traffic civil air traffic identification and control
at a frequency within the range of control of scheduled international purposes;
3.5 to 6 GHz and. having a peak commercial flights; e Equipment assemblies for civil marine
output power from the transmitter c Radar equipment covered only by sub- automatic radar plotting aids or electronic
greater than 1MW; or operating at items c 2 iv or v above, provided it is to relative motion analyzers designed to
a frequency within the range of 6 to be installed for air traffic control achieve the requirements published by the
10.5 GHz and having a peak output purposes in international airports and International Maritime Organization in
power from the transmitter greater has been in normal civil use for a accordance with the Safety of Life at Sea
than 500 kW; period of not less than three years; (SOLAS) conventions, provided the
iii Operating at a frequency of less d Radar equipment covered by sub-item designed tracking speeds do not exceed
than 3.5 GHz and having an 80 per c 2 vi above, provided it is specially relative values of greater than 150 knots
cent or better probability of designed for marine, harbour or (77.1 metres/second);
detection for a 10 sq m target at a meteorological use, or has been in f Ground radar of the hand-held and
free space range of 250 nautical normal civil use for not less than three automobile mounted type used for vehicle
miles; or operating at a frequency years; speed monitoring by police authorities
within the range of 3.5 to 10.5 GHz e Radar equipment covered by sub-item and operating in the frequency band from
and having an 80 per cent or better c 2 vii above, provided it is specially 10.5 to 10.55 GHz.
probability of detection for 10 sq m designed for marine (or harbour) use,
target at a free space range of 100 or radar equipment embargoed only by
nautical miles; sub-items c 2 vii or viii above, or both,
iv Utilising other than pulse modu- provided it is specially designed for
lation with a constant or staggered meteorological observation.
pulse repetition frequency, in which IL 1502
the carrier frequency of the trans- Note: Nothing in the following shall be Communication, detection or tracking
mitted signal is not changed construed as permitting the export of equipment of a kind using ultra-violet
deliberately between groups of specially designed software or technology for
pulses, from pulse to pulse, or navigation, direction finding, radar and radiation, infrared radiation or ultra-
within a single pulse; except civil airborne communication equipment, or sonic waves; and specially designed soft-
commercial airport radars using a technology for specially designed ware and components therefor.
carrier frequency that may change components therefor, except for the
from pulse to pulse between two minimum software and technology for the Notes:
fixed frequencies separated in time use (Le. the installation, operation and 1 This Item is not intended to cover infrared
and in frequency by constant maintenance) of the following equipment. or ultra-violet sensing devices not other-
magnitudes; This Item does not embargo the following: wise embargoed by Munitions List Item
v Utilising a Doppler technique for a Standard commercial airborne equipment ML 15 and which contain image
any purpose other than MTI listed in sUbritem b 1 ii above needed to intensifiers embargoed by Item IL 1555.
20 Security export control 14 June 1985
2 The Item is not intended to embargo towed hydrophone arrays and technical data are also relevant to
ultrasonic devices which operate in beamformers) and specially designed equipment embargoed by· this
contact with a controlled material to be software thereof, except: definition.
inspected, or which are used for indus~rial 4 With respect to repairs and alterations
cleaning, sorting or materials handhng, Marine systems or equipment, as fol!o~s: to ships owned and controlle~ by
industrial and civilian intrusion alarms, A Active (transmitting, or transmItttng organisations in prescrIbed
traffic and industrial movement control and receiving) systems or equipment, destinations, then those systems or
and counting systems, medical appli- including but not limited to depth equipment embargoed by Item IL 1510
cations emulsification, homogenisation, sounders and fish-finders and their shall not be installed pursuant to such
or sim~le educational or entertainment associated beamfonners, as follows: repair or alterations, unless previously
devices. approved.
1 Depth sounders used solely for
3 This Item is not intended to embargo measuring the depth of water or, the (See also Item IL 1416.) ,... ,
underwater ultrasonic communications distance of submerged or buried 5 Passive hydrophone senSItivIties. ~It~d
equipment designed. for operatio~. with objects or fish or whales vertically in this item are based on senSItIVIty
amplitude modulation and having a below the apparatus; being defined as 20 times the logarithm
communications range of 500 m or less 2 Horizontally-operated fish, whale to the base 10 of the ratio or rms
(Sea State 1), a carrier frequenc~ of 40 to or object detection or location output voltage to a 1 volt reference,
60 kHz and a carrier power supplIed to the systems, having all of the following when the hydrophone sensor is placed
transducer of 1 W or less. characteristics: in a plane wave acoustic field having an
4 This Item is not intended to embargo the a Transmitting frequency of 15 rms pressure of 1 micropascal. For
following: . kHz or greater; example, a hydrophone of -160 d,B
a Industrial equipment emplOyIng cells b Sound pressure level less than (reference 1 volt per micropascal) Will
not embargoed by Item IL 1548; 250 dB (reference 1 micropascal yield an output voltage of 10-8 volts in
b Industrial and civilian intrusion alarm, at 1 metre) for equipment with such a field, while one of -180 dB
traffic and industrial movement operating frequency between 15 sensitivity would yield only 10-9 volts
control and counting systems; and 30 kHz, with no decibel input.
c Medical equipment; limitation for equipment 6 Acoustic hydrophones and tranducers
d Industrial equipments used for operating at frequencies of 30 which have all of the other
inspection, sorting or analysis of the kHz or higher; characteristics of sub-item iB, but
properties of materials; , c Transmission capability limited which either:
e Simple educational or entertainment to ..±. 10 per cent of the design a Have a sensitivity no greater than
devices which employ photo cells; centre frequency; -204 dB (reference 1 volt per
f Flame detectors for industrial furnaces; d Not designed to withstand micropascal); and are designed for
g. Equipment for non-contact temper- pressure during nonnal operation at greater than 100 metres
ature measurement for laboratory or operation at depths greater than depth but not greater than 1000
industrial purposes utilizing a single 1000 metres; metres depth; or
detector cell with no scanning of the e Displaying a range of 5000 b Are not acceleration-compensated,
detector; metres or less; have a sensitivity no greater than
h Instruments capable of measuring 3 Electronic noise sources for -180 dB (reference 1 volt per
radiated power or energy having a vertically directional use only, or micropascal) and are not designed
respons time constant exceeding 10 mechanical (eg air gun or vapour- for operation at depths greater than
milliseconds; shock gun) or chemical (eg 100 metres.
Equipment designed for measuring explosive) noise sources; 7 Towed acoustic hydrophone arrljlYs
radiated power or energy for labora- B Passive (receiving, whether or not having all of the follOWIng
tory, agricultural or industrial related in normal application to characteristics:
purposes using a single detector cell separate active equipment) acoustic a Not specially designed for
with no scanning of the detector and hydrophones or transduc~rs, having all operation at greater than 100 metres
single detector cell assemblies or of the following charactenstlcs: depth or at tow speeds in excess of 8
probes specially desig~ed therefor, 1 Incorporating sensitive elements knots;
having a response tIme constant made of piezoelectric ceramics or b Not incorporating temperature or
exceeding 1 microsecond; . crystal, and with a sensitivity no heading sensors;
Infrared geodetic equipment, prOVIded greater than - 192 dB (reference 1 c Having hydrophone groups
that equipment uses a lighting source volt per micropascal); uniformly spaced at not less than 25
other than a laser and is manually 2 Not designed for operation at metres and not more than 60
operated or uses a lighting source depths greater than 100 metres; and metres;
(other than a laser or a light-emitt~ng 3 Independently mounted or d Having an assembled diameter of 40
diode) remote from the measunng configured and not reason~bly mm or greater and using metallic
equipment; , , capable of assembly by the user Into strength members only;
Note: Simple educatIonal deVIces a:e a towed hydrophone array; e Not having multipiexed
defined as devices designed for use In ii Terrestrial systems or equipment having hydrophone group signals;
teaching basic scientific principles and all the following characteristics: . f Not having a configuration for
demonstrating the operation of those a Not reasonably capable of conversion multiple or overlapping acoustic
principles in educational institution~. by the user to underwater ~r marine aperture operation; .
(For comITlunications equipment emploYIng applications embargoed by thIS Item; g Not having characteristics better
fibre optics see Item IL 1519.) b Not employing geophones or other than those specified in sub-items
transducers embargoed by this Item. iBt and 2 above;
h Not having associated processing
equipment which 'provides any of
Notes: the following features:
1 Signal and data processing par~mete~s 1 Electronica/ly-steerable beam-
IL 1510 for related equipment are defIned In forming capabilities;
Marine or terrestrial acoustic or Items IL 1529 and 1565, and 2 Side lobe suppression techniques
ultrasonic systems or equipment parameters for related marine such as shading coefficients;
specially designed for detecting or application cable in Item IL 1526. . 3 On-line real-time processing or
locating underwater or subterranean 2 Magnetic detection and locating off-line batch preproce~s;~g
objects or features, and specially apparatus are covered by Item IL ~571. cepabi/ities exceeding the limits
3 Nothing in this Item shall permit the specified in Items IL 1529
designed compone~ts of such s~st!ms or export of technology or technical ~ata
equipment (including but ~ot bml~ed to andIL 1565
associated with the design, "I
geophones (except moving coIl ~r manufacture or upgrading of an item
moving magnet electromagnetic excepted from embargo by this
geophones), hydrophones, tranducers, definition, when such technology or
Security export control 14 June 1985 21
INDUSTRIAL LIST
IL 1514 steps under the control of a similar bit toys such as model planes and boats and
Pulse modulators capable of providing stream. having electric field strength of no more than
(See also Item IL 1517 c.) 200 microvolts per metre at a distance of 500
electric impulses of peak power metres.
exceeding 20 MW or of a duration of
less than 0.1 microsecond, or wUh a duty
cycle in excess of 0.005; and pulse IL 1517 IL 1519
transformer, pulse-forming equipment Radio transmitters, except radio relay Single- and multi-channel communi..
or delay lines being specialised communications equipment (for which cation transmission equipment,
components of such modulators. see Item IL 1520), as follows, and including terminal, intermediate
specially designed components therefor: amplifier or repeater equipment and
multiplex busses and multiplex
a Transmitters or transmitter-amplifiers equipment used for communications
designed to operate at output frequencies within or between communication or
IL 1516 greater than 960 MHz;
other equipment and systems by line,
Receivers, as follows, and specially b Transmitters or transmitter amplifiers
designed to provide any of the following cable, optical fibre or radio means, and
designed components, accessories and associated modems and multiplex
software therefor: features:
1 Any system of pulse modulation (this exquipment as follows, and specially
(For instruments using time compression of does not include amplitude frequency designed software therefor:
the input signal or FFT techniques associated of phase modulated televisions or
with receivers, see Item IL 1529 b 4.) telegraphic transmitters or pulse- a Employing analogue transmission
a Panoramic radio receivers (which search width, modulated sound broadcasting techniques with analogue input and
or scan automatically a part of the transmitters); output, designed to deliver, carry or
electromagnetic spectrum and indicate or 2 Rated for operation over a range of receive baseband frequencies higher than
identify the received signals); except ambient temperatures extending from 19 MHz into, or in, a communications
ancillary equipment for commercial below -40°C to above + 60°C; system, but only higher than 300 kHz for
receivers with which the frequency c Transmitters for spread spectrum and equipment suitable for use with
searched does not exceed a bandwidth of frequency agile systems having a total underwater cable;
20 MHz or does not incorporate a raster transmitted bandwidth which is: Note: Analogue transmission techniques
or storage display capability; 1 100 or more times greater than the include, inter alia, frelluency division
b "Digitally-controlled" radio receivers, bandwidth of anyone information multiplex (FDM),
whether or not computer controlled, channel; and b Employing digital transmission techniques
which search or scan automatically a part 2 In excess of 50 kHz. designed for operation at a total bit rate at
of the electromagnetic spectrum, in which (For the definition of "spread the highest level multiplex point exceeding
the switching operation takes less than 10 spectum" and "frequency agility" , see 8.5 Megabits per second, with analogue
milliseconds, and which indicate or Technical notes to Item IL 1516.) input and output, designed for use on
identify the received signals, except non- (For quartz crystals, see Item IL 1587; communications circuits;
ruggedised, "digitally-controlled", pre- and for radio transmitters Notes:
set radio receivers designed for use in civil incorporating transmitter drive units, 1 Nothing in the above shall be
communications which have 200 selective exciters and master oscillators using construed as sanctioning the export of
channels or fewer (for digitally-controlled frequency synthesis, see also Item IL technology for equipment employing
radio receivers using frequency 1531.) digital transmission techniques
synthesizers see also Item IL 1531); Note:This item is not intended to cover the designed for operation at a total bit
c Receivers' for spread spectrum and following transmitters or transmitter rate at the highest level multiplex point
frequency agile systems having a total amplifiers, or systems containing such exceeding 2.1 Megabits per second,
transmitted bandwidth which is: equipment, accessories and sub-assemblies except technology for installation,
i 100 or more times greater than the
therefor: operation or maintenance.
band-width or anyone information a Specially designed for medical 2 Digital transmission techniques
channel; and applications and operating at ISM include, inter alia, pulse code
ii In excess of 50 kHz; frequencies; modulation (PCM).
d Receivers which incorporate digital signal b Having an output power of not more than c Data communication equipment
processing, except receivers specially 10 W which are specially designed for: employing digital transmission with
designed for internationally allocated civil 1 Industrial or civil intrusion detection digital input and output, including
frequency bands only and which do not and alarm; telegraphic and data transmission, having
permit user-accessible reprogrammability 2 Industrial and traffic detection, any of the following characteristics:
of the digital signal processing circuits. counting, speed measurement, 1 Designed for operation at a data
Note: identification and movement control; signalling rate in bits per second,
This Item is not intended to cover radio 3 Carrying the information from the excluding servicing and administrative
frequency analysers (see Item IL 1533) or equipment above, or the information channels, numerically exceeding either:
field strength meters (see Item IL 1529). of environmental, air or water, i When using FDM voice channel:
pollution detection or measurement a 9,600; or
Technical notes: systems; b 320 per cent of the channel (or
1 Spread spectrum is defined as the c Transmitters using wideband amplifiers sub-channel) bandwidth in
technique whereby energy in a relatively designed for non-frequency agile civil hertz; or
narrow band communication channel is applications, such as television and mobile ii When using baseband: 19,200;
spread over a much wider energy service. 2 Employing an automatic error
spectrum under the control of a random detection and correction system having
or pseudo-random bit stream. On receipt, both of the following characteristics:
the signal is correlated with the same bit i Retransmission is not required for
stream to achieve the reverse process of IL 1518 correction; and
reducing the bandwidth to its original Telemetering and telecontrol equipment ii A data signalling rate exceeding 300
form. By allocating different bit streams bits per second;
to different subscribers transmitting
suitable for use with aircraft (piloted or 3 Statistical multiplexers designed for
simultaneously, significantly greater use pilotless), space vehicles or weapons operation at a "data signalling rate" in
can be made of available bandwidth. (guided or unguided), and test bits per second, excluding servicing
2 "Frequency agility" (or frequency equipment specially designed for such and administrative channels,
hopping) is another form of spread equipment. numerically exceeding either:
spectrum in which the transmission Note: This Item is not intended to cover i 4,800; or
frequency of a single communication equipment and parts therefor specially ii 160 per cent of the channel (or sub-
channel is made to change by discrete designed to bi used for remote control of channel) bandwidth in hertz.
22 Security export control 14 June 1985
Notes: b Facismile equipment other than that considered separately under the
1 This sub-item is not intended to embargoed under the note to Item IL provisions of Item IL 1519; and
cover frequency division 1527; b No equipment with a base
multiplexers used to subdivide a c Equipment employing exclusively the bandwidth exceeding the limits set
voice channel or data channels not direct current transmission technique; forth in Note 1 c to Item IL 1519 is
exceeding the limits of 1 above. 3 Equipment covered by sub-item b above, included.
2 For statistical multiplexers which and components, accessories, sub- 3 Equipment, and specially designed
satisfy the definitions of either assemblies and cable therefor, provided components and accessories therefor,
"data (message) switching" or that it is for other than underwater use, is covered by sub-item a above for com-
"stored-programme controlled to be permanently installed in a non-fibre munications satellite earth stations,
circuit switching", as well as for the optic circuit operated by the civilian provided that it is to be installed for
definitions of these terms, see Item authorities of the importing country, and operation in the framework of an
IL 1567. is to be used for general commercial INTELSA T, MARISA T, EVTELSA T
d Components and accessories specially traffic, as follows: or INMARSA T satellite communi-
designed for the above equipment, and 1 A total digital bit rate at the highest cation system.
test equipment specially designed for the level multiplex point of 45 Megabits 4 Equipment, and specially designed
equipment covered by b above. (See Item per second or less; and components and accessories therefor,
IL 1526 for connectors including 2 i A total number of voice channels covered by sub-item a above with a
wavelength multiplexers.) per each physical bearer (wire or maximum capacity of 1,920 voice
Technical notes: radio) of 672 or less; or channels of 4 kHz each, for industrial
1 "Data signalling rate" is as defined in ii A monochrome or colour television use, e.g. remote supervision, control
ITV Recommendation 53-36, taking channel with a maximum nominal and metering of oil and gas pipelines,
into account that for non-binary bandwidth of 6 MHz, and public utility services (e.g. electricity
modulation, "bauds" and "bits per associated sound channels. networks) including telephone
second" are not equal. Bits for coding, 4 Electronic measuring and test equipment channels for the operation of such
checking and synchronisation suitable for use with PCM transmission networks and the engineering service
functions are to be included. equipment defined in CCITT circuits required for the maintenance
2 In the case of data communication Recommendation series G. 700· to 746 of telecommunications links.
equipment designed to operate in one (ITV Geneva) for PCM over 8.5 Megabits 5 Tropospheric scatter communication
voice channel, "bandwidth" will per second and up to 45 Megabits per equipment, and specially designed
normally be as defined in CCITT second. components and accessories therefor,
Recommendation, G .151, namely covered by sub-item a above, provided
3,100 Hz. In the case of CCITT or that it will be permanently installed at
CCIR voice frequency telegraph IL 1520 specified sites for civil communication
systems, "bandwidth" may be Radio relay communication equipment, purposes and has all of the following
considered as the number of channels specially designed test equipment and characteristics:
times the channel spacing. a Fixed frequency of 2.7 GHz or less;
e Electronic measuring equipment, suitable
software as follows, and specially
b Frequency modulation,'
for use with PCM transmission equipment designed components and accesso."ies c Power amplifier output of 10 kW or
defined in CCITT Recommendation series therefor: less.
G.700 to 746 (ITV Geneva) for PCM up a Radio relay communication equipment
to 8.5 Megabits per second. designed for use at frequencies exceeding
960 MHz, except:
Notes: i Microwave radio links for fixed civil IL 1521
1 Equipment embargoed by sub-item a installations operating at fixed Solid-state broadband amplifiers and
above and specially designed components frequencies not exceeding 15 GHz, related equipment having an untuned
and accessories therefor, as follows: with a capacity of up to 1,920 voice bandwidth which exceeds 100 MUz or
a Equipment specially designed for the channels of 4 kHz each or of a
transmission of television signals by television channel of 6 MHz maximum an output power which exceeds SOW,
cable between camera and studio or nominal bandwidth and associated and specially designed components and
between studio and television sound channels; accessories therefor.
transmitter not exceeding 80 km (50 ii Ground communication radio
miles) for a link with respect to anyone equipment for use with temporarily Technical note: The bandwidth is defined as
istallation; (For radio relay links see fixed services operated by the civilian the band of frequencies over which the power
Item IL 1520.) authorities of the importing country amplification does not drop to less than one-
b Equipment to be used for close circuit and designed to be used at fixed half of its maximum value.
television and television distribution frequencies not exceeding 15 GHz with Notes:
(community aerial systems or cable a power output of not more than 5W; 1 This Item does not embargo the following
television systems) with an upper b Stand-alone radio transmission media amplifiers and specially designed
frequency limit of 960 MHz; simulators/channel estimators and components and accessories therefor:
c Equipment designed to deliver, carry specially designed software therefor, a Those specially designed for civil
or receive baseband frequencies up to specially designed for testing equipment television receivers (aerial amplifiers);
and including 62 MHz. covered by a above, except those in which b Those specially designed for com-
2 This item is not intended to cover: adjustments are only made manually. munity television distribution systems;
a Telemetering, telecommand and tele- 1 Equipment, and specially designed c Those operating in the range of 380 to
signalling equipment designed for components and accessories therefor, 512 MHz and designed for civil
industrial purposes, together with data covered by sub-item a above, specially communication equipment provided
transmission equipment not intended designed for the transmission of the power output does not exceed
for the transmission of written or television signals between camera and 20W;
printed text and specially designed studio or between studio and television d Those with an output power exceeding
components, accessories and test transmitter, and not exceeding a line- 50W when:
equipment therefor. By telemetering, of-sight distance with respect to any i Designed for use in radio
telecommand and telesignal/ing one installation. communication equipment for
equipment is meant sensing heads for 2 Equipment, and specially designed frequencies not exceeding 32 MHz;
the conversion of information into components and accessories therefore, or
electrical information, the systems covered by sub-item a above, to be ii Having a barlidwidth of 10 MHz or
used for its long-distance transmission, permanently installed in a circuit . less.
the processes used to translate operated by the civilian authorities of 2 For amplifiers designed to operate at
electrical information in coded data the importing country for civil frequencies above 1 GHz, see Item IL
(telemetering), into control signals television transmission or for general 1537.
(telecommand) and into display signals commercial traffic, provided that: 3 For parametric amplifiers, see Item IL
(telesignal/ing); a Associated multiplex equipment is 1537.
Security e:XpOt1 control 14 June 1986 23
INDUSTRIAL LIST
4 For amplifiers specially designed for and viiiTunable CW dye lasers, with both of ppm for a 48-hour period over a
intended to work with oscilloscopes, see the following characteristics: temperature range of ±. 10°C around a
Item IL 1584. 1 An output wavelength shorter than standard temperature and at a standard
0.8 micrometre; pressure. (Standard temperature and
2 An output not exceeding an average pressure as indicated in lEC Publication
IL 1522 or continuous wave maximum rated No. 160.)
Lasers and laser systems and ~quipment
single- or multi-code output power "Tunable" refers to the ability of a laser
of 1 W; to produce an output at any wavelength
cORtaining tbem, as follows: ix Tunable pulsed lasers (for argon and within its tuning range. A line-selectable
a Lasers and specially designed components krypton lasers, see i above), including laser which can operate only on discrete
therefor, including amplification stages, dye and N2 , with all of the following wavelengths is not considered tunable.
except the following when not specially characteristics: Notes:
designed for equipment covered by b 1 An output wavelength shorter than 1 The term 'specially designed components'
below: 0.8 micrometre; is intended, among other things, to
i Argon, krypton and non-tunable dye 2 A pulse duration not exceeding 100 include active and passive components in
lasers with both of the following nanoseconds; semi-fabricated forms as well as fabricated
characteristics: 3 A peak power output not exceeding forms.
1 an output wavelength in the range 1 MW; 2 Not used.
from 0.2 to 0.8 micrometre; x Single-element semi-conductor lasers 3 This Item is intended to cover semi-
2 A pulsed output not exceeding 0.5 with a wavelength shorter than 1 conductor lasers but not non-coherent
joule per pulse and an average or micrometre designed for, and used in, light-emitting diodes and assemblies or
continuous wave maximum rated equipment as defined under b xiii and integrated circuits containing such light
single- or multi-mode output power xiv below; emitting diodes (see Items IL 1544 and
not exceeding 20W; 1564).
ii Helium-cadmium, nitrogen and b Laser systems or equipment incorporating
4 Equipment listed in sub-item b containing
multigas lasers not otherwise specified lasers, and specially designed components
lasers described in a vi 1 and a vii provided
in this item with both of the following therefor, except the systems and equip-
the lasers have a maximum pulsed output
characteristics: ment listed below which incorporate lasers
not exceeding 2 joules per pulse. Spare
1 An output wavelength shorter than excluded from embargo under a above: laser rods for equipment exported under
0.8 micrometre; i Specially designed for industrial and this note will be restricted to rods having
2 A pulsed output not exceeding 0.5 civilian intrusion detection and alarm no greater output power or energy
joule per pulse and an average or systems; capability than those originally exported
continuous wave maximum rated ii Specially designed for medical appli- with the equipment.
single- or multi-mode output power cations; 5 For laser feedback systems and laser
not exceeding 120 W; iii Equipment for educational and interferometers, see also Item IL 1093 c.
iii Helium-neon lasers with an output laboratory purposes; 6 Semi-conductor lasers, designed and
wavelength shorter than 0.8 micro- Note: The educational equipment destined for use with civilian fibre-optic
metre; referred to above is defined as devices communication systems either unembar-
iv Ruby-lasers with both of the following designed for use in teaching basic goed or eligible for approval for export by
characteristics: scientific principles and delnonstrating the italic notes in IL 1519 having an
1 An output wavelength shorter than the operation of those principles in output wavelength not longer than 1000
0.8 micrometre; educational institutions.
iv Specially designed for traffic
and nanometres and not exceeding 100 m W
2 An energy output not exceeding 20
joules per pulse; industrial movement control an dew. 7 Nothing in the following shall be con-
v CO2 , CO or CO/C02 lasers having counting systems; strued as permitting the export of tech-
either of the following characteristics: v Specially designed for detection of nology for the following specially
1 An output wavelength in the range environmental pollution; designed components for lasers, except
of 9 to 11 micrometres and a pulsed vi Optical spectrometers and densito- for the minium technology for their use
output not exceeding 2 joules per meters; (Le. installation, operation and main-
pulse and a maxiInum rated average vii Equipment containing continuous tenance):
single- or multi-mode output power wave helium-neon gas lasers (but see Sub-item a does not embargo
not exceeding 1.2 kW or a con- sub-item c below); uncooled, unsegmented mirrors with
tinuous wave maximum rated viiiTextile-cutting and textile-bonding glass or dielectric substrates for use as
single- or multi-mode output power equipment; end reflectors for laser resonators. (For
not exceeding 2.5 kW; ix Paper cutting equipment; segmented mirrors, see Item IL 1556.)
2 An output wavelength in the range x Equipment containing lasers for
of 5 to 7 micrometres and having a drilling diamond dies for the wire IL 1526
continuous wave maximum rated drawing industry;
single- or multi-mode output power xi Electronic scanning equipment with Cable and optical fibres, and com-
not exceeding 50 W; auxiliary electronic screening unit ponents and accessories, as follows:
vi Nd:YAG lasers having an output specially designed for printing
wavelength of 1.06 micrometres with processes, including such equipment a Underwater communication cable, as
either of the following characteristics: when used for the production of colour . follows:
1 A pulsed output not exceeding 0.5 separations; 1 Reversed-twist, double-armoured
joule per pulse and maximum rated xii Laser-radar (lidar) equipment specially cable used for towing or suspending
average single- or multi-mode designed for surveying or meteoro- and communicating with submerged
output power not exceeding IOW logical observation; devices;
or a continuous wave maximum xiiiConsumer-type reproducers for video 2 Unarmoured or single-armoured ocean
rated single- or multi-mode output and audio discs, employing non- cable having an attenuation of 3.0 dB
power not exceeding 50 W; erasable media; per nautical mile (1.62 dB/km) or less
2 A pulsed output not exceeding 10 xiv Price scanners (point of sale); measured at a frequency of 600 kHz;
joules per pulse with a pulse width xv Systems designed for surveying b Coaxial cable with an inner diameter of
not less than 50 microseconds and a purposes, provided there is no the outer conductor of the core greater
maximum rated average single- or capability of measuring range; than 14 mm (0.551 inch), having:
multi-mode output power not ex- xviEquipment ~pecial1y designed for the 1 An air dielectric in which the spacing is
ceeding 50 W; marking of components; accomplished by discs, beads, spiral,
vii Nd: Glass lasers with both of the xvii Specially designed gravure (printing screw or any other means;
following characteristics: plate) manufacturing equipment; 2 A foam dielectric and a solid copper or
1 An output wavelength of 1.06 c Laser measuring systems that maintain aluminium outer conductor;
micrometres; over the full scale a resolution equal to or Note: Technology for the manufacture
2 A pulsed output not exceeding 2 less (finer) than 0.1 micrometre and an of foam dielectrics used in cables
joules per pulse; accuracy eqpal to or less (finer) than 1 remains free from embargo.
24 Security export control 14 June 1985
c Optical..fibre communication cable or civil end-use; standards for laboratory use and
optical fibres therefor, having any of the b The quantities of cable, optical having either of the following
following characteristics: fibres, connectors or couplers are characteristics:
1 An attenuation at any operating wave- normal for the purpose; i A long-term drift (ageing) over 24
length of 3 dB/km or less; c The optical fibres are specially hours or more of 1 part in 1010 or
2 Optical fibres capable of withstanding designed for underwater use or per- better; or
a "proof test" tensile stress of 1.1 x formance characteristics inferior to ii A short-term drift (stability) over a
lQ9N/m 2 ; thse described in sub-item c 1 or c 2; period from 1 to 100 seconds of 1
Technical note: "Proof test" consists and part in 1012 or better;
of on-line or off-line production screen d Connectors covered by sub-item f 2 Designed for fixed ground or mobile
testing that dynamically applies a are not specially designed fibre- use and con taining frequency
prescribed tensile stress over a 0.5 to optic bulkhead or hull penetration standard(s) having either of the
3 m length of fibre at a running rate of connectors for use in ships or following characteristics:
2 to 5 m/sec while passing between vessels. i A long-term drift (ageing) over 24
capstans approximately 15 cm in hours or more of 1 part in 1()9 or
diameter. The ambient temperature is better; or
a nominal 20°C and relative humidity a IL 1527 ii A short-term drift (stability) over a
nominal 40 per cent. Cryptographic equipment and specially period from 1 to 100 seconds of 1
3 Specially designed for underwater use; designed components therefor, designed part in 1012 or better;
4 Specially designed to be insensitive to b Instruments, as follows:
nuclear radiation;
to ensure secrecy of communications 1 Designed for use at frequencies ex-
d Optical fibres for sensing purposes, (such as telegraphy, telephony, ceeding 18 GHz;
having any of the following character- facsimile, video, and data communic- 2 Comb frequency generators designed
istics: cations) or of stored information; and and rated for use at frequencies ex-
1 Specially fabricated either com- software controlling or computers ceeding 12.5 GHz;
position ally or structurally, or performing the functions of such 3 Designed for use at frequencies
nlodified by coating to be acoustically, cryptographic equipment. exceeding 1 GHz, as follows:
thermally, inertially, electromag- i "Swept-frequency network
netically or nuclear radiation sensitive; Notes: analysers" for the automatic
2 Modified structurally or by coating to 1 This Item also covers video systems measurement of complex equivalent
have either very low ("beat length" which, for secrecy purposes, use digital circuit parameters over a range of
greater than 50 cm) or very high (' 'beat techniques (conversion of an analogue, ie frequencies;
length" less than 5 cm) birefringence; video or facsimile, signal into a digital ii Specially calibrated microwave
Technical Note: "Beat length" is signal). instrumentation receivers capable
defined as the distance over which two 2 This Item is not intended to cover simple of measuring amplitude and phase
orthogonally polarized signals, initially cryptographic devices or equipment only simultaneously;
in phase, must pass in order to achieve ensuring the privacy of communications, iii Automatic "frequency (heterodyne)
2 radian(s) phase difference. as follows: converters" and "transfer oscil-
e Secure communication cable, being either a Equipment for voice transmission lators";
coaxial or multi-conductor communi- making use of fixed frequency iv Programmable instruments;
cation cable protected by mechanical or inversions or fixed band scrambling 4 Spectrum analysers employing time
electrical means from physical damage or techniques in which the transposition compression of the input signal or FFT
intrusion in such a manner that communi- changes occur not more frequently (Fast Fourier Transform) Techniques;
cations security is maintained between than once every 10 seconds; S Incorporating computing facilities with
terminals without the necessity for b Standard civil facsimile and video user-accessible reprogramming capa-
encryption; equipment designed to ensure the bility and an alterable programme and
f Components and accessories specially privacy of communications by an data memory of more than 32,768 bits;
designed for the above optical fibres or analogue transmission using non- Note: Alterable (read/write) memory
cable, including fibre-optic bulkhead or standard practices for intended is that part of the internal memory of
hull penetration connectors impervious to receivers only (video system equipment the instrument which can be accessed
leakage at any depth for use in ships or effecting the transposition of analogue or modified by the user during normal
vessels, and multiport fibre-optic couplers data); operations of the instrument for data
(including but not limited to T, star, bi- c Video systems for pay television and and operating parameters or pro-
directional and wavelength division multi- similar restricted audience television, gramme storage and data manipulation
plexing and demultiplexing couplers), including industrial and commercial respectively.
except connectors for use with optical television equipment using other than 6 Digital instruments incorporating
fibres or cable with a repeatable coupling standard commercial sweep systems; computing facilities, as follows:
loss of 0.5 dB or more. 3 Digital computers and digital differential i Digital test instruments with user
(See also Item ML 9 g on the Munitions analysers (increlnental computers) accessible reprogramming
List.) designed or modified for, or combined capability (including digital circuit
with, any cypher nlachines, cryptographic testers, logic (state or timing)
Notes: analysers, bus analysers, serial data
1 Sub-item e above does not embargo equipment, devices or techniques in-
cluding software, microprogramme analysers, digital word generators)
cable that is 'armoured' by only either specially designed for examining or
a tough outer sheath or by an control (firmware) or specialized logic
control (hardware), associated equipment comparing the absolute or relative
electromagnetic screen. information content (eg logic states,
2 Associated equipment for sub-items a, therefor, and equipment or systems
incorporating such conlputers or analysers mnemonics etc), or the timing of
b, c and d, and specially designed one or more digital bit streams,
components therefor, are considered are covered by this Item or Munitions List
Item ML 11. except:
under Item IL 1519. a Logic probes, logic pulsers,
3 For military type cable (shear-resistant,
digital current tracers (or current
etc) see Item ML lIon the Munitions
'sniffers'), signature analysers
List. IL 1529 and other digital circuit testers
4 Cable covered by sub-item a 1 above Electronic measuring, calibrating, capable of observing single
when used for civil applications in counting, testing or time interval events or providing stimulus at
oceanographic research or in nautical
resources exploration. measuring, whether or not incorporating single test points;
-frequency standards, having any of the b Logic clips and logic com-
S Cable, optical fibres, connectors and parators;
couplers covered by sub-items a 2, b, c following characteristics:
1, 2 and 3 and f above, provided that:
a The cable, optical fibres, con- a Equipment, as follows:
nectors or couplers are for a specific 1 Designed as reference frequency
Security export control 14 June 1985 25
INDUSTRIAL LIST
c Logic (state or timing) analysers g Transient recorders, utilizing analogue-to- c For analogue to digital converters,
with not more than 16 (not digital conversion techniques, capable of other than digital voltage measuring
including qualifier channels) storing transients by sequentially sampling instruments, see Item IL 1568;
input channels and a maximum single input signals at successive intervals d For frequency synthesizers, see Item IL
sampling rate of 20 MHz or less; of less than 50 nanoseconds. 1531.
d Digital word generators capable 2 Equipment designed for fixed ground use
of operating at a maximum Technical notes: covered only by sub-item a 2 i above,
clock rate of 2 MHz or less with 1 "Comb frequency generators" (sub-item provided:
word lengths of 8 bits or less; b 2) are generally understood to be devices a The long-term drift (ageing) over 24
ii Microprocessor and microcomputer which generate a spectrum of harmonics. hours or more is not better than 5 parts
development instruments and 2 "Swept-frequency network analysers" as in 1010; and
systems, specially designed for use understood in sub-item b 3 i above involve b It is considered that the equipment is a
in debugging, diagnosing, emu- the automatic measurement of equivalent reasonable requirement for the stated
lating, simulating, designing, circuit parameters over a range of legitimate end-use.
evaluating, programming or re- frequencies. This involves swept- 3 Items covered by sub-item b 4 above
programming software or frequency measurement techniques but having any of the following character-
equipment of signal processor-, not CW point-to-point measurements. istics:
computer- or memory-based 3 "Amplitude and phase receivers" (sub- a Capable of computing 512 complex
devices, systems or microsystems item b 3 ii) are instruments capable of spectral lines in 200 milliseconds or
(eg emulators, simulators, memory measuring the amplitude of a microwave more;
programmers, etc) except those signal or the amplitude of two microwave b Capable of computing 512 real spectral
which are used only with micro- signals and the relative phase between lines in 100 milliseconds or more;
processors and microcomputers not them. The principal application of these c Having no zoom capability and
covered by Item IL 1564; instruments is the measurement of near capable of computing 512 complex
c Digital counters, as follows: and far zone phase and amplitude antenna spectral lines in 100 milliseconds or
1 Capable of counting successive input patterns. They can also be used for more, or capable of computing' 512
signals with less than 5 nanoseconds measurements of microwave device and real spectral lines in 50 milliseconds or
time difference without prescaling components characteristics. In general, more.
(digital division) of the input signal they are more sophisticated and sensitive Technical note:
(for counter/timers having a time (better than -100 dBm) than phase and Zoom capability (range translation)
interval measurement mode, see also d impedance measuring instruments such as permits a spectrum analysis starting
below); RF vector impedance meters and vector from an arbitrary frequency rather
2 Employing prescaling of the input volt-meters. They also feature wide than at zero frequency, leading to an
signal, in which the prescaler is capable dynamic range (80 dB) and very good improved resolution.
of resolving successive input signals linearity (approximately.±. 0.25 dB). 4 Instruments covered by sub-item b 5
with less than 1 nanosecond time 4 "Frequency (heterodyne) converters" above, provided that:
difference; (sub-item b 3 iii) down convert an a The instruments have been designed
3 Capable of measuring burst unknown frequency by mixing with an for non-strategic use and by nature of
frequencies exceeding 100 MHz for a accurately known frequency. The design, software, microprogramme
burst duration of less than 5 milli- accurately known frequency is developed control (firm ware), specialized logic
seconds; by multiplication of a crystal-derived control (hardware) or performance are
d Time interval measuring equipment reference which is passed through a substantially restricted to the particular
employing digital techniques, capable of harmonic generator. By mixing the application for which they have been
measuring time intervals of less than 5 appropriate harmonic and the unknown designed;
nanoseconds on a single shot basis; frequencies, an accurate third frequency b The instruments are not covered by
e Testing equipment rated to maintain results. any other part of this Item and do not
specified operating data when operating 5 "Transfer oscillators" (sub-item b 3 iii) exceed the limits of Note 6 to Item IL
over a range of ambient temperatures are based also on the property of IS65.
from below -25°C to above + 55°C; harmonic mixing. Differences exist in that (See also Item ML 18 on the Munitions
f Digital voltage measuring apparatus, with a local oscillator is utilized whereas a List, Item IL 1355 and sub-item IL
or without electrical outputs, irrespective crystal-derived reference frequency is 1485 j.
of the physical units in which calibrated, utilized in the case described in Note 4
with a reading speed (from zero to the above. The unknown frequency is mixed
measured value) faster than 25 accesses with the local oscillator (LO) and the two
per second and having any of the are phase-locked by tuning the LO. The
following characteristics: LO can then be measured by a counter.
1 A digital resolution at all points on the 6 By 'user accessible reprogramming IL 1531
scale greater than one part in 200,000; capability' which appears in sub-items b 5 Frequency synthesizers (and equipment
2 An accuracy, measured without and b 6 i above is meant: containing such frequency synthesizers)
reference to an external standard, a The instrument contains a computing as follows (for the definition of
better than 1 part in 50,000 (0.002070) facility, eg a microprocessor; and
b The user has the ability to alter the
frequency synthesizers, see technical
of reading over an am bien t note):
temperature range of .±. 5°C or more, computing programme through
or a stability better than 10-6 of external controls, eg switches,
reading over a period of 24 hours or keyboards, digital busses, etc. a Frequency synthesizers containing
more; 7 One example of FFT techniques is frequency standards covered by Item IL
3 Capable of more than 500 independent described in "An algorithm for the 1529 a or temperature-compensated
measurements per second. machine computation of complex Fourier crystal oscillators covered by Item IL 1587
series" by Cooley and Tukey in c;
Notes: 'Mathematics of Computation', April b Instrument frequency synthesizers and
1 Reading speed is assumed not to 1965, page 297. synthesized signal generators, and
include changes in range or polarity. 8 "Burst frequency measurement" countersspecially designed components and
2 This sub-item does not embargo: (sub-item c 3) contain special gating accessories therefor, designed for ground
a Visual quantisation apparatus use, producing output frequencies whose
circuits which start only when the input
capable of providing an average accuracy and short-and-Iong term stability
signal is present and stop counting at the
value, displayed or not, of the completion of the burst. are controlled by, derived from, or
results of the measurement; disciplined by the input frequency or
b Multichannel analysers of all types Notes: internal master standard frequency, and
used in nuclear experimentation; 1 a For frequency spectrum analysers, see having any of the following character-
c Industrial telemeasuring devices in Item IL 1533; istics:
which a pre-set storage value is used b For microwave equipment, see also 1 A maximum output frequency in
as a basis for measuring. Item IL 1537; excess of 550 MHz;
26 Security export control 14 June 1985 I
2 Having a phase noise to signal ratio for receivers freed from embargo 1 Systems having all of the following
better than -60 dB or a signal to AM under 1; characteristics:
noise ratio better than -70 dB referred (Note: See also Item IL 1516.) i Range equal to or less than S mm;
to the 30 kHz band centred on the e Radio transmitters incorporating trans- ii Linearity equal to or less than 0.1
carrier, excluding the 1 Hz band mitter drive units, exciters and master per cent;
centred on the carrier; oscillators using frequency synthesis, as iii Drift equal to or less than 0.1 per
3 Electrically programmable in frequency follows, and specially designed cent per day at standard ambient
(in that the output frequency can be components and accessories therefor: test room temperatures..±.. 1°C;
controlled or selected by the injection 1 Having an output frequency of up to 2 Linear voltage differential trans-
of digitally coded electrical signals 32 MHz with a frequency resolution of formers with no compensation
from an external control source) with a better than 10Hz and with a switching networks and having either of the
switching speed from one selected speed from one selected output following characteristics:
output frequency to another selected frequency to another of less than 10 i Range equal to or less than S mm;
output frequency of less than 10 milliseconds; ii Linearity equal to or less than 0.2
milliseconds; 2 Having an output frequency from per cent;
4 Electrically programmable in phase (in 32MHz to 235 MHz with a frequency Technical note:
that the phase of the output frequency resolution of better than 250 Hz and Linearity measurements are made in
can be varied relative to the internal or with a switching speed from one the static mode.
external reference standard, or selected selected output frequency to another b Linear measuring machines with two or
in accordance with an externally of less than 10 milliseconds; more axes having both of the following
supplied code or signal with a 3 Having an output frequency greater ch aracteristics:
switching speed from one selected than 235 MHz, except: i Range in any axis greater than 200 mm;
phase value to another of less than 10 i Television broadcasting trans- ii Accuracy (including any compen-
milliseconds) except those equipments mitters having an output frequency sation) less (finer) than 0.0008 mm per
incorporating pre-emphasis networks from 470 MHz to 960 MHz with a any 300 mm segment of travel;
for frequency modulation; frequency resolution of not better Note: This sub-item does not embargo
5 Having a level of spurious components than 1 kHz and where the manually- optical comparators.
in the output better than -80 dB non- operated frequency synthesizer in- c Angular measuring systems having an
harmonic or -60 dB harmonic com- corporated in or driving the trans- accuracy equal to or less than one second
ponent measured relative to the mitter has an output frequency not of arc;
selected output frequency; greater than 120 MHz; Note: This sub-item does not embargo
6 Having more than 3 different selected ii FM and AM ground communi- optical instruments, such as
synthesized output frequencies avail- cation equipment for use in the land autocollimators, using collimated light to
able simult.aneously from one or more mobile service and operating in the detect angular displacements of a mirror.
outputs; 420 to 470 MHz band, with a power d Non-contact type systems having either of
7 With facilities for pulse modulation of output of 50 W for mobile units and the following characteristics:
the output frequency; 300 W for fixed units, with a 1 Effective probe measurement diameter
frequency resolution of not better less than 0.5 mm and drift less than 0.5
c Airborne communications equipment than 6.25 kHz and with a switching per cent per day at standard ambient
using frequency synthesizers, as follows, speed from one selected output test room temperatures..±.. 1°C;
and specially designed compbnents and frequency to another of greater 2 Linearity less than 0.3 per cent and
accessories therefor: than 50 milliseconds; drift less than 0.5 per cent per day at
1 Designed to receive or transmit 4 Having more than three different standard ambient test room
frequencies greater than 156 MHz; selected synthesized output frequencies temperatures..±.. 1°C.
2 Incorporating facilities for the rapid available simultaneously from one or Equipment covered by sub-items a and d
selection of more than 200 channels more outputs; above to civil end-users not engaged in
per equipment, except those equip- 5 With facilities for pulse modulation of aerospace activities.
ments operating in the frequency range the output frequency of the transmitter
of 108 to 136 MHz incorporating or of the incorporated frequency
facilities for the rapid selection of 720 synthesizer;
channels or fewer at not less than 25 6 Frequency synthesizers designed for
kHz channel spacing which have been the above equipment, whether,
in normal civil use for at least one year; supplied separately of with the said
3 With a switching speed from one equipment, exceeding the parameters IL 1533
selected output frequency to another specified in b above. Radio spectrum analysers, as follows,
of less than 10 milliseconds; (Note: See also Item IL 1517.) and specially designed components,
4 Frequency synthesizers, designed for Technical note:
the above equipment, whether supplied accessories and software therefor:
"Frequency synthesizer" means any
separately or with the said equipment, kind of frequency source or signal
exceeding the parameters specified in b generator, regardless of the actual a Non-programmable and capable of
above; technique used, providing a operating at frequencies over 12.5 GHz;
(Note: See also Item IL 1501 a.) multiplicity of simultaneous or alter- b Programmable and capable of operating
native output frequencies, from one or at frequencies over 1 GHz;
d Digitally-controlled radio receivers, more outputs, controlled by, derived c Having a display bandwidth in excess of
whether or not computer-controlled, from or disciplined by a lesser number 125 MHz;
which search or scan automatically a part of standard (or master) frequencies. Note: This Item does not embargo in-
of the electromagnetic spectrum, using Note:Equipment covered. by sub-item struments covered only by sub-item c,
frequency synthesizers, as follows, and b 3 above, with a switching speed not provided that the instrument is not
specially designed components and less than 5 milliseconds. capable of operating at frequencies over 2
accessories therefor: GHz.
1 Digitally-controlled receivers in which d Incorporating computing facilities with
the switching operation takes less than user accessible reprogramming capability
10 milliseconds, except non-ruggedised IL 1532 and an alterable memory of more than
digitally-controlled preset type radio Precision linear angular measuring 8,192 bits;
receivers designed for use in civil com- e Having either of the following character-
munications, which have 200 selective systems, and specially designed istics for analysing frequencies greater
channels or fewer; components and software as follows, than IGHz:
2 Frequency synthesizers designed for therefor: 1 Inc;luding a scanning preselector;
the above equipment, whether supplied 2 Incorp'orating a tracking' signal
separately or with the said equipment, a Contact-type systems and linear voltage I \ generator;
exceeding the parameters specified in b differential transformers (L VDT) f Having an overall display dynamic range
above, except those specially designed therefor, as follows: of better than 80 dB;
Security;expart control 14 June 1985 '2:7
INDUSTRIAL LIST
Notes: designed components therefor, except Specially designed for medical applica-
1 This Item is not intended to cover optical those designed for use in waveguides and tions or for use in simple educational
spectrum analysers. having any of the following character- devices and operating at ISM
2 Radio spectrum analyzers are apparatus istics, which are in normal civil use for frequencies; or
capable of indicating the single-frequency ground or marine radar: ii Having an output power of not more
components of multi-frequency signals. i Operating at a peak power not than 10 W, which is specially designed
3 For spectrum analyzers employing time exceeding 3 MW and at a frequency of for industrial and civilian intrusion
compression of tlie input signal FFT 1.5 GHz or less; detection and alarm systems, traffic
techniques, see Item IL 1529 b 4. ii Operating at a peak power not and industrial movement control and
4 If the radio spectrum analyzer is an exceeding 1.2 MW and at a frequency counting systems, environmental
oscilloscope plug-in, the associated main- over the range of 1.5 to 6 GHz; pollution of air or water detection
frame is covered by I tern IL 1584. iii Operating at a peak power not systems, or for simple educational
The shipment to bona fide civil end-users for exceeding 300 kW and at a frequency devices.
civil end-use of equipment covered by sub- over the range of 6 GHz to 10.5 GHz;
item d above. f Assemblies and sub-assemblies in which Explanatory note: Simple educational
the isolating base material functions as a devices referred to above are defined as
dielectric (as used in stripline microstrip or devices designed for use in teaching basic
slotline) except for those items specifically scientific principles and demonstrating the
designed for use in civil television systems operation of those principles in
IL 1534 to meet ITV standards and using as an educational institutions.
Flatbed microdensitometers (except isolating material paper base phenolics,
glass cloth, melamine, glass cloth epoxy
cathode-ray types), having any of the resin, polyethylene terephthalate or other
following characteristics, and specially isolating material with an operating
designed components therefor: temperature not exceeding 150°C (302°F);
g Phased array antennae and sub- IL 1541
a A recording or scanning rate exceeding assemblies, designed to permit electronic Cathode ray tubes having any of the
5,000 data points per second; control of beam shaping and pointing (see following characteristics:
b A figure of merit better (less) than 0.1 Munitions List Item ML 15), and specially
defined as the product of the density designed components therefor (including a A resolving power of 32 lines per milli-
resolution (expressed in density units) and but not limited to duplexers, phase metre (800 lines per inch) using the
the spatial resolution (expressed in shifters and associated high speed diode shrinking raster method of measurement;
micrometres) ;
c An optical density range greater than to
4;
° switches);
Note: Sub-item g above is not intended to
cover duplexers and phase shifters
b With travelling wave or distributed
deflection structure using delay lines or
incorporating other techniques to mini-
Technical note: Density resolution specifically designed for use in civil tele- mise mismatch of fast phenomena signals
(expressed in density units) is measured vision systems or in other civil radar or to the deflection structure;
over the optical density of the instrument. communication systems not covered else- c Incorporating microchannel plate electron
Shipment to civil end-users for civil end-uses where in these Lists. multipliers.
of equipment covered only by sub-item b h Microwave assemblies or sub-assemblies Note: Cathode ray tubes covered by sub-
above, provided the spatial resolution is not having circuits fabricated by the same item b above which utilise segmented plate
better (less) than 2 micrometres and the processes used in integrated circuit (sectioned Y-plate) structures.
density resolution is not better (less) than technology, which include active circuit
0.01 in density units. elements (for acoustic wave devices, see
Item IL 1568) (see also Item IL 1564).
Microwave assemblies or sub-assemblies
which contain band pass or band stop
IL 1537 filters and are capable of operating at 3 IL 1542
GHz or greater; Cold cathode tubes and switches, as
Microwave equipment, including para- j Amplifiers (see also ItelTI IL 1521); follows:
metric amplifiers, capable of operating k PIN modulators (see also Item IL 1544).
at frequencies over 1 GBz (other than a Triggered spark-gaps, having an anode
microwave equipment covered by Items Notes: delay time of 15 microseconds or less and
IL 1501, 1517, 1520 and 1529), as 1 Items covered by sub-items c 3 and d rated for a peak current of 3,000 amperes
follows: above required as replacement parts in or more; specially designed parts therefor
specific civil equipment not exceeding the and equipment incorporating such
a Rigid and flexible waveguides designed capability of that which could be exported devices;
for use at frequencies in excess if 18 GHz; under Items IL 1501 or 1520, provided b Cold cathode tubes, whether gas-filled or
b Waveguides having a bandwidth ratio such parts do not upgrade the initial not, operating in a manner similar to a
greater than 1.7: 1; performance of that equipment. spark-gap, containing three or lnore
c Waveguide components, as follows: 2 Items covered by sub-item e above electrodes and having all the following
i Directional couplers having a band- required as replacement parts in specific characteristics:
width ratio greater than 1.7: 1 and civilian equipment not exceeding the 1 Rated for an anode peak voltage of
directivity over the band of 20 dB or capability of that which could be exported 2,500 volts or more;
more; under Item IL 1501, provided such parts 2 Rated for peak currents of 100
ii Rotary joints capable of transmitting do not upgrade the initial performance of amperes or more;
more than one isolated channel or that equipment. 3 An anode delay time of 10
having a bandwidth greater than 5 per 3 Items covered by sub-item f above microseconds or less; and
cent of the centre mean frequency, designed for and intended for use in civil 4 An envelope diameter of less than 25.4
except those used in air traffic control telecommunication systems at frequencies mm (1 in).
equipment carrying combinations of allocated by the ITU for that purpose. Technical notes:
frequencies suitable for secondary sur- 4 Items covered by sub-item h above for use Triggered spark-gaps are tubes with a
veillance radar antennae co-mounted atfrequencies between 1 GHz and 3 GHz. structure consisting of two opposed anodes
on a primary radar antenna and which 5 Sub-item g above is not intended to cover with shapes resembling flattened hemispheres
do not have a bandwidth exceeding 5 duplexers and phase shifters specifically and with one or more triggering probes
per cent of the centre mean frequency; designed for use in civil television systems placed approximately in the centre of one
ili Magnetic, including gyro-magnetic, or in other civil radar or communication anode. The structure is sealed and contains a
waveguide components; systems not covered elsewhere in the Lists. mixture of gases, principally nitrogen, under
d TEM mode devices using magnetic, 6 Equipment containing parametric less than atmospheric pressure.
including gyro-magnetic, properties; amplifiers or paramagnetic amplifiers Sub-item b includes gas krytron tubes,
e TR and anti-TR tubes and specially covered by sub-item j above: vacuum krytron tubes and similar tubes.
28 Security export control 14 June 1985
IL 1544 2 Non-coherent light-emitting diodes a Designed for use in pulse modulators
embargoed by sub-item f above for use in having a rated turn·on time of less than 1
Semi-conductor diodes and dice and identifiable civilian communication microsecond where the rated peak current
wafers therefor (except thoseml!de from systems. exceeds 1SO amperes;
germanium, selenium or copper--oxide) 3 (For photodiodes see Item IL 1548.) b Having a rated turn-off time of less than 1
designed or rated for use at input or microsecond;
output frequencies above 12.5 GHz or c Having a rated turn-off time of from 1
having any of the following charac- microsecond to less than 2.3
teristics: IL 1545 microseconds, except those having a rated
Transistors and dice and wafers there- peak current of 50 amperes or less and
a Mixer and detector diodes designed or for (for photo-transistors, see Item IL encapsulated in non-hermetically sealed
rated for use at input or output 1548), as follows, packages;
frequencies greater than 3 GHz, except: d Having a rated turn-off time of from 2.3
i Point contact diodes designed or rated a Of any type using a bulk semi-conductor to 10 microseconds and a figure of merit
for use at input or output frequecies of greater than 25.
material other than germanium or silicon; Technical notes:
12.5 GHz or less; b Using silicon as the bulk semi-conductor
ii Schottky diodes designed or rated for 1 The figure of merit is here defined as the
material and having any of the following product of the repetitive peak off-state
mixer use at input or output characteristics:
frequencies of less than 12.5 GHz and voltage (V DRM) in kilovolts and the
1 An operating frequency greater than 1 repetitive peak on-state current (I TRM)
having a noise figure of more than 6.5 GHz;
dB; in amperes as shown on the thyristor data
2 An operating frequency of 1.5 MHz or sheets.
iii Schottky diodes designed or rated for below and a maximum collector
detector use at input or output 2 Thyristors required as replacement parts
dissipation exceeding 300 W, or an in specific civil equipment previously
frequencies of less than 12.5 GHz and operating frequency greater than 1.5
having a minimum rated tangential exported, provided they do not upgrade
MHz and a maximum collector the initial performance ofthat equipment.
sensitivity of either worse than -45 dissipation exceeding 250 W;
dBm under unbiased conditions or 3 Thyristors covered by this Item when not
3 An operating frequency greater than for use in radar or laser modulators.
worse than -50 dBm under biased 200 MHz and a product of the
conditions; operating frequency (in GHz) and the
b Oscillator and amplifier devices such as maximum collector dissipation (in
Gunn, Impatt, Trapatt, TED, and LSA watts) exceeding 5;
(including those used for the direct 4 Majority carrier devices, including but
conversion of DC tq RF power) designed not limited to junction field-effect
or rated for use at: transistors and metal-oxide semi-
IL 1548
1 Output frequencies above 1 GHz but conductor transistors, except field- Photosensitive components, including
not exceeding 4 GHz with a peak effect transistors having a maximum linear and focal plane arrays, as follows;
power greater than 2 W or a maximum power dissipation of 500 mW or less and dice and wafers therefor:
CW power greater than 200 mW; or and a maximum operating frequency
2 Output frequencies above 4 GHz but of 1 GHz or less. a Photosensitive components (including
not exceeding 12.5 GHz with a ,peak Notes: photodiodes, phototransistors, photo-
power greater than 1 W or a maximum 1 The maximum collector dissipation is thyristors, photoconductive cells and
CW power greater than 100 mW; defined as the continuous dissipation similar photosensitive components):
c Voltage variable capacitance diodes measured under the optimum cooling 1 Having a peak sensitivity at a
designed or rated for use at input or conditions specified by the manufac- wavelength longer than 1,200 nano-
output frequencies greater than 1.7 GHz; turer. metres or shorter than 190 nanometres;
d Fast recovery diodes, as follows: 2 Operating (specification) frequency is or
1 Having a rated maximum reverse defined as the frequency used in 2 Having a peak sensitivity at a
recovery time of less than 1 nano- measuring output power or power gain wavelength' shorter than 300 nano-
second; or GpE, GpB or GpC). When these metres and having an efficiency of less
2 Having both a rated forward rectified parameters are not specified, the than 0.1 per cent relative to peak
current over 5 amperes and a rated operating frequency is defined as the response at wavelengths longer than
maximum reverse recovery time of less frequency used in measuring gain 400 nanometres;
than 20 nanoseconds; bandwidth product (fT) or noise Note: Vacuum photodiodes specially
Explanatory notes: figure. designed for use in spectrophotometry
1 When average reverse recovery time is 3 The maximum operating frequency (in having a peak response at a wavelength
quoted instead of maximum reverse Hertz) mentioned in sub-item b 4, shorter than 300 nanometres are not
recovery time, the maximum may be above is defined as follows: covered by this sub-item.
regarded as two times the average. fmax=gm (For photomultiplier tubes which
2 When reverse recovery time is not contain micro-channel plates, see Item
quoted, diodes rated for a stored 27rCi
IL 1549.)
charge of less than 25 pico-coulombs where gm is the maximum trans-
b Semi-conductor photodiodes and photo-.
shall be regarded as embargoed by this conductance in Siemens (mho) and Ci
transistors with, a response time constant
sub-item d above. is the input capacitance in farads.
of 95 nanoseconds or less measured at the
e PIN diodes designed or rated for use at 4 Transistors covered by sub-items b 2 operating temperature of the cell for
input or output frequencies above and b 3 above, specially designed for which the time constant reaches a
1.7 GHz, with a peak power greater than TV transposers or for civil mobile minimum;
5 W or a maximum CW power greater communication equipment and having c Specially designed or rated as electro-
than 500mW; a product of the operating frequency magnetic (including laser) and ionized-
f Non-coherent light-emitting diodes with a (in Giga Hertz) and' the maximum particle radiation resistant;
peak radiant intensity at a wavelength of collector dissipation (in watts) not d Linear and focal plane arrays (hybrid or
greater than 1,000 nanometres (for exceeding 20. monolithic) having the characteristics in a
coherent light-emitting diodes, see Item 5 Transistors covered by sub-item b 4
or b above, and specially designed
IL 1522). above which will be used in civil TV, components therefor
AM or FM receivers or audio Notes:
frequency equipment. 1 The time consta.nt is defined as the time
Notes:
1 Diodes constructed with a rectifying taken from the application of a light
deposited metal semi-conductor junction stimulus for. the current increment' to
or barrier, such as hot-carrier or IL 1547 reach a vr.tue of I-lie times the final value'
Schottky-barrier diodes, will normally be ;,(ie 63 per cent of the final value).
considered under sub-items a and d Thyristors, and dice and wafers 2 'Th:ts Item is not intended to include the
above. theretor, as follows: following:
Security export control 14 June 1985 29
INDUSTRIAL LIST
a Germanium photo devices with a peak' or converters incorporating fibre- 1 A transmission of more than 90 per
sensitivitiy at a wavelength shorter optic face-plates or micro channel- cent outside the reflection band and a
than 1,750 nanometres; or plate electron multipliers, or reflection of more than 75 per cent
b Infrared single-element encapsulated electron tubes for cameras inside the reflection band, which has
photo-conductive cells or pyroelectric incorporating such intensifiers or less than 15 nanometres bandwidth
detectors intended for civil converters. and is matched to the frequency of the
applications and using any of the 2 The phrase "Electron tubes for display light source;
following: image conversion or intensifica- . 2 A rear projection screen brightness
1 Evaporated lead sulphide; tion" in Item IL 1555 a is under- gain of more than 10 times the gain of
2 Triglycine sulphate with a surface stood to include tubes employed in a Lambertian scatterer with an
area of20 mm 2 or less; streaking or frarning cameras equivalent area, and less than 10 per
3 Lead-lanthanum-zirconium titanate covered by Item IL 1585 c. cent variation in brightness across the
ceramic. b Electron tubes for television/video exit aperture;
3 Semi-conductor photodiodes for civil cameras: 3 Specially designed for use in helmet-
applications covered by sub-item b above, 1 Incorporating fibre-optic face-plates mounted displays.
with a response time constant of 0.5 nano- covered by Itern IL 1556 a;
second or more and with a peak sensitivity 2 Incorporating microchannel-plate
at a wavelength neither longer than 920 electron multipliers; or IL 1558
nanometres nor shorter than 300 nano- 3 Coupled with electron tubes covered Electronic vacuum tubes (valves), as
metres. by a above. follows, and specially designed com-
c Ruggedised electron tubes for television/
video cameras having a maximum length
ponents therefor:
IL 1549 to bulb diameter ratio of 5: 1 or less.
a Tubes in which space charge control is
Photomultiplier tubes as follows: Notes: utilised as the primary functional
1 This Item does not cover: parameter, including but not limited to
a For which the maximum sensitivity occurs a Commercial standard television/ triodes and tetrodes, as follows:
at wavelengths shorter than 300 nano- video camera tubes not incorpor- 1 Tubes rated for continuous wave
metres; ating fibre-optic face-plates covered operation having either of the
Note: Photomultiplier tubes specially by Item IL 1556 a; or following characteristics:
designed for use in spectrophotometry b Commercial standard X-ray i Above 4 GHz at maximum rated
having a peak sensitity at a wavelength amplifier tubes. anode dissipation; or
shorter than 300 nanometres are not 2 Non-ruggedised tubes covered by this ii Within the frequency range 0.3
covered by this sub-item. Item provided the tubes will be used GHz to 4 GHz and for which, under
(For photosensitive components, see Item for bona fide medical applications. any condition of cooling, the
IL 1548.) 3 Electron tubes embargoed only by sub- product of the maximum rated
a Having an anode pulse rise time of less item a 1 above which are specially anode dissipation (expressed in
than 1 nanosecond; designed for electron streak or framing watts) and the square of the
c Those which contain microchannel plate cameras embargoed by Item IL 1585 c, maximum frequency (expressed in
electron multipliers. provided it is considered that the GHz) at the maximum rated anode
Notes: quantities requested are reasonable for dissipation is greater than 104
1 Non-ruggedised tubes covered by sub- specifically identified civil appli- except for tubes specially designed
item a above required as replacement cations. for television transmitters operating
parts for specific civil equipment not 4 Television/video camera tubes covered in the frequency range of 0.47 GHz
exceeding the capability of that which by sub-items b or c above which to 0.96 GHz and rated for
could be exported under these Lists, incorporate fibre-optic face-plates but operation without a grid current,
provided that these parts do not upgrade not microchannel-plate electron for which the product of the rated
the initial performance of such multipliers, provided that the tubes anode dissipation (expressed in
equipment. will be used for bona fide civil appli- watts) and the square of the
2 For microchannel plate electron cations. nlaximum frequency (expressed in
multipliers see Item IL 1556. GHz) may reach 2 x 104;
2 Tubes rated only for pulse operation
IL 1556 having either of the following charac-
teristics:
IL 1553 Optical elements and elements for i Above 1 GHz, with maximum peak
Flash-discharge type X-ray systems, optical tubes, as follows: pulse output power greater than 45
including tubes, having all of the kW; or
following characteristics: a Non-flexible fused fibre-optic plates or ii Between 0.3 GHz and 1 GHz and
bundles, having all of the following for which, under any condition of
a Peak power greater than 500 MW; characteristics: cooling, the product of the peak
b Output voltage greater than 500 kV; and 1 A fibre pitch (centre-to-centre spacing) pulse output power (expressed in
c Pulse width less than 0.2 microsecond. of less than 10 micrometres; watts) and the square of the
2 A light-absorbing medium sur- maximum frequency (expressed in
rounding each fibre, or interstitially GHz) is greater than 4.5 x 104;
IL 1555 placed between fibres; 3 Tubes specially designed for use as
3 A diameter greater than 13mm (Y2 in); pulse modulators for radar or similar
Electron tubes, as follows, and specially b Microchannel plates for electron image applications, having a peak anode
designed components therefor: amplification having both of the follow- voltage rating of lOOkV or more, or
ing characteristics: rated for a peak pulse power of 20 MW
a Electron tubes for image conversion or 1 15,000 or more hollow tubes per plate; or more (see also Item IL 1514);
intensification, incorporating: and b Tubes which utilise interaction between a
1 Fibre-optic face-plates covered by Item 2 Hole pitch (centre-to-centre spacing) beam of electrons and microwave
IL 1556 a; of less than 25 micrometres; elements and in which the electrons travel
2 Microchannel-plate electron multi- c Semi-transparent photocathodes incor- in a direction perpendicular to the applied
pliers; or porating epitaxially grown layers of magnetic field, including but not limited
3 Gallium arsenide or other epitaxially compound semi-conductors, such as to magnetrons, crossed-field amplifier
grown semi-conductor photocathodes gallium arsenide; tubes and crossed-field oscillator tubes,
covered by Item IL 1556 c. (For associated starting materials see Item except:
Notes: IL 1757.) 1 Fixed frequency and tunable pulsed
1 Nothing in this sub-item shall be d Diffractive type optical elements specially magnetrons and crossed-field amplifier
construed as sanctioning the export designed for display screens with any of tubes which are in normal civil use in
of technology for image intensifiers the following characteristics: equipment which may be exported
30 Security export control 14 June 1985
under the terms of these Lists, as transverse to the direction of the applied -55°C to above + 85°C;
follows: magnetic field, including but not limited b Technology for the design and production
i Magnetrons designed to operate at to gyrotrons, ubitrons and peniotrons; of tantalum capacitors rated for operation
frequencies below 3 GHz with a f Tubes designed to withstand on any axis at ambient temperatures exceeding" 125°C.
maximum rated peak output power an acceleration of short duration (shock) except sintered electrolytic types having a
of 1.5 MW or less, or between 3 greater than 1,000 g; casing made of epoxy resin or which are
GHz and 12 GHz with the product g Tubes designed for operation in ambient sealed or coated with epoxy resin.
of the maximum rated peak output temperatures exceeding 200°C; Note:
power (expressed in kilowatts) and h Tubes of the types described in c, d or e Capacitors rated for operation during
the frequency (expressed in OHz) above, which are designed to operate with their specified lifetime at ambient
less than 4,200; no filament or cathode heating element temperatures below -55°C or above
ii Crossed-field amplifier tubes (as indicated by the absence of heating + 200°C are covered by Item ML 11.
designed to operate at frequencies supply connections);
below 4 GHz with a maximum rated Tubes which utilise a modulated beam of
peak output power of 1.2 MW or electrons striking one or more semi-
IL 1561
less and with less than 15 dB gain; conductor diodes to provide power gain. Materials specially designed and
2 Fixed frequency continuous wave mag- (See also Item IL 1544); manufactured for use as absorbers of
netrons designed for medical use or for Notes: electromagnetic waves having
industrial heating or cooking purposes 1 Nothing in the following shall be frequencies greater than 2 x IOS Hz and
operating at a frequency of 2.375 OHz construed as sanctioning the export of less than 3 x 1012 Hz, except materials as
± 0.05 GHz or 2.45 GHz ± 0.05 GHz technology for electronic vacuum tubes or follows:
with a maximum rated power not ex- specially designed components therefor
ceeding 6 kW or at a frequency lower (for manufacturing equipment, see Item
"Hair" type absorbers, whether
than 1 GHz with a maximum rated IL 1355 a). This Item does not cover the
power not exceeding 25 kW; constructed of natural or synthetic fibres,
following electronic vacuum tubes and
specially designed components therefor: with non-magnetic loading to provide
c Tubes which utilise interaction between a absorption;
beam of electrons and microwave Tubes covered by sub-items a and c
elements or cavities and in which the above, specially designed for civil ii Absorbers whose incident surface is non-
telecasting accordiong to CCIR or OIR planar in shape, including pyramids,
electrons travel in a direction parallel to cones, wedges and convoluted surfaces,
the applied magnetic field, including but standards.
a Tubes covered by sub-items a and band C and which have no magnetic loss; and
not limited to klystrons and travelling
wave tubes, except: above, required as replacement parts for iii Absorbers whose incident surface is
specific civilian equipment not exceeding planar and which are either plastic foam
1 Continuous wave tubes for use in civil materials (flexible or non-flexible) with
communications designed for octave the capability of that which could be
exported in the context of other List carbon loading to provide absorption, or
or lesser bandwidth (where the highest organic binders with magnetic material
operating frequency is equal to or less items, provided that these parts do not
upgrade the initial performance of that loading which provide resonant
than two times the lowest operating absorption performance. (Resonant
frequency) having the following cha- equipment;
b Pulsed amplifier klystrons and fixed
absorption performance is defined as less
racteristics: than 5 per cent echo compared with metal
i Designed to operate below 20 GHz; frequency and mechanically tunable
pulsed magnetrons covered by sub-items b over a bandwidth of no greater than ±15
ii The product of the rated output per cent of the centre frequency of the
power (expressed in watts) and the and c above intended for civil radar
equipment previously exported by incident energy.) Such planar absorbers
frequency (expressed in GHz) is less are further limited to those having both of
than 800; participating countries, provided that they
do not upgrade the initial performance of the following characteristics:
2 Pulsed tubes for civil applications a A tensile strength of less than 7xlQ6
designed for octave or less bandwidth that equipment.
N/m2 (1,016 psi) and a compressive
and having either of the following strength of less than 14x 166 N/m 2
characteristics: IL 1559 (2,032 psi);
i Peak saturated output power not Hydrogen/hydrogen isotope thyratrons b Not capable of withstanding tempera-
exceeding 1 kW and average power of ceramic-metal construction and hav- tures in excess of 176°C (350°F).
not exceeding 40 W at or below 10 ing any of the following characteristics, Note: Nothing in the above releases
OHz; magnetic materials to provide
ii Peak saturated output not
and accessories therefor:
absorpfion when contained in paint.
exceeding 100 Wand average power
not exceeding 20 W between 10 and a A peak pulse power output exceeding 20
200Hz; MW; IL 1564
3 Pulsed tubes for civil applications b A peak anode voltage greater than 25 kV; Electronic component assemblies, sub-
designed for frequency operation at c A peak current rating greater than 1.5 kA. assemblies, printed circuit boards,
frequencies below 3.5 GHz, peak Note: For thyratrons rated for both substrates and microcircuits, including
output power of 1.6 MW or less, and single-shot (crowbar) and modulator packages therefor:
operating bandwidth less than 1 per service, the figure for modulator service
cent; should be used.
Ceramic-metal structured hydrogen Defined as follows:
4 Tubes used as fixed-frequency or a Assembly - A number of components
voltage-tunable oscillator tubes thyatrons to replace such thyratrons in
specific civil radar equipment previously (ie circuit elements, discrete
designed to operate at frequencies components, microcircuits) connected
below 20 GHz with maximum output exported, provided they do not upgrade the
initial performance of that equipment. together to perform a specific function
power of less than 3 W; or functions, replaceable as an entity
d Tubes which utilise interaction between an (and normally capable of being dis-
electron beam and microwave elements or IL 1560 assembled).
cavities but do not require a magnetic b Microcircuit A device in which a
field to control or focus the electron
Capacitors designed for or capable of
number of passive and active circuit
beam, except low power reflex oscillator maintaining their rated electrical and elements are considered as indivisibly
klystrons designed to operate at fre- mechanical characteristics during their associated on or within a continuous
quencies below 20 GHz and at a specified operating lifetime, and structure to perform the function of a
maximum output power of less than 3 W; technology therefor, as follows: circuit.
e Tubes which utilise interaction between a c Monolithic integrated circuit A
beam of electrons and microwave a Monolithic ceramic capacitors (other than microcircuit fail>ricated as a single com-
elements or cavities in which the electrons boundary layered capacitors) using non- ponent consisting of elements formed
drift in a direction parallel to the applied ferro-electric strontium titanate (SrTiOJ.J in or on a single semi-conducting
magnetic field but also require for their rated for operation over the whole range substrate by diffusion, implantation or
operation a large component of velocity of ambient temperatures from below deposition.
Security export control 14 June 1985 31
INDUSTRIAL LIST
d Prediffused microcircuit (e.g. gate 3 Glass epoxy resin uncoated or software, microprogramme control or
array or uncommitted logic array) - coated with copper foil of a specialised logic control, are
An arangement of monolithic thickness of 18 micrometres substantially restricted to the particular
integrated circuits, formed within a (0.00071 inch) or greater; application for which they have been
single semi-conducting substrate, 4 Polyethylene terephthalate; designed.
which can be subsequently intercon- 5 Any other insulating material 4 "User-accessible programmability" is
nected or otherwise modified to having all of the following cha- the facility allowing a user to insert,
perform one of a variety of functions. racteristics: modify or replace programmes by
e Film type microcircuit - An array of a A maximum continuous rated means other than:
circuit elements and metallic inter- operating temperature not ex- a A physical change in wiring or
connections formed by deposition of a ceeding 423K (1 50°C); interconnections; or
thick or thin film on an insulating b A dissipation factor equal to b The setting of function controls,
substrate. or greater than 0.009 at 1 including entry of parameters.
f Multichip microcircuit - A micro- MHz; 5 "User-accessible microprogramma-
circuit containing two or more mono- c A relative dielectric constant bility" is the facility allowing a user to
lithic integrated circuit chips bonded to equal to or less than 8 at 1 insert, modify or replace micro-
a common substrate. MHz; programmes.
g Hybrid microcircuit - A microcircuit d A coefficient of expansion
consisting of a combination of film equal to or greater than 10-5 NB: A facility limited to one or both of
type microcircuits and monolithic per °C over a temperature the following is not considered to be
integrated circuit elements or range of 273 to 393K (0 to within this definition:
combinations of either with discrete 120°C); a Loading, reloading or inserting of
components or circuit elements. ii Ceramic substrates having not more microprogrammes provided by the
h Circuit element - A single active or than two layers of interconnection, supplier; or
passive functional item in an electronic including the ground plane; b Simple loading of micro-
circuit, such as one diode, one iii Copper foil having a thickness of 18 programmes which mayor may not
transistor, one resistor, one capacitor. micrometres (0.00071 inch) or be provided by the supplier, but
Discrete component - A separately greater; which are neither designed to be
packaged circuit element with its own b Ceramic microcircuit packages which accessible to the user nor
external connections. are designed for hermetically sealed pin accompanied with training or soft-
Integrated optical microcircuit A or pad grid array, leadless carrier, or ware for user accessibility.
microcircuit containing one or more surface mounted configurations,
elements designed to function as a except when having all of the following Civil applications of assemblies,
photosensor or photo-emitter, or to characteristics: modules and printed circuit boards
perform optical or electro-optical i Single-in-line, dual-in-line or flat- with mounted components embargoed
functions. pack configuration; by sub-item 11 c 2 above, which by
k Module - An assernbly replaceable as ii Pin, pad or lead spacings of 2.50 nature of their design or performance
an entity, not normally capable of mm or greater, or 100 mils or are substantially restricted to the
being disassembled. greater; particular application for which they
Microprocessor microcircuit - A iii 40 leads or less; have been designed, if the embargoed
single package (normally single-chip) c Assemblies, modules and printed components are covered by the italic
electronic logic unit capable of circuit boards with mounted com- notes.
executing from external memory a ponents, as follows:
series of general purpose instructions 1 Those including substrates for
contained in the external memory. printed circuits covered by 11 a d Microcircuits (monolithic integrated
Explanatory note: The unit normally above; circuits, microprocessor, micro-
does not contain integral user memory, 2 Those which contain embargoed computer, multichip, hybrid, film type
although internal memory on the chip microprocessor, microcomputer or or integrated optical microcircuits),
may be present for internal utilisation memory microcircuits or other except:
by the chip in performing its logic em bargoed components, except: i Encapsulated passive networks;
function. User memory is customarily i Those of which the only em- Note: Technology for the manufacture
provided via external memory chips, bargoed components are of thin-film passive networks is not
although some products have some capacitors; or released by this sub-item.
limited on-board memory that is ii Power supply assemblies. or
normally used for purposes other than ii Encapsulated microcircuits which
programme storage. Notes: are not designed or rated as
m Microcomputer microcircuit An 1 For the embargo status of assemblies, radiation hardened~ which are not
electronic logic unit capable of modules and printed circuit boards rated for operation below -40°C
executing instructions from internal with mounted components which are or above + 85°C, which are
memory, on data contained in the designed for, or which have the same packaged in TO-5 outline cases
internal memory. functional characteristics as, electronic (0.305 to 0.370 inch diameter) or in
Explanatory note: In certain cases the computers or related equipment, see IL non-hermetically sealed cases and
internal memory may be augmented by 1565. which are:
an external memory. 2 Assemblies, modules and printed 1 Bipolar types designed for
n Substrate - A sheet of base material circuit boards with mounted operation as digital logic circuit
with or without an interconnection components which are designed for, or elements but limited to gates,
pattern and on which, or within which, which have the same functional inverters, buffers, bilateral
discrete components or integrated charcteristics as embargoed equipment switches, drivers, counters,
circuits may then be located. shall be rated against the parameters of latches, adders, comparators,
the appropriate equipment item, parity generators, multiplexers,
except that, in such cases, the expanders, flip-flops, multi-
11 Listed as follows: temperature parameter will be below vibrators, code converters,
a Substrates for printed circuits -55°C and above + 85°C. . registers, encoders, decoders,
including ceramic substrates and 3 Sub-item 11 c 2 above does not cover demultiplexers, diode matrices,
coated metal substrates (single-sided, assemblies, modules and printed multipliers and Schmitt triggers,
double-sided or multi-layer), and thin circuit boards with mounted and having all of the following
copper foils therefor, except: components designed for equipment characteristics:
i Printed circuit boards manufac- not otherwise embargoed and which, a Encapsulated in a package
tured from any of the following by nature of their design, having 24 terminals or less;
materials: performance, lack of "user-accessible b A basic propagation delay
1 Paper base phenolics; programmability", lack of "user- time not less than 3 nano-
2 Glass cloth melamine; accessible microprogrammability", seconds;
32 Security export control 14 June 1985
c A power dissipation per basic Not rated for operation access time of no less than
gate of not less than 2 milli- below 253K (-20°C) or 250 nanoseconds;
watts and, for types having a above 348K ( + 75°C). c MOS static random access
basic gate propagation delay memories (SRAM) having
of 3 nanoseconds or more Explanatory notes: both of the following charac-
1 For "speed H or "speed- teristics:
and less than 5 nanoseconds,
a product of the basic gate power dissipation product" i A maximum number of
propagation delay time (in computation see Note 2b to bits per package of 1,024
nanoseconds) and the power this Item. bit;
dissipation per basic gate (in 2 Bit-slice microcomputer n A maximum access time
milliwatts) not less than 30pJ microcircuits are not released of no less than 450 nano-
(ie a speed/power product by this sub-item. seconds;
per gate not less than 30pJ). 4 Silicon microprocessor micro- d Bipolar RAM's, as follows;
2 CMOS types designed for circuits having all of the follow- i With a maximum number
operation as digital logic circuit ing characteristics: of bits per package of 64
elements but limited to gates, a A word size to "speed" ratio bit and a maximum access
inverters, buffers, flip-flops, of less than or equal to 1.25 time of no less than 30
latches, multivibrators, bilateral bit per microsecond; nanoseconds;
switches, display drivers, fixed b A "speed-power dissipation ii With a maximum number
counters, fixed frequency product" of greater than or of bits per package of 256
dividers, storage registers, equal to 2 microjoule; bit and a maximum access
decoders, voltage translators, c Containing no on-chip ROM time of no less than 40
encoders and Schmitt triggers or PROM; nanoseconds;
and having both of the following d Containing on-chip RAM of Ui With a maximum number
characteristics: less than or equal to 1024 bit; of bits per package of
a Encapsulated in a package e Capable of addressing off- 1,024 bit and a maximum
having 24 terminals or less; chip memory not greater than access time of no less than
b Minimum value of the basic 65,536 Byte; 45 nanoseconds.
gate propogation delay time f An operand (data) word
length of less than or equal to 6 a Non-programmable micro-
under any rated conditions of circuits, not capable of
not less than 10 nanoseconds; 8 bit and not having an
arithmetic logic unit (ALU) addressing external memory,
Technical notes: wider than 8 bit; specially designed for, and
i The basic gate power dissipa- g Not containing multiplication which 'by virtue of circuit
tion and the basic gate instructions; design are normally limited to
propagation delay are those h Not rated for operation use only for simple
values corresponding to the below 253K (-20°C) or calculators which perform a
basic gate utilised within a above 348K ( + 75°C). single function in response to
family of microcircuits. They a keystroke, capable of
may be specified either as the Explanatory notes: performing a floating point
power dissipation/propaga- 1 For "speed" or "speed- addition of 13 decimal digits
tion delay per typical gate, or power dissipation product" (mantissa only) or less in no
as the typical power dissipa- computation see Note 2 b of less than 0.02 second;
tion/propagation delay per this Item. b Programmable microcircuits
gate, for a given family. 2 Bit-slice microprocessor specially designed for, and
ii Basic gate propagation delay microcircuits are not released which by virtue of circuit
is not to be confused with by this sub-item. design are normally Hmited to
input/output delays of S Memory microcircuits, as use only for simple key pro-
complex devices. follows: grammable calculators
3 Silicon single-chip micro- a MOS dynamic random access having both of the following
computer microcircuits that are memories (DRAM) having all characteristics:
mask programmed by the of the following characteris- i Capable of executing a
"manufacturer" for a civil tics: sequence of no more than
application prior to export and i A maximum number of 256 programme steps
having all of the following bits per package of 4,096 introduced into a
characteristics: bit and a maximum access programme memory on
a A word size to "speed" ratio time of no less than 250 the chip by a sequence of
of less than or equal to 1.1 bit nanoseconds; keystrokes;
per microsecond; ii Not rated for operation ii Capable of performing a
b A "speed-power dissipation below 253K (-20°C) or floating point addition of
product" of greater than or above 348K ( + 75°C); 13 decimal digits
equal to 1.2 microjoule; b Mask-programmed ROM's (mantissa only) or less in
c An on-chip read-only not rated for operation below no less than 0.02 second;
memory (ROM), not includ- 253K (-20°C) or above 348K c P-channel or N-channel MOS
ing the mircocode, of less (+ 75°C), as follows: microcircuits specially
than or equal to 4,096 Byte; i With a maximum number designed as. and which by
d An on-chip random access of bits per package of virtue of circuit designed are
memory (RAM) of less than 2,048 bit and a maximum normally limited to use only
or equal to 128 Byte; access time of no less than as, serial digital shift registers
e Containing no programmable 450 nanoseconds; with a maximum clock rate of
read-only memory (PROM); ii PMOS or NMOS types 2.5 MHz, and a maximum
f An operand (data) word with a maximum number number of bits per package
length of less than or equal to of bit per package of 8,192 of 1.024.
8 bit; bit and a maximum access 7 a Untuned AC amplifier micro-
g Not capable of using off-chip time of no less than 450 circuits having a bandwidth
memory for programme nanoseconds; of less than 3 MHz and a
storage; iii PMOS or NMOS types max!mum rated power dissi-
h Not containing multiplication specifically programmed pation of 5 W or less at a case
instructions, general purpose or designed as character temperature of 25°C;
operating systems (e.g. generators, having a b Audio amplifier microcircuits
CP /M) or high order standard character font, having a maximum rated
languages (e.g. Tiny Basic); and having a maximum continuous power output of
. Securtty export control 14 June 1985 33
INDUSTRIAL LIST
25 watts or less at a case having both of the following· to output of not less than
temperature of 25°C. characteristics: 20 nanoseconds;
Note: For audio amplifiers, a A rated accuracy of no better Hi A maximum rated output
the 358K (85°C) upper limit than 0.1 per cent; voltage of 80 volts or less.
specified in the heading of d ii b A temperature coefficient of Explanatory note: When propa-
is not applicable. The lower voltage not less than 15 x gation delay time is not
limit of 233K (-400C) is 10-6 per K(OC). specified, typical turn-on or
applicable. turn-off time, whichever is less,
8 Operational amplifier micro- 14 Voltage comparator micro- should be used.
circuits having all of the follow- circuits having both of the
ing characteristics: following characteristics: 20 Voltage-to-frequency converter
a A typical unity-gain open- a A maximum input offset microcircuits not employing
loop bandwidth of not more voltage of not less than 2 delta or delta/sigma modulation
than5MHz; millivolts; techniques, having both of the
b A typical open-loop voltage b A typical switching speed or following characteristics:
gain of not more than 106, typical response time of not a A rated non-linearity of not
Le. 120dB; less than 30 nanoseconds. better than 0.01 per cent of
c Either. a maximum intrinsic 15 Bipolar microcircuits designed full scale;
rated input offset voltage of for operation in civil applica- b A gain drift not less than 50
no less 1.0 mV or a maximum tions as externally controlled (by part per million (ppm) per
input offset voltage drift of inductive, magnetic or optical degree C at rated frequency.
no less than 5 microvolt per means) electronic switches, or as Note: Gain drift specifies the
K(OC); threshold value switches with maximum change in gain
d A typical slew rate, at unity switching times of 0.5 over a specified temperature
gain, not exceeding 6 volts microsecond or greater. range.
per microsecond provided 21 RMS-to-DC voltage converter
that, for microcircuits having 16 N on-coherent light-emitting microcircuits.
a typical slew rate, at unity alpha-numeric displays not 22 Analogue-to-digital and digital-
gain, greater th an 2.5 incorporating an integrated to analogue converter micro-
microvolt/second, the typical circuit. circuits as follows:
power dissipation is greater 17 N on-coherent light-emitting a Analogue-to-digital converter
than 10 milliwatt per alpha-numeric displays microcircuits having both of
amplifier. incorporating an integrated the following characterists:
9 Analogue multiplier or divider circuit used for decoding, i A maximum conversion
microcircuits having both of the controlling or driving that rate to rated accuracy not
following characteristics: display, provided that the greater than 50,000 com-
a A best case rated non- integrated circuit is not integral plete conversions per
linearity of not better than with the actual display device. second; or a maximum
0.5 per cent of full scale; conversion time to
b A -3 dB small-signal band- 18 Simple encapsulated photo- maximum resolution of
width of not more than 1 coupler (transoptor) assemblies not less than 20 micro-
MHz. with electrical input and output seconds;
10 Isolation amplifier micro- and which incorporate non- ii A rated non-linearity of
circuits. coherent light-emitting diodes. not better than 0.025 per
11 Instrumentation amplifier cent of full scale over the
19 Interface microcircuits, as
microcircuits having all of the specified operating tem-
follows:
following characteristics: perature range;
a Line drivers and line receivers
8 A best case rated non- b Digital-to-analogue converter
having a typical propagation
linearity of not better than microcircuits having both of
delay time from data input to
0.01 per cent at a gain of 100; the following characteristics:
output of not less than 15
b A maximum gain-bandwidth i A maximum settling time
nanoseconds;
product not greater than 7.5 to rated linearity of not
b Sense amplifiers, having both
MHz (eg a maximum band- less than 5 microseconds
of the following character-
width of 7.5 kHz at -3 dB for 'voltage output', and
istics:
and at a gain of 100); i A typical propagation
not less than 250 nano-
c A typical slew rate at unity seconds for current output
delay time from data input
gain not exceeding 3 volt/ converters
to output of not less than
microsecond. ii A rated non-linearity of
15 nanoseconds;
12 Voltage regulator microcircuits, not better than 0.025 per
ii A typical input threshold
as follows: cent of full scale over the
voltage of not less than 10
a Linear types, having both of specified operating tem-
millivolts;
the following characteristics: perature range.
c Memory and clock drivers,
i A rated nominal output having all of the following
Note: This sub-item does not
voltage of 40 volts or less; release coder, decoder or
characteristics:
ii A maximum output coder/ decoder (codec) micro-
i A maximum rated output
current of 2 amperes or circuits specially designed for
current of 500 milli-
less; voice. (See Item IL 1527.)
amperes or less;
b Switching types, having both ii A maximum rated output 23 "Non-reprogrammable" silicon
of the following character- voltage of 30 volts or less; microcircuits which are specially
istics: iii A typical propagation
i A rated nominal output
designed or programmed by the
delay time from data input "manufacturer" for functional
voltage of 40 volts or less; to output of not less than purposes in the following
H A maximum output 20 nanoseconds; applications:
current of 150 milli- d Peripheral and display
amperes or less. a Automotive, electronics (eg
drivers, having all of the entertainment, instrumen-
Explanatory note: For voltage following characteristics: tation, safety, comfort,
regulators, the + 85°C upper i A maximum rated output operations and pollution);
temperature limit specified in d H current of 500 milli- b Home electronics, including
is not applicable. The lower limit amperes or less; radio and television, appli-
of -40°C is applicable. ii A typical propagation ances, clocks, watches, audio
13 Voltage reference microcircuits delay time from data input and video tape recorders,
34 Security export control 14 June 1985
safety, comfort and amuse- all of the following character- used in the "Speed"
ment; istics: computation. The typical
c Personal communications up a A typical unity-gain open- value may be obtained by any
to 150 MHz, including loop bandwidth of not more of the following means:
amateur radio communica- than 5MHz; i The specified typical
tions and intercom; b A typical open-loop voltage internal power dissipa-
d Unembargoed cameras (in- gain of not more than tion;
cluding cine cameras) but 100,000 or 100 dB; ii One half the maximum
excluding imaging micro- c A maximum intrinsic rated internal power dissipa-
circuits; input offset voltage of not tion;
e Medical electronic prostheses less than 5 millivolts; ill The product of the
(eg cardiac pacemakers, d A typical slew rate at unity nominal supply voltage
hearing aids). gain not exceeding 1 volt/ and typical total supply
Technical notes: microsecond. current; or
1 A microcircuit whose 3 Audio amplifiers having a Iv One half the product of
function cannot be altered by maximum rated power output of the nominal supply
accepting or executing in- IOW or less at a case tempera- voltage and maximum
structions from any external ture of 25 °c. total supply current;
source is "non- 4 Non-reprogrammable types whichever is the lowest value
programmable". specially designed for and which specified.
2 The temperature limits are by virtue of circuit design are c For the purposes of this Item
specified in the heading of d ii normally limited to civil uses in the "manufacturer" is the
above do not apply to sub- television and radio receivers individual or organisation
sections d ii 23 a or d. having all of the following designing the microcircuit or
characteristics: programme for the intended
24 Timing microcircuits having a Rated for operation at 11 application (in contrast to an
both of the following character- MHz or less; individual or organisation
istics: b Not specially designed for merely programming a
a A typical timing error of not station scanning applications; microtircuit at, or in
less than 0.5 per cent c Not utilising charge-coupled accordance with a user's
b A typical rise time of not less device technology; request).
than 100 nanoseconds. d Not intended for beam -lead 3 Microcircuits are only eligible
2S Sample and hold microcircuits bonding; for release from embargo if the
having both of the following e Not intended for video or design or programme is
characteristics: luminance amplifiers with originated either by the
a An acquisition time of not maximum rated supply "manufacturer" alone or in
less thari 10 microseconds; voltages exceeding 30 volts or concert with the microcircuit
b A maximum non-linearity with typical bandwidths user and is unalterably fixed at
error of not better than 0.01 greater than 7.5 MHz. the time of manufacture, and if
per cent of full scale for a 5 N on-reprogrammable types the "manufacturer" establishes
hold time of 1 microsecond. which are specifically designed the design and performance of
26 Analogue-to-digital converter for time-keeping applications this microcircuit for the intended
microcircuits specially designed (e.g. watches and clocks). end-use. (Microcircuits,
for digital voltmeter applications including gate arrays, and
and permitting characteristics programmable logic arrays,
corresponding to those of Notes: based only or primarily on
instruments free from embargo 1 Nothing in the above shall be customer·supplied circuit design
under Item IL 1529f. construed as sanctioning the or programmes and not meeting
iii Un e n cap sui ate d m 0 noli t hi c export of wafer or chip design or the criteria of this Note are not
integrated circuits which are not processing information inherent released under this Item.)
designed or rated as radiation in the manufacture of any
hardened, and which are: embargoed class of assembly, 4 Devices covered by sub-items ((
1 Bipolar types designed for sub-assembly, microcircuit or c and not released by sub·items
operation as digital logic circuit circuit element, irrespective of 11 d i and ii above when they
elements but limited to gates, any release of devices in that consist of, or are incorporated
inverters, buffers, bilateral class. This restriction also in, plug-in printed boards or
switches, drivers, counters, a pplies to technology embodied plug-in modules for use in
latches, adders, comparators, both in the equipment covered specifically identified equipment
parity generators, multiplexers, by Item IL 1355 and in its use. previously exported, and which
expanders, flip-flops, multi- 2 Definition of Terms: do not upgrade the initial
vibrators, code converters, a "Speed" is defined as the performance of that equipment,
registers, encoders, decoders, time to fetch an operand C provided that the plug-in printed
demultiplexers, diode matrices, and another operand D, both circuit boards or plug-in
multipliers and Schmitt triggers, from an external storage modules cannot operate inde-
and having both of the following outside any work register, pendently from the equipment
characteristics: add these operands and put to which they are to be
a A product of the typical basic the result back in storage. connected or in which they are
gate propagation delay time The addressing mode which to be inserted.
(in nanoseconds) and the yields the shortest execution 5 Integrated circuits embargoed by
power dissipation per basic time shall be used. The result sub-item 11 d if above only by
gate (in milliwatts) not less of the add operand shall be virtue of being encased in
than 70pJ (ie speed-power stored in either the same hermetically sealed dual-in-line
product/gate not less than location of one of the packages provided that it is
70pJ); addends or in some other considered that the stated
b A typical propagation delay location. This choice shall be legitimate civil end-use requires
time not less than 5 nano- made to give the shortest such a package.
seconds. execution time at the highest 6 Devices (encapsulated or
Note: This sub-item does not specified clock frequency. ,unencapsulated) described in
permit export of complex b "Speed"-power dissipatiofi sub-items I1 c and d, provided
custom bipolar digital product". The power dissi- that the devices have been
devices. pation shall be the typical designed specifically for
2 Operational amplifiers, having value at the clock frequency identifiable civil applications
Security eXpOrt control 14 June 1985 35
INDUSTRIAL LIST
and, by nature of design or 1588; computers" and "related
performance, are substantially c Central processing unit "main equipment" is governed by sub-
restricted to the particular storage" combinations; item j below.
application for which they have d Digital differential analyzers (in- 1 including "digital computers" and
· been designed. cremental computers); and "related equipment", as follows:
e Processors for stored-programme Designed or modified for:
IL 1565 control. Note: "Digital computers" and
(This ends the Technical notes. For a "related equi'pment" containing
Electronic compu ters, "rela ted complete list of definitions of terms used in equipment, devices or logic control for
equipment" , equipment or systems this Item, see Note 16 below.) the following functions are also
containing electronic computers, and included.
technology therefor, as follows; and Listed as follows: a "Signal processing";
specially designed components and 8 "Analogue computers" and "related b "Image enhancement";
equipment" therefor.. which are designed
accessories, for these electronic or modified for use in airborne vehicles,
c "Local area networks";
computers and "related equipment": Note: For the purpose of this sub-
missiles, or space vehicles and rated for item, data communication systems
(For the embargo status of "Software" , continuous operation at temperatures
see Item IL 1566.) when located within a single piece
from below 228K (-45°C) to above 328K of equipment (eg television set,
(+ 55°C); car), are not considered to be
Technical notes: b Equipment or systems containing designed or modified for "local
1 Electronic computers, and' 'related equip- "analogue computers" embargoed by area networks".
ment" are categorized as follows: sub-item 8; d "Multi-data-stream processing";
"analogue computer" - c "Analogue computers" and "related Note: For the purpose of this sub-
Equipment which can, in the form of one equipment" therefor, other than those item, "digital computers" and
or more continuous variables: embargoed by sub-item 8, except those "related equipment" are not
a Accept data; which neither: considered to be designed or
b Process data; and 1 Are capable of containing more than modified for "multi-data-stream
c Provide output of data. 20 summers, integrators, multipliers or processing", if they:
"digital computer" - function generators; nor 8 Utilize staged (pipelined) in-
Equipment which can, in the form of one 2 Have facilities for readily varying the struction interpretation for con-
or more discrete variables: interconnections of such components; ventional single instruction
a Accept data; d "Hybrid computers" and "related equip- single data sequence processing;
b Store data or instructions in fixed or ment" therefor, with all the following or
alterable (writable) storage devices; characteristics: b Have an arithmetic unit imple-
c Process data by means of a stored 1 The analogue section is embargoed by mented with bit-slice micro-
sequence of instructions which is sub-item c; processor microcircuits.
modifiable; and 2 The digital section has an internal fixed e Combined recognition, under-
d Provide output of data. or alterable storage of more than 2,048 standing and interpretation of
Note: Modifications of a stored sequence bit; and image, continuous (connected)
of instructions include replacement of 3 Facilities are included for processing speech or connected word text other
fixed storage devices, but not a physical numerical data from the analogue than "signal processing" or "image
change in wiring interconnections. section in the digital section or vice enhancement" described in sub-
"hybrid computer" - versa; item h 1 i a or b;
Y
Equipment which can: e "Digital computers 'or embargoed f "Real time processing" of sensor
a Accept data; "analogue computers" containing data:
b Process data, in both analogue and equipment for interconnecting' 'analogue 1 Concerning events occurring
digital representations; and computers" with "digital computers"; outside the "computer using
c Provide output of data. f "Digital computers" and "related facility"; and
"related equipment" - equipment" therefor, with any of the 2 Provided by equipment embar-
Equipment "embedded" in, "incorpor- following characteristics: goed by Items IL 1501, 1502,
ated" in, or "associated" with electronic 1 Designed or modified for use in 1510 or 1518;
computers, as follows: airborne vehicles, missiles or space
a Equipment for interconnecting vehicles and rated for continuous oper- Note: This does not include
"analogue computers" with "digital ation at temperatures from below 228K digital radar signal processing by
computers"; (-45°C) to above 328K ( + 55°C); equipment which is:
b Equipment for interconnecting 2 Designed or modified to limit electro- 8 Embargoed by Item IL 1501 c
"digital computers"; magnetic radiation to levels much less 2 vi only, for which the con-
c Equipment for interfacing electronic than those required by government ditions of Item IL 1501
computers to "local area networks" or civil interference specifications; apply; or
to "wide area networks"; 3 Designed as ruggedized or radiation- b Freed from embargo by the
d Communication control units; hardened equipment and capable of two year limit in Item IL 1501
e Other inputloutput (1/0) control meeting military specifications for c 2 vii.
units; ruggedized or radiation-hardened I Microprocessor or microcomputer
f Recording or reproducing equipment equipment; or development systems;
referred to Item IL 1565 by Item IL 4 Modified for military use; Note: For microprocessor or micro-
1572; I Equipment or systems containing "digital computer development systems, see
I Displays; or computers" embargoed by sub-item f; Item IL 1529 b 6 ii.
h Other peripheral equipment. h "Digital computers" and "related equip- h "Fault tolerance";
Note: "Related equipment" which ment" therefor, other than those embar- Note: For the purpose of this sub-
contains an "embedded" or "incorpor- goed by sub-items e or f, even when item, "digital computers" and
ated electronic computer, but which lacks "embedded" in.. "incorporated" in, or "related equipment! . are not con-
"user-accessible programmability"', does "associated" with equipment or systems: sidered to be designed or modified
not thereby fall within the definition of an Note: The embargo status of these for "fault tolerance", if they
electronic computer. "digital computers" and "related equip- utilize:
2 This Item includes: ment" therefor is governed by the 8 Error detection or correction
a Assemblies, modules, or printed circuit appropriate Item provided that: algorithms in "main storage";
boards with mounted,' components a They are "embedded" in other b The interconnection of two
referred to Item IL 1565 by Item IL equipment or systems; "digital computers" so that, if
1564; , b The other equipment or systems are the active central processing unit
b Assemblies of materials or thin film described in other Items in these fails, an idling but mirroring
devices or devices containing them Lists; and central processing unit can con-
referred to Item IL 1565 by Item IL c The technology for these "digital tinue the system's functioning;
36 Security export control 14 June 1985
c The interconnection of two "Signal processing" or d "Total internal storage available to
central processing units by data "image enhancement" when the user" not exceeding 1.1 million
channels or by use of shared lacking "user-accessible pro- bit; and
storage to permit one central grammability" and when e They do not include any of the
processing unit to perform other "embedded" in medical following:
work until the second central imaging equipment; or 1 A central processing unit imple-
processing unit fails, at which ii "Local area networks" im- mented with more than ..Qne
time the first central processing plemented by using integral microprocessor or microcom-
unit takes over in· order to con- interfaces designed to meet puter microcircuit;
tinue the system's functioning; ANSI/IEEE Std 488-1978 or Note: This limit does not include
or IEC Publication 625-1; any dedicated microprocessor or
d The synchronization of two ii "Digital computers" or "related microcomputer microcircuit
central processing units by equipment" therefor, provided that: used solely for display, keyboard
"software" so that one central a They are "incorporated" in other or input/output control, or any
processing unit recognizes when equipment or systems; bit-slice microprocessor micro-
the other central processing unit b They are not the "principal circuit.
fails and recovers tasks from the element" of the other equipment or 2 A microprocessor or micro-
failing unit. systems in which they are "incor- computer microcircuit with:
Not used. porated"; i A principal operand (data)
"User-accessible Inicrogramma- c The other equipment or systems are word length of more than 8
bility": not embargoed by other Items in bit; or
Note: For the purpose of this sub- these Lists; ii A typical 'speed'-power dissi-
item, "digital computers" and d The "total processing data rate" of pation product of less than:
"related equipment" are not anyone "incorporated" "digital a 2 microjoule for micro-
considered to be designed or computer" does not exceed 5 processor microcircuits;
modified for "user-accessible million bit per second; or
Inicroprogrammability", if this e The "total internal storage avail- b 1.2 microjoule for micro-
facility is limited to: able to the user" does not exceed computer microcircuits;
a Loading, reloading or inserting 4.9 million bit; and Technical note: 'Speed' is
of "microprogrammes", pro- f The "incorporated" "digital com- defined here as the time needed
vided by the supplier; or puters" or "related equipment" to fetch an operand C and
b Simple loading of "micropro- therefor do not include: another operand D, both from
grammes", which mayor may 1 Elnbargoed "related equip- an external storage outside any
not be provided by the supplier, ment"; work register, add these
but which are neither designed to 2 Equipment or systems embar- operands and put the result back
be accessible to the user nor goed by Item IL 1519 c or by in storage.
accompanied by training or Item IL 1567; 3 Analogue-to-digital or digital-
"software" for user accessi- 3 Equipment described in sub-item to-analogue converter micro-
bility. h 1 ii; or circuits:
k "Data (message) switching"; 4 Equipment described in sub-item i Exceeding the limits of Item
I "Stored-programme-controlled h 1 i a to rn, other than for: IL 1568 k; and
circuit switching"; or i "Signal processing" or ii Not for direct driven video
rn "Wide area networks"; "image enhancement" when monitors for normal com-
ii Having the following characteristics: lacking "user-accessible pro- mercial television;
a Size, weight, power consumption grammability" and when 4 Embargoed "related equip-
and reliability or other character- "embedded" in medical ment"; or
istics (eg bubble memory), which imaging equipment; or 5 Equipment embargoed by Item
allow easy application in mobile ii "Local area networks" im- IL 1519 c or by Item IL 1567;
tactial Inilitary systems; and plemented by using integral
b Ruggedized above the level required iv Peripheral equipment, as follows,
interfaces designed to meet which may contain "embedded"
for a normal commercial (office) ANSI/IEEE Std 488-1978 or
environment, but not necessarily up microprocessor microcircuits but
IEC publication 625-1; which lacks "user-accessible program-
to levels specified in sub-item f; Note: "Digital computers" or mability" :
2 except: "related equipment" "incorpor- a Card punches and readers;
"Digital computers" or "related ated" in equipment exportable b Paper tape punches and readers;
equipment" therefor, provided that: under the provisions of Iterns IL c Manually operated keyboards in-
a They are "embedded" in other 1501, 1502, 1510 or 1518, which cluding teletype devices;
equipment or systems; are for internal functions which d Manually operated graphic tablets
b They are not the "principal incidentally might be considered not having more than 1,024
element" of the other equipment or to be described by sub-item h 1 i resolvable points along any axis;
systems in which they are f, are exportable as part of that e Impact printers;
"embedded"; equipment. "Digital com- f Nbn-impact printers, not embar-
c The other equipment or systems are puters" or "related equipment" goed by Item IL 1572 b or c, which
not described by other Items in for the "real-time processing" do not exceed:
these Lists; of the outputs of the equipment 1 2,000 lines per minute; or
d The "total processing data rate" of embargoed by Items IL 1501, 2 300 characters per second;
anyone "embedded" "digital 1502, 1510 or 1518 and for Air g Plotting equipment, not elnbargoed
computer" does not exceed' 28 Traffic Control systems are by Item IL 1572 b or c, producing a
million bit per second; covered by this Item. physical record by ink, photo-
e The sum of the "total processing iii "Digital computers" other than those graphic, thermal, or electrostatic
data rate" of each "embedded" described in sub-item h 1 above, techniques, which has:
"digital computer" does not exceed shipped as complete systems and
I 1 A linear accuracy worse than or
50 million bit per second; and having all the following characteristics: equal to ..±. 0.004 per cent; and
f The "embedded" "digital a Designed and announced by the 2 An active plotting area less than
computers" or "related equip- manufacturer for identifiable civil or equal to 1,700 mm (66.9 inch)
ment" therefor do not include: use; by 1,300 mm (51.2 inch);
1 Equipment or systems b Not specially designed for any h Digitizing .equipment, generating
embargoed by Item IL 1519 c or equipment embargoed by any other rectilinear coordinate data by
by Item IL 1567; or I tern in these Lists; manual or semi-automatic tracing
2 Equipment described in sub-item c "Total processing data rate" not of physical records, which has:
h 1 i a to rn, other than for: exceeding 2 million bit per second; 1 A linear accuracy worse than or
Security exoort control 14 June 1986 37
INDUSTRIAL LIST
equal to ±. 0.004 per cent; and more than 3 levels (off, inter- of electronic computers or
:1 An active digitizing area less mediate and full on); and "related equipment" free from
than or equal to 1,700 mm (66.9 ii A minimum character height embargo; or
inch) by 1,300 mm (51.2 inch); of not less than: ii Development, production or use of
i Not used; a 5.5 mm (0.22 inch) if the equipment or systems embargoed
j Optical mark recognition (OMR) area is 1,200 sq cm (186 sq by sub-item b or g; or
equipment; inch) or less; or 2 Technology for the integration of:
k Optical character recognition b 20 mm (0.79 inch) if the i Embargoed electronic computers or
(OCR) equipment which: area is more than 1,200 sq embargoed "related equipment"
1 Does not contain "signal pro- cm (186 sq inch); and into other equipment or systems
cessing" or "image enhance- 3 They do not have as an integral whether or not the other equipment
ment" equipment; and part of the display device: or systems are embargoed; or
2 Is only for: i Circuitry; or Note: Nothing in the above should
i Stylized OCR characters; ii Non-mechanical character- be construed to embargo tech-
ii Other internationally generation devices; nology for the integration which is
standardized stylized q Light gun devices or other manual unique to the other equipment or
character fonts; or graphic input devices which are: systems if they are free from
iil Other characters limited to 1 Part of unembargoed displays; embargo.
non-stylized or hand printed and ii Unembargoed electronic computers
numerics and up to 10 hand 2 Limited to 1,024 resolvable or unembargoed "related
printed alphabetic or other elements along any axis; equipment" into embargoed
characters; r Disk drives for non-rigid magnetic equipment or systems.
Cathode-ray tube displays for media (floppy disks) which do not Note: This does not, however,
which circuitry and character- exceed: release from elnbargo the tech-
generation devices, external to the 1 A "gross capacity" of 17 million nology for the integration of
tube, limit the capabilities to: bit; electronic computers or "related
1 Alpha-numeric characters in 2 A "maximum bit transfer rate" equipment" which are freed from
fixed formats; of 0.52 million bit per second; or embargo only by sub-item h 2 I or
:1 Graphs composed only of the 3 An "access rate" of 6 accesses only by sub-item h 2 H.
same basic elements as used for per second;
alpha-numeric character com- s Cassette/cartidge tape drives or Notes:
position; or magnetic tape drives which do not 1 HDigital computers" and Hrelated equip-
3 Graphic displays for which the exceed: ment" therefor embargoed by sub-item h
sequence of symbols and basic 1 A "maximum bit packing when contained in other equipment or
elements of symbols are fixed; density" of 63 bit per mm (l,6oo systems covered by another Item in these
bit per inch) per track; Lists, may be exported subject to the
rn Cathode-ray tube graphic displays, provisions of that Item, provided that:
not containing cathode-ray tubes 2 A "maximum bit transfer rate"
of 1.28 million bit per second; or a They are Hincorporated" in other
embargoed by Item IL 1541, which equipment or systems,'
are limited as follows: 3 A maximum tape read/write
speed of 254 cm (100 inch) per b They are not the ~principal element"
1 The "maximum bit transfer of the equipment or systems in which
rate" from the electronic second; or
Cassette/cartridge tape drives they are Hincorporated";
computer to the display does not c The other equipment or systems are
exceed 9,600 bit per second; which do not exceed:
1 A "maximum bit packing embargoed by other Items in these
Note: Direct driven video Lists and they are permitted for export
monitors are excluded from this density" of 107 bit per mm
(2,700 bit per inch) per track; or according to the provisions of the
limitation. appropriate Item;
2 Not more than 1,024 resolvable 2 A "maximum bit transfer rate"
of 0.128 million bit per second; d The Htotal processing data rate" of
elements along any axis; and any Hincorporated" Hdigital com-
3 Not more than 16 shades of grey v Input/output interface or control
units, as follows, which may contain puter" does not exceed 15 million bit
or colour; per second;
° Cathode-ray tube graphic displays, "embedded" microprocessor micro-
circuits but which lack' 'user-accessible e All other parameters do not exceed the
not containing cathode-ray tubes relevant limits of Note 9 b 1 ii to iv and
embargoed by Item IL 1541, pro- programmability" :
a Designed for use with peripheral b 2 to 9 to this Item; and
vided that they are: f The Hincorporated" "digital com-
1 Part of industrial or medical equipment free from embargo
under sub-item h 2 Iv above; or puters" or Hrelated equipment" there-
equipment; and for do not include:
2 Not specially designed for use b Designed for use with digital
recording or reproducing equip- 1 Equipment embargoed by Item IL
with electronic computers; 1519 c or by Item IL 1567;
o Graphic dsiplays specially designed ment specially designed to use
magnetic card, tag, label or bank 2 Equipment described in sub-item h
for signature or security checking 1 ii; or
having an active display area not ex- cheque recording media, free from
errlbargo according to Item IL 1572 3 Equipment described in sub-item h
ceeding 150 sq cm (23.25 sq inch); 1 I a to rn, other than for:
a ii;
p Other displays, provided that: i HSignal processing" or Himage
1 Circuitry and character- Not used; enhancement" when lacking
generation devices external to Technology, as follows: "user-accessible programma-
the display device (eg panel, 1 Technology applicable to the: bility" and being Hembedded"
tube) and the construction of the i Development, production or use (ie in medical imaging equipment;
display device limit the capa- installation, operation and or
bilities to: maintenance) of electronic com- ii "Local area networks"
i Alpha-numeric characters in puters or "related equipment" , implemented by using integral
fixed formats; even if these electronic computers interfaces designed to meet
ii Graphs composed only of the or "related equipment" are not ANSI/IEEE Std 488-1978 or
same basic elements as used embargoed by this Item; except IEC Publication 625-1.
for alpha-numeric character a Technology which is unique to NB: HDigital computers" or
composition; "related equipment" free from Hrelated equipment" Hincorpor-
Hi Graphic displays for which embargo under sub-item h 2 iv a ated" in equipment exportable
the sequence of symbols and to c, e, f, I, 0, P or q and which under the provisions of Items IL
basic elements of symbols are is not otherwise embargoed by 1501, 1502, 1510 or 1518, which
fixed; and any other Item in these Lists; are for internal functions which
2 They are limited to: b The . minimum technical in- incidentally might be considered
i A capability for displaying no foJmation necessary for the use to be described by sub-item h 1 i
38 Security export control 14 June 1985
f are exportable as part of that ment" therefor, embargoed by sub-item designed components embargoed
equipment. HDigital com- b provided that: by this Item; or .
puters" or Hrelated equipment" a The Hdigital computers" and the 2 Equipment or components embar-
for the Hreal-time processing" Hrelated equipment": goed by other Items in these Lists;
of the outputs of the equipment 1 Have been designed and announced b The parts:
embargoed by Items IL 1501, by a manufacturer for identifiable 1 Are destined for embargoed equip-
1502, 1510 or 1518 and for Air and dedicated medical applications; ment previously authorized for
Traffic Control systems are 2 Are substantially restricted to the export or for equipment free from
covered by this Item. area of medical applications by embargo;
2 The minimum technical information for nature of design and performance; 2 Are shipped in the minimum
the use (ie installation, operation and 3 Are the equipment necessary for the quantities necessary for the types
maintenance) of electronic computers or medical application; and quantities of exported equip-
Hrelated equipment" authorized for 4 A re exported as complete systems; ment being serviced; and
export, when shipped together with or 5 Will be located within one 3 Do not upgrade the performance of
solely for use with these electronic Hcomputer using facility"; and the exported equipment beyond the
computers or "related equipment". 6 Do not include communication level:
3 "Analogue computers" and "related control units or Hcommunication i Specified in the relevant italic
equipment" therefor embargoed by sub- channels"; Note or Note 12 to this Item; or
item c, provided that: b Equipment for "signal processing", ii Specified as free from embargo,·
a The equipment is primarily used in "image enhancement", or Hmulti- c If the parts are 'advanced technology
non-strategic applications; data-stream processing" is: parts', the western supplier's service
b 1 The equipment will be used 1 Integrally "embedded"; organization must:
primarily for the specific 11on- 2 Designed specially for reconstruc- 1 Guarantee that parts will be
strategic application for which the tive tomography; and replaced on a one-for-one exchange
export would be approved; 3 Does not have "user-accessible basis;
2 The number, type and character- microprogrammability "; 2 Take measures to obtain custody of
istics ofsuch equipment are reason- c The "total processing data rate" of the defective parts; and
able for this application; and anyone "incorporated" Hdigita I 3 If custody is not obtained, certify
3 The equipment will not be used for computer" does not exceed 15 million that the defective parts are
the design, development or pro- bit per second; destroyed.
duction of embargoed items, d The "digital computers" or "related Technical note: For the purpose of
especially for micro-electronics equipment" therefor do not include: this paragraph, 'advanced tech-
production; 1 Equipment embargoed by Item IL nology parts' are either:
c The nanalogue computers" use 1519 c or Item IL 1567; or a Part~ embargoed by Item IL
neither: 2 Equipment described in sub-item h . 1564 11. c 2;
1 Optical computation devices; nor 1 i c and h 1 i e to m. b Microprocessor, microcom-
2 A coustic wave devices embargoed 6 "Digital computers" or "related equip- puter, memory, programmed
by Item IL 1586 other than those ment" therefor, embargoed by sub-item logic array or arithmetic logic
covered by the italic Note to Item h, provided that: unit microcircuits embargoed by
IL 1586; a Reserved; Item IL 1564 I1 d;
d The "analogue computers" are limited b They are described in sub-item h 1 only c Magnetic tape heads, magnetic
as follows: by an accident of definition; and disk heads, magnetic drum
1 The rated errors for summers, c They fulfil anyone of the following heads, or non-exchangable
inverters and integrators are not less conditions: magnetic disk or drum recording
than: 1 They are shipped as complete media, embargoed by Item IL
i Static : 0.01 per cent; systems and do not exceed: 1572; or
ii Total at 1 kHz : 0.15 per cent; i A Htotal processing data rate" d Acoustic wave devices embar-
2 The rated error for multipliers are of 15 million bit per second; and goed by Item IL 1586, other than
not less than: ii Any of the limits for parameters those exportable under the italic
i Static : 0.025 per cent; in Note 9 b 1 ii to iv and b 2 to 9 Note pursuant to the Note to
ii Total at 1 kHz : 0.25 per cent; to this Item; Item IL 1586.
3 The rated errors for fixed function 2 They fail to meet the conditions of 8 Not used.
generators (log x and sine/cosine) sub-items h 2 iii, iv or v only by an 9 "Digital computers" or "related equip-
are not less than: accident of definition; or
Static : 0.1 per cent; ment" therefor embargoed by sub-item h,
3 They: provided that:
4 No more than 350 operational i Are designed for identifiable
amplifiers; and a The "digital computers" or Hrelated
commercial (office) or personal equipment" therefor:
5 No more than four integrator time use and substantially restricted
scales switchable during one 1 A re not described in sub-items h 1 i
to the particular application for d to m;
programme. which they have been designed; 2 Are not used with "digital com-
Technical notes: ii Are ofa type 'generally available puters" produced in proscribed
1 The percentage for Note 3 d 1 i above to the public' in non-proscribed qreas;
applies to the actual output voltage; all areas; and NB: This does not preclude the
the other percentages apply to full iii Fulfil the conditions of c 1 exchange of data media. .
scale, that is from maximum negative above. 3 Are exported as:
to maximum positive reference NB: For the purpose of this Note i Complete systems; or
voltages. 'generally available to the public' ii Enhancements to a previously
2 Total errors at 1 kHz for Note 3 d 1 ii means: exported system provided that
and 3 d 2 ii above are to be measured a A Iso available at retail selling the enhanced system does not
with those resistors incorporated in the points, other than those exceed the limits of sub-
inverter, summer or integrator which specialized in selling electronic paragraph b of this Note,·
provide the least error. computers to the general public 4 Have not been designed for any
Total error measurements include all in model series exceeding the equipmerz t:
errors of the unit resulting from, for limits in c 1 above; and i Embargoed by any other Item in
example, tolerances of resistors and b Selling by means of over-the- these Lists; and
capacitors, tolerances of input and counter transactions from stock. ii IVot covered by the italic Note to
output impedances of amplifiers, the 7 Spare parts for exported electronic corn,.. such an Item:
effect of loading, the effect of phase puters or "related equipment", provided 5 Have been primarily designed and
shift and the generating offunctions. that: used for non-strategic applications;
4 Not used. a The parts are: and
5 HDigital computers" and "related equip- 1 HRelated equipment" or specially 6 Do not have any of the following
Security export control 14 June 1985 39
characteristics: Hrelated equipment" other than connection, Basic Reference
i They fall within the scope of those in i above: Model, February 4, 1982,
both sub-items h 1 ii a and b; or Total connected Hnet capacity" Layer 2;
U They fall within the scope of - 2.1 million bit; b CCITT X.25, Volume VIII
sub-item h 1 ii a and are micro- 4 Input/output control unit - Fascicle VIII. 2, VIIth
processor based systems having magnetic tape drive. combinations: Plenary Assembly, 10-21
a word length ofmore than 8 bit; I HTotal transfer rate" 3.2 November 1980, Level 2,
or million bit per second; (pages 104 to 120)/ or
ill They are ruggedized above the ii Number of magnetic tape drives c Draft IEEE 802.2, Logical
level required for a normal twelve; Link Control, Draft D,
commercial/civil environment, iil HMaximum bit transfer rate" of November 1982;
but not necessarily up to the any magnetic tape drive 1.6 Iv Inter-network gateways none;
levels specified in sub-item f and million bit per second; v Maximum number of '{data
are microprocessor based Iv HMaximum bit packing density" devices" 24;
systems having a word length of 63 bit per cm (1,600 bit per vi Terminations of such combi-
more than 8 bit; inch) per track; nations or any extensions thereto
NB: 8-bit word length systems v Maximum tape read/write speed outside the "computer using
with a 16-bit architecture are - 317.5 cm (125 inch) per facility" - none;
regarded as 8-bit systems for the second; vii All "digital computers" con-
purpose of this sub-paragraph. 5 Communication control unit - nected to a "local area network"
b The Hdigital computers" and Hrelated "communication channel" will be considered to be a single
equipment" therefor do not exceed combinations: system sharing "main storage"
any of the following limits: I HTotal data signalling rate" of (for purposes of computing the
1 Central processing unit "main all {{communication channels" parameters of this Note);
storage" combinations: terminating remote from the NB: If the "total data signalling
I HTotal processing data rate" - Hcomputer using facility" - rate" on the common trans-
28 million bit per second; 9,600 bit per second; mission medium does not exceed
ii HTotal connected capacity" of II Maximum Hdata signalling rate" 1.6 million bit per second, this
{{main storage" 9.8 million of any "communication sub-paragraph will not apply.
bit; channel" - 4,800 bit per 8 "Other peripheral devices":
ill "Non-volatile storage" with second; I Maximum bit transfer rate of
{{user-accessible programma- iil Number of "communication any "terminal device" located
bility" including bubble memory channels" not dedicated full remote from the {{computer
- none; time to the given application - using facility" 9,600 bit per
NB: Magnetic core {{main two, provided that they: second;
storage" may however be a Have telex interfaces for ii Displays or graphic input
included. services conforming to devices:
iv Number of microprocessor or CCITT recommendations Resolvable elements along any
microcomputer microcircuits F60 to 79; axis - 1,024, and shades of grey
implementing the central b Are connected to the public or colour - 32;
processing unit - three; switched network; and 9 Other limits on equipment:
NB: This limit does not include c Have a Hdata signalling rate" I "Signal processing" or "image
any dedicated microprocessor or not exceeding 300 bit per enhancement" equipment:
microcomputer microcircuit second at the interface "Equivalent nlultiply rate"
used solely for dispaly, keyboard between the "digital 100,000 operations per second;
or input/output control, or any computer" and the telex ii Analogue-to-digital or digital-
bit-slice microprocessor micro- communication control unit; to-analogue converter micro-
circuit. iv HCommunication channels" ter- circuits exceeding the limits of
2 Input/output control unit - drum, minating within the '{computer Item IL 1568 k (not including
disk or cartridge type streamer tape using facility", which utilize or those converter microcircuits
drive combinations: are connected to a common "embedded" in equipment
i HTotal transfer rate" 11 carrier communication facility otherwise exportable, which are
million bit per second; or to an internal PABX other for the internalfunctions ofsuch
ii HTotal access rate" - 160 than that identified in lil above equipment, and are exported as
accesses per second; - none; part of that equipment) none;
iil Total connected Hnet capacity" IU Equipment described in Note 9 b
6 Input/output or communication 1 to 5 above (including interface
- 2,600 million bit; control unit - directly connected
iv HMaximum bit transfer rate" of equipment and terminating
data channel combinations: modems of all "communication
any drum or disk drive - 10.3 I "Total transfer rate" - 1.6
million bit per second; channels") located outside the
million bit per second; "computer operating area" -
v Number of streamer tape drives ii HTran~fer rate of any data
- one, which has a {{maximum none;
channel" 1.6 million bit per . c Exports of "digital computers" or
bit transfer rate" of 5.5 million second;
bit per second; "related equipment" covered by this
lii Terminations of such combin- Note are subject to the following
vi Number ofindependent drum or nations or any extensions thereto
disk drives including the conditions:
outside the "computer using 1 The number, type and character-
streamer tape drive - four; facility" - none;
vii Exchangeable disk packs which istics of the equipment are reason-
7 Communication control unit - able for the application;
contain magnetic heads: {{local area network" combinations: 2 When the parameters of the equip-
a HAccess rate" of an inde- I "Total data signalling rate" on
pendent seek mechanism - ment do not exceed:
the common transmission I "Total processing data rate" -
20 accesses per second; medium - 10 million bit per
b {{Net capacity" - 240 5 million bit per second;
second; ii "Total connected capacity" of
million bit; ii Maximum' {data signalling rate" Hmain storage" - 4.9 million
3 Input/Output control unit of any flcommunication bit; and
bubble memory combinations: channel" - 1.6 million bit per IU "Maximum bit transfer rate" of
i For point ofsale devices used by second,' any drum or disk drive 5.5
cashiers: lii Packet switching protocol levels million bit per second;
Total connected Hnet capacity" .:.- those limits specified in: Then there are no quantity limi-
- 5.3 million bit; a ISO/DIS7498, Data Pro- tations on the export of equipment
ii For Hdigital computers" and /cessing - Open System Inter- per transaction,·
40 Security export control 14 June 1985
3 When the parameters of any equip- levels specified in sub-item f and "Total transfer rate" - 5.2
ment involved in one transaction are microprocessor based million bit per second;
exceed any limit of2 above, but the systems having a word length of iI Number of magnetic tape drives
following parameters are not ex- more than 16 bit; - twelve;
ceeded: NB: 16-bit word length systems ill "Maximum bit transfer rate" of
i ''Total processing data rate" - with a 32-bit architecture are any magnetic tape drive - 2.6
15 million bit per second; and regarded as 16-bit systems for million bit per second;
II Number of independent drum or the purpose of this sub- Iv "Maximum bit packing density"
disk drives including the paragraph. - 63 bit per mm (1,600 bit per
streamer tape drive - four, of b The "digital computers" and "related inch) per track;
which not more than two drum equipment" therefor do not exceed v Maximum tape read/write speed
or disk drives have a "maximum any of the following limits: - 508 cm (200 inch) per second;
bit transfer rate" exceeding 5.5 1 Central processing unit - "main 5 Communication control unit -
million bit per second; storage" combinations: "communication channel" combi-
Then the "cumulative total i "Total processing data rate" - nations:
processing data rate" must not 48 million bit per second; I "Total data signalling rate" of
exceed 100 million bit per second; li "Total connected capacity" of all "communication channels"
4 When the following parameter of "main storage" - 25.2 million terminating remote from the
any equipment involved in one bit; "computer using facility" -
transaction exceeds: iii "Non-volatile storage" with 19,200 bit per second;
i "Total processing data rate" - "user-accessible programma- iI Maximum "data signalling rate"
15 million bit per second; bility" including bubble memory of any "communication
Then the "cumulative total pro- - none; channel" - 9,600 bit per
cessing data rate" must not NB: Magnetic core "main second;
exceed 38 million bit per second; storage" may however be in- iii Number of "communication
and cluded. channels" not dedicated full
ii The following information shall iv "Virtual storage" capability - time to the given application -
be provided: 512 M Byte; four, provided that they:
a A signed statement from the (For M Byte see Note 17 of this a Have telex interfaces for ser-
end-user or importing Item.) vices conforming to CCITT
agency; NB: Supermini "digital computers" Recommendations F60 to 79;
b A full description of the with a "virtual storage" capability b Are connected to the public
equipment, its intended exceeding the level in this sub- switched network; and
application and work load; paragraph will not be eligible for c Have a "data signalling rate"
and consideration under this Note. It is not exceeding 300 bit per
c Complete identification ofall recognized however, that other second at the interface
end-users and their activities. "digital computers" (eg main- between the "digital
10 Not used. frames) may have a "virtual computer" and the telex
11 Not used. storage" capability exceeding this communication control unit;
limit and in such cases they may be Iv "Communication channels" ter-
12 Licence applications for "digital com- considered under this Note. minating within the "computer
puters" or "related equipment" therefor 2 Input/output control unit - drum, using facility", which utilize or
embargoed by sub-item h will receive disk or cartridge type streamer tape are connected to a common
favourable consideration, provided that: drive combinations: carrier communication facility
a The "digital computers" or "related I "Total transfer rate" - 15 or to an internal PABX other
equipment" therefor: million bit per second; than that identified in III above
1 Are not described in sub-items h I i II "Total access rate" - 320 - none;
d to m: access per second;
2 Are not used with "digital com- 6 Input/ output or communication
iii Total connection "net capacity"
puters" produced in proscribed control unit - directly connected
- 7,000 million bit; data channel combinations:
areas; Iv "Maximum bit transfer rate" of
NB: This does not preclude the I "Total transfer rate" - 3.6
any drum or disk drive - 10.3
exchange of data media. million bit per second;
million bit per second;
3 Are exported as: II "Transfer rate of any data
v Number of streamer tape drives channel" - 1.6 million bit per
i Complete systems; or - one, which has a "maximum
ii Enhancements to a previously second;
bit transfer rate" of 7.5 million iii Terminations of such combi-
exported system provided that bit per second;
the enhanced system does not nations or of any extensions
vi Number of drum or disk drives thereto outside the "computer
exceed the limits of sub- exceeding a "maximum bit
paragraph b of this Note; using facility" - none;
transfer rate" of 7.5 million bit
4 Have not been designed for any per second - four; 7 Communication control unit -
equipment: vii Exchangeable disk-packs which "local area network" combinations:
i Embargoed by any other Item in contain magnetic heads: I "Total data signalling rate" on
these Lists; and a "Access rate" of an inde- the common transmission
ii Not eligible for export under an pendent seek mechanism - medium - 10 million bit per
italic Note to such an Item; 29 accesses per second; second;
5 Have been primarily designed and b "Net capacity" - 640 iI Maximum "data signalling rate"
used for non-strategic applications; million bit; of any "communication
and channel" - 1.6 million bit per
6 Do not have any of the following 3 Input/output control unit second;
characteristics: bubble memory combinations: Hi Packet switching protocol levels
I They fall within the scope of I For point of sale devices used by - those limits specified in:
both sub-items hIli a and b; or cashiers: a ISO/DIS7498, Data Pro-
ii They fall within the scope of Total connected "net capacity" cessing - Open System Inter-
sub-item hIli a and are micro- - 5.3 million bit; connection, Basic Reference
processor based systems having II For digital computers" and Mode:, February 4, 1982,
a word length of more than 16 "related equipment" other than Layer 2;
bit; or those in I above: b CCITT X.25, Volume VIII-
iii They are ruggedized above the Total connected "net capacity" Fascicle VIiI.2. VUth Plenary
level required for a normal - 2.1 million bit; Assembly, 10-21 November
commercial/civil environment, 4 Input/output control unit 1980. Level 2, (pages 104 to
but not necessarily up to the magnetic tape drive combinations: 120); or
Security export control 14 June 1985 41
INDUSTRIAL LIST
c Draft IEEE 802.2; Logical 2 Be furnished information such equipment in those areas.
Link Control, Draft D, demonstrating continued 15 Reserved.
November 1982; authorized application of 16 Definitions of terms used in Item IL 1565:
Iv Inter-network gateways - none; the equipment; and "access rate"
v Maximum number of "data c These Western representa- a Of an input/output control unit -
devices" - 48; tives will be notified of any drum or disk drive combination (Rad ) -
vi Terminations of such combi- significant change of appli- Either the "access rate" of an input/
nations or any extensions thereto cation or of other facts, on output control unit (Rac) or the sum of
outside the "computer using which the licence was based; the individual "access rates" of all
facility" - none; ii A full description of: independent seek mechanisms (Ras )'
vii All "digital computers" con- a The equipment; and whichever is smaller.
nected to a "local area network" b Intended application and Thus: Rad = min (Rac; SUM Ras );
will be considered to be a single workload; and b Of an input/output control unit (Rac) -
system sharing "main storage" iii A complete identification of all 1 With rotational position sensing
(for purposes of computing the end-users and their activities: (rps), the sum of the .individual
Note 12 parameters); 2 Reserved; "access rates" of all independent
NB: If the "total data signalling 3 When the parameters of the equip- seek mechanisms (Ras ) connected to
rate" on the common transmission ment do not exceed: the control unit.
medium does not exceed 1.6 million i "Total processing data rate" - Thus Rac = SUM Ras (with rps); or
bit per second, this sub-paragraph 28 million bit per second; and
will not apply. ii "Total connected capacity" of 2 Without rotational position sensing
"main storage" - 9.8 million (rps), the number (C) of
8 "Other peripheral devices": independent read/write channels
i "Maximum bit transfer rate" of bit;
Then there is no visitation connected to the control unit
any "terminal device" located divided by the least 'latency time'
remote from the "computer requirement;
4 When the parameters of the equip- (t1min ) of any connected independen t
using facility" 9,600 bit per seek mechanism.
second: ment exceed either limit in 3 above,
ii Displays or graphic input but the following parameters are Thus: Rac
devices: not exceeded: t1min (without rps)
a Resolvable elements along i "Total processing data rate" c Of a seek mechanism (Ras ) -
any axis - 512, and shades 40 million bit per second; and The reciprocal of the 'average access
of grey or colour 256; or ii "Total connected capacity" of time" (taa ) of the seek mechanism.
b Resolvable elements along "main storage" "'-19.6 million
bit; Thus: Ras
any axis - 900, and shades
of grey or colour - 64; or Then the supplier will:
c Resolvable elements along lil Have a responsible Western 'average access time' of seek
any axis 1,024, and shades representative visit and inspect mechanism (taa )
of grey or colour 32; the "computer using facility" The sum of the 'average seek time'
and all equipment, wherever (tsa ) and the 'latency tilne' (t l ).
9 Other limits on equipment:
located, at least quarterly for
I "Signal processing" or "image Thus: taa tsa + t.)
three years; and
enhancement" equipment:
iv Report periodically to the 'average seek time' (t sa )
a "Equivalent multiply rate"
licensing authorities whether the The sum of the 'maximum seek
- 800,000 operations per
"digital computers" and time' (t smax ) and twice the
second;
"related equipment" therefor 'minimum seek time' (tsmin),
b Output - 8 million image
are still being used for the divided by three.
elements per second;
approved purposes at the Thus: t sa
ii Equipment described in 1 to 5
authorized location; and
above (including interface equip-
5 When the parameters of the equip- 'maximum seek time' (tsmac ) -
ment and terminating modems
ment exceed either limit in 4 above; 1 For fixed head devices, it is zero; or
of all "communication
Then the supplier will: 2 For moving head or lnoving media
channels") located outside the
I Have a responsible Western devices, the rated time to move
"computer operating area" -
representative visit and inspect between the two most widely
none;
the "computer using facility" separate tracks.
c 1 Applications for approval to export and all equipment, wherever
equipment under this Note must located, at least monthly for two 'minimum seek time' (tsmin )
include: years and thereafter quarterly 1 For fixed head devices, it is zero; or
i A signed statement by a for four years; and 2 For moving head or moving media
responsible representative of the ii Report periodically to the devices, the rated time to move
end-user(s) or the importing licensing authorities whether the from one track to an adjacent
agency describing the end-use "digital computers" and track.
and certifying that: "related equipment" therefor 'latency time' (t l )
a The "digital computers" or are still being used for the The rotational period divided by twice
"related equipment" will: approved purposes at the the number of independent read/write
1 Be used only for civil authorized location. heads per track.
applications; and NB: The visitation requirements of "analogue computer" -
2 Not be reexported or sub-paragraphs c 4 and c 5 above will Equipment which can, in the form of one
otherwise disposed of be waived for remote "terminal or more continuous variables:
without permission from devices" if they consist only of a Accept data;
the Department of Trade peripheral equipment freed from b Process data; and
and Industry; embargo by sub-item h 2 Iv above. c Provide output of data.
b Responsible Western "associated" with equipment or systems
representatives of the 13 Not used. a Can feasibly be either:
supplier will: 14 A limited range of equipment covered by i Removed from such equipment or
1 Have the right of access to sub-item h for use with "digital com- systems; or
the "computer using puters" or "related equipment" produced ii Used for other purposes; and
facility" and all in proscribed areas, or the export of b Is not essential to the operation of such
equipment, wherever minimum technology, including the equipment or systems.
located, during normal transfer of skills and data necessary for "communication channel" -
working hours and at any fabrication" assembly and checkout of The transmission path or circuit including
other time the equipment equipment, J but excluding design tech- the terminating transmission and receiving
is operating; and nology, which is necessary to manufacture equipment (modems) for transferring
.42 Security export control 14 June 1985
digital information between distant be summed in order to arrive at the pendent "data devices" to communi-
locations. "equivalent multiply rate": cate directly with each other; and
"computer operating area" a Assuming b Is confined to a geographical area of
The immediate contiguous and accessible 1 Optimal operand locations in the moderate size (eg office building,
area around the electronic computer, "most immediate storage"; and plant, campus, warehouse).
where the normal operating, support and 2 Operand lengths at least 16 bit, or "main storage" -
service functions take place. more if this allows for faster oper- The primary storage for data or in-
"computer using facility" -- ation; and structions for rapid access by a central
The end-user's contiguous and accessible b Neglecting processing unit. It consists of the internal
facilities: 1 Set-up operations; storage of a "digital computer" and any
a Housing the "computer operating 2 Pipeline filling operations; hierarchical extension thereto, such as
area" and those end-user functions 3 Initialization; cache storage or non-sequentially accessed
which are being supported by the stated 4 Interrupts; and extended storage.
application of the electronic computer 5 Data reordering times. "maximum bit packing density" -
and its "related equipment"; and NB: Simultaneous multiplication oper- The density of recording specified in
b Not extending beyond 1,500 metres in ations can occur because of: accordance with the appropriate ANSI or
any direction from the centre of the a Multiple arithmetic units for oper- ISO Standard (eg ANSI X3.14-1979, ISO
"computer operating area". ations such as complex multiplication, 1862-1975; ANSI X3.22-1973, ISO
"cumulative total processing data rate" - convolution or recursive filtering; 1873-1976; ANSI X3.39-1973, ISO
The sum of all ' 'total processing data b Parallel pipelining; 3788-1976; ANSI X3 .48-1977, ISO
rates" in a given transaction. c More than one arithmetic unit in one 3407-1976; AN SI X3. 56-1977, ISO
"data device" - data processing unit; or 4057-1979; ANSI X3.54-1976).
Equipment capable of transmitting or d More than one data processing unit in "maximum bit transfer rate" -
receiving sequences of digital information. one systems. a Of a drum or disk drive (Rtdmax) is the
"data (message) switching" - "fault tolerance" product of:
The technique, including but not limited to The capability to perform correctly 1 The maximum number of binary
store-and-forward or packet switching, without human intervention after failure digit (bit) positions per unformatted
for: of any 'assembly', so that there is no track; and
a Accepting data groups (including single point in the system the failure of 2 The number of tracks which simul-
messages, packets, or other digital or which could cause catastrophic failure of taneously can be read or written,
telegraphic information groups which the system's functioning. divided by the rotational period;
are transmitted as a composite whole); 'assen1bly' b Of a magnetic tape drive R ttmax ), is the
b Storing (buffering) data groups as A number of components (ie circuit product of:
necessary; elements, discrete components, 1 The "lnaximum bit packing
c Processing part or all of the data microcircuits) connected together to density";
groups, as necessary, for the purpose perform a specific function or 2 The number of data bits per
of: functions, replaceable as an entity (and character (ANSl) or per row (ISO);
1 Control (routing, priority, for- nonnally capable of being dis- and
matting, code conversion, error assembled). 3 The maximum tape read/write
control, retransmission or "firmware" speed.
journaling); See "microprogramme". "microprogramme" -
2 Transmission; or "gross capacity" A sequence of elementary instructions,
3 Multiplexing; and The product of: maintained in a special storage, the
d Retransmitting (processed) data groups a The maximum number of binary digit execution of which is initiated by the
when transmission or receiving facilities (bit) positions per unformatted track; introduction of its reference instruction
are available. and into an instruction register.
"data signalling rate"- b The total nurnber of tracks including
"most immediate storage" -
The rate as defined in ITU Recommen- spare tracks and tracks not accessible
The portion of the "main storage" most
dation 53-36, taking into account that, for to the user.
directly accessible by the central
non-binary modulation, baud and bit per "hybrid computer" processing unit:
second are not equal. Binary digits for Equipment which can: a For single level "main storage", this is
coding, checking, and synchronization a Accept data; the internal storage; or
functions are included. b Process data, in both analogue and b For hierarchial "main storage", this is:
NB: It is the maximum one-way rate, ie, digital representations; and 1 The cache storage;
the maximum rate in either transmission c Provide output data. 2 The instruction stack;o r
or reception. , 'image digitizer" 3 The data stack.
"digital computer" A device for directly converting an "multi-data-stream processing"
Equipment which can, in the form of one analogue representation of an image into The "microprogramme" or equipment
or more discrete variables: a digital representation. architecture technique which permits
a Accept data~ "image enhancement" processing two or more data sequences
b Store data or instructions in fixed or The processing of externally derived under the control of one or more instruc-
alterable (writable) storage devices; information-bearing images by algorithms tion sequences by means such as:
c Process data by means of a stored such as time compression, filtering, a Parallel processing; or
sequence of instructions which is extraction, selection, correlation, b Structured arrays of processing
modifiable; and convolution or transformations between elements.
d Provide output of data. domains (eg Fast Fourier Transform or "net capacity"
NB: Modifications of a stored sequence of Walsh Transform). This does not include Of a drum, disk or cartridge type streamer
instructions include replacement of fixed algorithms using only linear or rotational tape drive, or a bubble memory:
storage devices, but not a physical change transformation of a single image, such as The total capacity designed to be
in wiring or interconnections. translation, feature extraction, accessible to the "digital computer"
"embedded" in equipment or systems registration or false colouration. excluding error control bits.
Can feasibly be neither: "incorporated" in equipment or systems - "non-volatile storage"
a Removed from such equipment or a Can feasibly be either: A storage device the contents of which are
systems; nor i Removed from such equipment or not lost when power is removed.
b Used for other purposes. systems; or "other peripheral device"
"equivalent multiply rate" - ii Used for other purposes; and A. "data device" which is:
The maximally achievable number of b Is essential to the operation of such a Peripheral to a central processing unit
multiplication operations which can be equipment or systems. - "main storage" combination; and
performed per second considering that, in "local area network" b Not an inpuUoutput control unit -
the case of simultaneous multiplication A data comlnunication system which: drum, disk or magnetic tape drive or
operations, all multiplication rates have to a Allows an arbitrary number of inde- bubble memory combinations.
Security export control 14 June 1985 43
INDUSTRIAL LIST
"principal element" - single data channel or "communication floating point instruction' (nir), if
A "digital computer" or "related channel", shall be considered as a single no fixed point instructions are
equipment" which is: "terminal device". implelnented;
a Either "embedded" or "incorpor- "total access rate" (Ratot ) 2 0.15 times the 'number of bits in a
ated" in another equipment or system; The sum of the individual "access rates" floating point instruction' (nir);
and of all input/output control unit - drum 3 0.40 times the 'number of bits in a
b In replacement value more than 35 per or disk drive combinations (Rad ) provided fixed point operand' (n ox ) or 0.40
cent of the replacement value of the with the system which can be sustained times the number of bits in a
total equipment or system, ie including simultaneously assuming the configur- floating point operand' (nof), if no
the "digital computer" or "related ation of equipment which would fixed point instructions are imple-
equipment" . maximize this "total access rate". mented; and
"programme" - Thus: Ratot = SUM Rad 4 0.15 times the 'number of bits in a
A sequence of instructions to carry out a floating point operand' (nor);
process in, or convertible into, a form "total connected capacity" divided by the sum of:
executable by an electronic computer. The storage capacity excluding error 1 0.85 times the 'execution time' for a
"real time processing" - control bits, word marker bits, and flag fixed point addition (tax) or for a
Processing of data by an electronic bits. floating point addition (taf), if no
computer in response to an external event "total data signalling rate" fixed point instructions are imple-
according to time requirements imposed The sum of individual "data signalling mented;
by the external event. rates" of all "communication channels" 2 0.09 times the 'execution time' for a
"related equipment" which: floating point addition (taf); and
Equipment "embedded" in, "incor- a Have been provided with the system; 3 0.06 times the 'execution time' for a
porated" in, or " associated" with and floating point multiplication (t mr ) or
electronic computers, as follows: b Can be sustained simultaneously for the fastest available subroutine
a Equipment for interconnecting assuming the configuration of the (t msub ) to simulate a floating point
"analogue computers" with "digital equipment which would maximize this multiplication instruction, if no
computers"; sum of rates. floating point multiplication in-
b Equipment for interconnecting "total internal storage available to the structions are itnplemented.
"digital computers"; user" -
The sum of the individual capacities of all Thus: R r =
c Equipment for interfacing electronic
computers to "local area networks" or internal user-alterable or user-replaceable (0.85)nix + (0.15)nif + (0.40)n ox + (0.15)n of
to "wide area networks"; storage devices, which may be: (0.85)tax + (0.09)taf + (0.06)tmf
d Communication control units; a Included in the equipment at the same
time; and or if not fixed point instructions are imple-
e Other input/output (I/O) control mented then:
units; b Used to store "software" instructions
or data. R (l.OO)nif + (0.55)n of
f Recording or reproducing equipment f
referred to Item IL 1565 by Item IL "total processing data rate" (0.94)taf + (0.06)t mf
1572; a Of a single central processing unit, is or if no floating point multiplication in-
g Displays; or its 'processing data rate'; structions are implemented (t mf = t msub ) then:
h Other peripheral equipment. b Of multiple central processing units
which do not share direct access to a Rf
NB: "Related equipment" which contains
an "embedded" or "incorporated" common "main storage", is: (0.85)l1 ix + (0. 15)nimf + (0.40)n ox + (0.15)n of
electronic computer, but which lacks The individual 'processing data rate' (0.85)tax + (0.09) taf + (0.06)t msub
"user-accessible programmability", does of each central processing unit, ie, each
unit is separately treated as a single NB: If a "digital computer" has
not thereby fall within the definition of an neither floating point addition nor
electronic computer. central processing unit as in a above;
or floating point multiplicaiton instruc-
"signal processing" c Of multiple central processing units, tions, then its 'floating point
The processing of externally derived which partially or fully share direct processing data rate' is equal to zero.
information-bearing signals by algorithms access to a common' 'main storage" at 'fixed point processing data rate' (Rx)
such as time compression, filtering, any level, is the sum of: The sum of:
extraction, selection, correlation, 1 The highest of the individual 1 0.85 times the 'nulnber of bits in a
convolution or transformations between 'processing data rates' of all central fixed point addition instruction'
domains (eg Fast Fourier Transform or processing units; and (niax);
Walsh Transform). 2 0.75 times the 'processing data rate' 2 0.15 times the 'number of bits in a
"software" of each remaining central processing fixed point multiplication instruc-
A collection of one or more "pro- unit, sharing the same "main tion' (nimx); and
grammes" or "microprogrammes" fixed storage"; 3 0.55 times the 'number of bits in a
in any tangible medium of expression. assuming the configuration of equip- fixed point operand' (n ox );
"stored-programme-controlled circuit ment, which would maximize this sum divided by the sum of:
switching' , of rates. 1 0.85 times the 'execution time' for a
The technique for establishing, on fixed point addition (tax); and
'processing data rate' -
demand and until released, a direct 2 0.15 times the 'execution time' for a
The maximum of either:
(space-division switching) or logical (time- fixed point multiplication (tmx) or
a the' floating point processing data
division switching) connection between for the fastest available subroutine
rate' (R r); or
circuits based on switching control (t msub ) to simulate a fixed point
b The 'fixed point processing data
information derived from any source or multiplication instruction if no
rate' (R x)'
circuit and processed according to the fixed point multiplication instruc-
NB: The 'processing data rate' of a
stored "programme" by one or more tions are implemented.
central processing unit implemented
electronic computers. with two or more microprocessor Thus: R x
"terminal device" - microcircuits, not including any + (0. +
A "data device" which: dedicated microprocessor microcircuit (0.85)tax + (0.15)t mx
a Does not include process control used solely for display, keyboard or
sensing and actuating devices; and input/output control, is the sum of the or if no fixed point multiplication in-
b Is capable of: individual 'processing data rates' of all structions are implemented (t mx
t Accepting or producing a physical these microprocessor microcircuits. t msub ) then:
record; 'floating point processing data rate' Rx
2 Accepting a manual input; or (Rr) I
(Q.85)niax + (0.15)nimx + (0.55)n ox
3 Producing a visual output. The sum of:
NB: Normal groupings of such equipment 1 0.85 times the 'number of bits in a (0.85)tax + (0.15)tmsub
(eg a combination of paper tape fixed point instruction' (nix) or 0.85 NB: If a "digital computer" has
punch/reader and printer), connected to a times the 'number of bits in a neither fixed point addition nor fixed
44 Security export control 14 June 1985
point multiplication instructions, then (t stands for any of the values tax' 1 For fixed head devices, it is zero;
its 'fixed point processing data rate' is t af , t mx ' or t mf); or
equal to zero. c For central processing units which 2 For moving head or moving
'number of bits in a: simultaneously fetch more than one media devices, the rated time to
Fixed point addition instruction' instruction from one storage move from one track to an
(niax) location: adjacent track.
Fixed point multiplication instruc- The average of the 'execution times' 'latency time' (tt> -
tion' (nimx) - when executing instructions fetched The rotational period divided by
Floating point addition instruction' from all possible locations within twice the number of independent
(niaf) - the stored word. read/write heads per track.
Floating point multiplication in- d If the longest fixed point operand b Of the input/output control unit -
struction' (nimf) length is smaller than 16 bit, then magnetic tape drive combinations
The appropriate shortest single fixed use the time required for the fastest (rtttot ):
or floating point instruction length available subroutine to simulate a The sum of the individual 'transfer
which permits full direct addressing of 16 bit fixed point operation. rates t of all input/output control unit
the "main storage". NB: If the addressing capability of an - magnetic tape drive combinations
NB: When multiple instructions are instruction is expanded by using a base (Rn) provided with the system which
required to simulate an appropriate register, then the 'execution time' shall can be sustained simultaneously
single instruction, the number of bits include the time for adding the content assuming the configuration of
in the above instructions is defined as of the base register to the address part equipment which would maximize this
16 bits plus the number of bits (b iax ' of the instruction. sum of rates.
b imx ' b iaf , b imf) which permits full direct "total transfer rate" Thus: R mot = SUM Rn;
addressing of the "main storage". a Of the input/output control unit -
drum, disk or cartridge-type streamer 'Transfer rate' -
Thus:
Of an input lout put control unit -
niax 16 + b iax ; tape drive combinations (Rtdtot):
The sum of the individual 'transfer cartridge-type streamer or magnetic
nimx 16 + b imx ; tape drive combination (Rtt ):
niaf 16 + biaf ; rates' of all input/output control unit
- drum, disk or cartridge-type The product of:
nimf 16 + b imf ; 1 The number of independent read/
streamer tape drive combinations (rtd)
'number of bits in a floating point write channels (C); and
operand' (n ox ) - provided with the system which can be
sustained simultaneously assuming the 2 The greatest "maximum bit
a The shortest fixed point operand transfer rate" (Rnmaxmax) of all tape
configuration of equipment which
length; or drives.
would maximize this sum of rates.
b 16 bit;
Thus: Rtdtot = SUM R td ; Thus: ~v = C. Rttmaxmax·
whichever is greater. c Of the input/output or communication
'number of bits in a floating point 'transfer rate' control unit - directly connected data
operand' (nof) - 1 Of an input/output control unit channel combinations:
a The shortest floating point operand drum or disk drive combination The sum of the individual "transfer
length; or (R td ), the smaller of either: rates of all data channels" provided
b 30 bit; NB: For the 'transfer rate' of an with the system which can be sustained
whichever is greater. inputl simultaneously assuming the configur-
NB: If the addressing capability of an output control unit - cartridge- ation of equipment which would
instruction is expanded by using a base type streamer tape drive maximize this sum of rates.
register, then the 'number of bits in an combination, see b below. "transfer rate of any data channel" -
instruction, fixed or floating point, i The input/output control unit The sum of the individual bit transfer
addition or multiplication' is the 'transfer rate' (Rtc ); or rates of all the "other peripheral
number of bits in the instruction with ii The sum of the individual devices" t excluding "terminal devices t t t
the standard address lengtH including 'transfer rates' of all inde- which cari be sustained simultaneously on
.the number of bits necessary to use the pendent seek mechanisms (rts ). the data channel.
base register. Thus: R td min (Rtc ; SUM R ts ); "user-accessible microprogrammability" -
'execution time' 2 Of an input/output control unit The facility allowing a user to insert,
a The time certified or openly (R tc ): modify or replace "microprogrammes t t •
published by the manufacturer for i With rotational position sensing "user-accessible programmabilityt' -
the execution of the fastest appro- (rps), is the product of: The facility allowing a user to insert t
priate instruction, under the a The number of independent modify or replace "programmes" by
following conditions: read/write channels (C); and means other than:
1 No indexing or indirect oper- b The greatest "maximum bit a A physical change in wiring or inter-
ations are included; transfer rate" (Rtsmaxmax) of connections; or
2 The instruction is in the "most all independent seek mecha- b The setting of function controls
immediate storage"; nisms; or including entry of parameters.
3 One operand is in the accumu- ii Without rotational position "virtual storage" -
lator or in a location of the sensing (rps), is two-thirds of The storage space that may be regarded as
"most immediate storage", this product. addressable "main storage" by the user of
which is acting as the accumu- a computer system in which virtual
Thus:
lator; addresses are mapped into real addresses.
R tc = C. Rtsmaxmax (with rps); or
4 The second Qperand is in the NB: The size of "virtual storage" is
"most immediate storage"; and R tc = 2 C. Rtsmaxmax (without rps);
3 limited by the addressing scheme of the
5 The result ~is left in the computer system and not by the actual
accumulatorl" or the same 3 Of an independent seek mechanism
(R ): number of "main storage" locations.
location in the' 'most immediate ts
storage", which is acting as the The product of: "wide area network t t -
accumulator; i The "maximum bit transfer A data communication system which:
b If only the maximum and minimum rate" (Rtsmax); and a Allows an arbitrary number of
execution times of the instructions ii The rotational period (tr ); independent "data devices" to
are. published, the sum of: divided by the sum of: communicate with each other;
1 The maximum execution time of i The rotational period (tr); b May include' 'local area networks; and
an instruction (tmax ); and it The 'minimum seek time' (1smin); c Is designed to interconnect geo-
2 Twice the minimum execution and graphically dispersed facilities.
time of this instruction (tmin ); iii The 'latency time' (t 1);
17 Illustrative examples of how to calculate
divided by three Thus: R ts = Rtsmax + t r various parameters:
Thus: t = tmax + 2tmin t r + t smin + t, A. Conversion of Byte to bit in computing
3 'minimum seek time' (tsmin ) - storage liT-nits: ...-
$ecltrity export control 14 J·une 1985 46
INDUSTRIAL LIST
a 1 MByte = (1,024)2 Byte = 1,048,576 Fixed point: a Modify "software" or its associ-
Byte; ADD 18 cycles divided by ated documentation in order to correct
b 1 KByte = 1,024 Byte; 4.77 MHz = 3.77 faults, or for other updating purposes;
e 1 Byte: usually equals 8 bit or 9 bit. microseconds or
B. Limits on "total connected capacity" of MUL 138 cycles divided by b Maintain equipment.
"main storage": - 4.77 MHz = 28.93 "operating system" -
The limits in the various Notes to Item IL microseconds "Software" to control:
1565 assume a 9-bit Byte and an Floating point: a The operation of a "digital computer"
appropriate amount of cache storage (16, FADD 121 cycles divided by or of "related equipment"; or
32, 48 or 64 KBytes), as follows (although 4.77 MHz = 25.37 b The loading or execution of "pro-
other combinations within these limits microseconds grammes" .
would be permissible): FMUL 136 cycles divided by "application software"
"Total 4.77 MHz = 28.51 "Software" not falling within any of the
Internal Cache Connected microseconds definitions of the other categories of
Storage Storage Capacity" point processing data rate' "software" .
(MByte) (KByte) (million bit) 3 "Specially designed software" is defined
as:
0.25 16 2.5 The minimum "operating systems", "di-
0.5 16 4.9 agnostic systems", "maintenance sys-
0.75 32 7.4 terns", and "application software"
1.0 32 9.8 necessary to be executed on a particular
1.5 48 14.6 equipment to perform the function for
2.0 48 19.4 which it was designed. To make other
2.5 64 24.2 incompatible equipment perform the
C. Fixed Point Processing Data Rate: - same function requires:
Two examples of applying the Note 16 a Modification of this "software", or
definition of "fixed point processing b Addition of "programmes".
data rate" to a microprocessor follow: (This ends the Technical notes. For a
1 Z80 at 8MHz clock frequency: complete list of definitions of terms used in
i Instruction length and cycles the Item, see Note 12 below; see also Item IL
Instr. 1565 for additional definitions relating to
Oper- Instruc- Length electronic computers.)
ation tion(s) (Bytes) Cycles
IL 1566 Listed as follows:
Add LHD "Software" and technology therefor, as a "Software" of whatever category, as
HE, follows:
follows: 1 "Software" designed or modified for
MEM 3 16
DAD 1 11 Note: The embargo status of "specially de- any computer that is part of a com-
signed software" for the use of equipment puter series designed and produced
Totals 4 27 described in other Items (except Item IL within a proscribed area; except
1565) is dealt with in the appropriate Item, "application software" designed for
Multiply Emu- and the embargo status of "software" for and limited to:
lation equipment described in Item IL 1565 is dealt i Accounting, general ledger, inven-
routine 747 with in this Item. tory control, payroll, accounts
Technical notes: receivable, personnel records,
ii "Execution Times'
Add 27 cycles divided by 1 "Software" is defined as follows: wages calculation or invoice con-
"software" - trol;
8 MHz = 3.37 microseconds
Multiply 747 cycles divided by A collection of one or more "pro- ii Data and text manipulation such as
grammes" or "microprogrammes" fixed sort/merge, text editing, data entry
8 MHz = 93.37 microseconds;
iii 'Fixed point processing data in any tangible medium of expression. or word processing;
rate' (Rx) "programme" - iii Data retrieval from established data
A sequence of instructions to carry out a files for purposes of report gener-
Rx process in, or convertible into, a form ation or inquiry for the functions
0.85 (16+ 16) + 0.15 (16+ 16) + 0.55 (16) executable by an electronic computer. described in i or ii above; or
0.85 (3.37) + 0.15 (93.37) "microprogramme" - iv The non "real time processing" of
= 2.42 million bit per second; A sequence of elementary instructions, pollution sensor data at fixed sites
Note: Direct addressing capability maintained in a special storage, the or in civil vehicles for civil environ-
of the Z80 is 16 bit, which means execution of which is initiated by the mental monitoring purposes;
65,536 addresses of storage. introduction of its reference instruction 2 "Software" designed or modified for
Iv 'Floating point processing data into an instruction register. the design, development or production
rate' (R f ) 2 "Software" is categorized as follows of items embargoed in these Lists;
R f = 0 million bits per second (no (there is a close relationship and possible 3 "Software" designed or modified for:
floating point addition nor overlap among these categories): i Embargoed "hybrid computers";
multiplication instruction); "development system" - ii One or more of the functions
v "Total processing data rate" "Software" to develop or produce "soft- described in Item IL 1565 h I i a'to
(PDR) ware" . This includes "software" to m or for "digital computers" or
"Total PDR" (Z80 at 8 MHz) = manage those activities. Examples of a "related equipment" designed or
2.42 million bit per second (max of "development system" are programming modified for such functions, except
support environments, software develop- the minimum "specially designed
Rx ; Rf )·
2 8088/8087 at 4.77 MHz clock ment environments, and programmer software" in machine-executable
frequency productivity aids. form for "digital computers" and
i Instructions length and cycles "programming system" "related equipment" therefor
Instr.
"Software" to convert a convenient which are freed from erubargo only
Instruc- Length eye 1 e s expression of one or more processes by Itern IL 1565 h 2 i or ii, and only
Operation tions(s) (bytes) (OPN + EA + BUS) ("source code" or "source language") when supplied with the equipment
into equipment executable form ("object or systems;
Fixed point: code" or "object language"). 4 "Software" for computer-aided
Add ADD 4 9+5+ 4 18
'Multiply MUL 4 129 + 5 + 4 = 138 "diagnostic system" - design, manufacture, inspection or test
Floating point: "Software" to isolate or detect "soft- of items embargoed in these Lists;
Add FADD 4 100 + 5 + 16 121 ware" or equipment malfunctions. 5 "Software" designed or modified to
Multiply FMUL 4 lIS + 5 + 16 136 "maintenance system" - provide certifiable multi-level security
n Execution times "Software'" to: or certifiable user-isolation applicable
46 Security export control 14 June 1985
to government classified material or to may have a "virtual storage a Fault tolerance by using
applications requiring an equivalent capability" exceeding the techniques such as maintenance
level of security, or "software" to limit of sub-item b 4 i a 3 and of duplicated "databases"; or
certify such "software"; which may be considered for b Integrating data at a single site
b Categorized "software", as follows: export under the conditions from independent remote
1 "Development systems" as follows: of Item IL 1565 (Notes 9 and "databases";
i "Development systems" employing 12), the limitation of the iv "Software" designed to adapt
"high-level language" and designed "virtual storage capability" "software" resident on one "digital
for or containing "programmes" or of 512 MByte does not apply. computer" for use on another
"databases" special to the develop- b Input/output control unit - "digital computer", except
ment or production of: drum, disk or cartridge-type "software" to adapt between two
a "Specially designed software" streamer tape drive combi- legally exported digital computers.
embargoed by any other Item in nations: c Technology applicable to the develop-
these Lists; 1 "Total transfer rate" 15 ment, production or use (ie installation,
b "Software" embargoed by sub- million bit per second; operation and maintenance) of
items a 2, a 3, b 5 v, or b 5 vi of 2 "Total access rate" 320 "software", even if the "software" is
this Item; including any subset accesses per second; unembargoed, except:
designed or modified for use as 3 Total connected "net 1 Technical data in the public domain;
part of such a "development capacity" - 7,000 million or
system"; bit; 2 The minimum technical information
ii "Development systems" employing 4 "Maximum bit transfer rate" necessary for the use of "software"
"high-level language" and designed of any drum or disk drive free from embargo.
for or containing the "software" 10.3 million bit per second; Note: For the purposes of this sub-
tools and "databases" for the de- c Input/output control unit - item, technology does not include
velopment or production of "soft- bubble memory combinations: "software" .
ware" or any subset designed or Total connected "net capacity" Notes:
modified for use as part of a "de- - 2.1 million bit; 1 Minimum technical information for the
velopment system" such as or d Input/output control unit - use (ie installation, operation and
equivalent to: magnetic tape drive combina- maintenance) of "software" authorised
a Ada Programming Support tions: for export, when shipped together with or
Environment (APSE); 1 "Total transfer rate" - 5.2 solely for use with this Hsoftware".
b Any subset of APSE, as follows: million bit per second; 2 Not used.
1 Kernel APSE; 2 Number of magnetic tape 3 "Software" initially exported to a
2 Minimal APSE; drives - twelve; proscribed destination prior to 1 January,
3 Ada compilers specially 3 "Maximum bit transfer rate" 1984, provided that:
designed as an integrated of any magnetic tape drive - a The "software" is identical to and in
subset of APSE; or 2.6 million bit per second; the same language form (source or
4 Any other subset of APSE; 4 "Maximum bit packing object) as initially exported, allowing
c Any superset of APSE; or density" - 63 bit per mm minor updates for the correction of
d Any derivative of APSE; (1,600 bit per inch) per track; errors which do not modify the initially
2 "Programming systems" as follows: 5 Maximum tape read/write exportedfunctions,·
i "Cross-hosted" compilers and speed - 508 cm (200 inch) b The accompanying documentation
"cross-hosted" assemblers; per second; does not exceed the level of the initial
ii Compilers or interpreters designed Note: This sub-item does not export;
or modified for use as part of a embargo "operating systems"
c The "software" is exported to the
"development system" embargoed designed or modified for
"digital computers" or "related
same proscribed destination as the
by sub-item b 1 above; initial export.
iii Disassemblers, decompilers or equipment":
4 "Application software" embargoed by
other "software" which convert a Not exceeding the above sub-item a 1 above, but not otherwise
"programmes" in object or limits even when the "oper- embargoed by this Item or any other Item
assembly language into a higher ating systems" can also be in these Lists, provided that:
level language, except simple used on "digital computers" a The "application software" is
debugging "application software", or "related equipment" designed for and limited to the
such as mapping, tracing, check- exceeding the above limits; or following:
point/restart, breakpoint, dumping b Belonging to a series con- 1 The approved end-use of legally
and the display of the storage taining models exceeding the exported equipment or systems in
contents or their assembly language above limits, if the "oper- conjunction with any computer that
equivalent; ating systems" are used on is part of a computer series
3 "Diagnostic systems" or "mainten- "digital computers" or produced within a proscribed area
ance systems" designed or modified "related equipment" of the and based on a design originating in
for use as part of a "development series which do not exceed a member country,· or
system" embargoed by sub-item b 1 the above limits. 2 The monitoring and control of
above; ii "Operating systems" providing on- industrial processes limited to the
4 "Operating systems" as follows: line transaction data processing production of items not described
i "Operating systems" designed or which permit integrated tele- in these Lists; and
modified for "digital computers" processing and "on-line updating" b No embargoed technology is provided.
or "related equipment" exceeding of "databases" . 5 "Software" not exceeding 5,000 state-
any of the following limits: 5 "Aplication software" as follows: ments in "source language", excluding
a Central processing unit i "Software" for cryptologic or data, provided that:
"main storage" combinations: cryptanalytic applications; a The "software" is neither designed nor
1 "Total processing data rate" ii Artificial intelligence "software", modified for use as a module of a
- 48 million bit per second; including "software" normally larger "software" module or system
2 "Total connected capacity" classified as expert systems, which which in total exceeds this limit;
of "main storage" - 25.2 enables a "digital computer" to b The "software" is not embargoed by
million bit; perform functions that are sub-item b 5 above; and
3 "Virtual storage" capability normally associated with human c It is considered thot:
- 512 MByte (For MByte, perception and reasoning or 1 The "software" will be used
see Note: 17 of Item IL 1565) learning; primarily for a specific non-
Note: In the case of iii "Database management systems'" strategic application for which the
"software" for mainframe which are designed to handle export would be approved,·
"digital computers" which "distributed databases" for: 2 The type and characteristics ofsuch
, Security export control 14 June 1985 47
INDUSTRIAL LIST
"software" are reasonable for this a-vis the sub-paragraphs above, its b Process data; and
application,' and intended application and workload c . Provide output of data.
3 The "software" will not be used for and a complete indentification of all "application software" -
the design, development or end-users and their activities; and "Software" not falling within any of the
production of items embargoed in h It is considered that: definitions of the other categories of
these Lists. 1 The Hsoftware" will not be used to "software' ,
6 The provisions of this Item may allow the provide or process data associated "cross-hosted" -
export of "software" which is either: with military control centres or For' 'programming systems", those which
a "Standard commercially available" military radars, or otherwise be produce "programmes" for a model of
"software": associated with such radars or electronic computer different from that
1 Designed for installation by the user centres; and used to run the "programming system",
without further support by the 2 The type and characteristics of the ie they have code generators for
supplier; Hsoftware" are reasonable for the equipment different from the host
2 Designed for use on "digital specific civil Air Traffic Control computer.
computers" and "related equip- applications. "database" -
ment" therefor which do not 9 "Operating systems" embargoed only by A collection of data, defined for one or
exceed the performance limits in sub-item b 4 ii above when supplied with more particular applications, which is
Item IL 1565 Note 9 b with the "digital computers" and "related equip- physically located and maintained in one
substitution in Item IL 1565 Note 9 ment" exported under the provisions of or more electronic computers or "related
b I i of a "total processing data Item IL 1565, Notes 9 and 12, provided equipments" .
rate" of 15 million bit per second; that these Hoperating systems" are: "database management system" -
and a For use with a "digital computer" "Application software" to manage and
3 'Generally available to the public'; exported under the provisions of Item maintain a "database" in one or more
or IL 1565; prescribed logical structures for use by
b "Software" in the public domain. b In machine executable version; other "application software"
NB: For the purpose of this Note c Limited to the minimum "standard independent of the specific methods used
'generally available to the public' commercially available" "software"; to store or retrieve the" database" .
means: and "development system" -
a Also available at retail selling d Not designed or modified for "data- "Software" to develop or produce
points, other than those base management systems" embar- "software". This includes "software" to
specialised in selling electronic goed by sub-item b 5 iii above. manage those activities. Examples of a
computers to the general public 10 "Software" embargoed by sub-item a 3 ii "development system" are programming
in model series exceeding the above for "digital computers" and support environments, software develop-
limits in Note 6 a 2 above; and "related equipment" exported under the ment environments, and programmer-
b Selling by means of over-the- provisions ofItem IL 1529, Note 5 or Item productivity aids.
counter transactions from stock. IL 1565, Notes 5 and 9 provided that: "diagnostic system" -
7 Not used. a The "software" is limited to: "Software" to isolate or detect
1 The minimum necessary for the "software" or equipment malfunctions.
8 Normal commercial "software" for civil "digital computer"
Air Traffic Control (ATC) systems approved application;
2 Machine-executable form; and Equipment which can, in the form of one
approvedfor export, provided that: or more discrete variables:
a The "software" is commonly used by 3 "Specially designed software" for:
i Equipment approved for export a Accept data;
civil Air Traffic Control authorities b Store data or instructions in fixed or
outside proscribed areas, but not under the italic notes solely
applicable to Item IL 1529, Note alterable (writable) storage devices;
precluding the personalisation of c Process data by means of a stored
certain parameters for civil A ir Traffic 5;
ii Equipment approved for export sequence of instructions which is
Control authorities wherever located; modifiable; and
b The "software" is not designed or under Item IL 1565, Note 5, for
one or more of the functions d Provide output data.
modified for any Hdigital computer" NB: Modifications of a stored sequence of
which is part of a "digital computer" described in Item IL 1565 h I i a,
b ord; or instructions include replacement of fixed
series designed and produced within a storage devices, but not a physical change
proscribed area; Hi Equipment approved for export
under Item IL 1565, Note 9, for in wjring or interconnections.
c The Hsoftware" is the minimum
necessary to accomplish the normal one or more of the functions "distributable database"
civil A ir Traffic Control functions described in Item IL 1565 h I i a, A "database" which is physically located
outside proscribed areas; b orc,' and maintained in part vf as a whole in
d The "software" will not contain or be b The '{specially designed software" for two or more interconnected electronic
capable of accomplishing any of the "signal processing" and "image computers or "related equipment", such
following functions: enhancement" does not provide for that inquiries from one location can
1 Electronic Counter Counter more than one of the following: involve "database" access in other
Measures (ECCM); 1 Time compression; or interconnected electronic computers or
2 Weapon display, allocation or 2 Transformations between domains , "related equipment".
operation,· (eg Fast Fourier Transform or "firmware"
3 Intercept guiding capability; or Walsh Transform). See "microprogramme".
4 Interfacing with altitude deter- 11 Favourable consideration will be given to "high-level language" .-
mining radars, except secondary applications for the export of "software" A programming language that does not
search radars,' embargoed by sub-item a 3 ii above for reflect the structure of anyone given
e The "software" is further limited by "digital computers" and "related equip- electronic computer or that of anyone
the amount of "source code", which is ment" exported under the provisions of given class of electronic computers.
to be the minimum necessary for the Item IL 1565, Note 12, provided that the "hybrid computer" -
use (ie installation, operation and "software" is limited to: Equipment which can:
maintenance) of the Hsoftware"; a "Software" for one or more of the a Accept data;
f In addition to the above limitations, functions described in Item IL 1565 h ) b Process data, in both analogue and
the only other system {{software" i a, b or c; digital representations; and
allowed is the minimum u pro- b The minimum necessary for the c Provide output of data.
gramming system" for the main- approved application; and "maintenance system" -
tenance ofthe Hsoftware ",' c Machine-executable form. "Software" to:
I Che information to accompany each 12 Definitions of terms used in this Item: a Modify "software" or its associated
application must include a signed "analogue computer" documentation in order to correct
statement of the end-user or importing Equipment which can, in the form of one faults, or for other updating purposes;
agency, a full description of the or more continuous variables: or
Hsoftware" and its characteristics vis- a Accept data; b Maintain equipment.
48 Security export control 14 June 1986
"microprogramme" - a Commonly supplied to general (time-division switching) connec-
A sequence of elementary instructions, purchasers or users of equipment tion between circuits based on
maintained in a special storage, the outside proscribed areas, but not switching control information
execution of which is initiated by the precluding the personalisation of derived from any source or circuit
introduction of its reference instruction certain parameters for individual and processed according to the
into an instruction register. customers wherever located; stored "programmes" by one or
"object code" or "object language" - b Designed and produced for civil more electronic computers.
See "programming system" . applications; 2 Electronic computers "embedded" in
"on-line updating" c Not designed or modified for any stored-programme-controlled communi-
Processing in which the contents of a "digital computer" which is part of a cation switching equipment or systems are
"database" can be amended within a "digital computer" series designed and to be regarded as specially designed
period of time useful to interact with an produced within a proscribed area; and components therefor.
external request. d Supplied in a commonly distributed 3 This Item includes statistical multiplexers,
"operating system" - form. with digital input and digital output,
"Software" to control: referred to this Item by Item IL 1519 C, if
a The operation of a "digital computer"
IL 1567 they satisfy the definitions of either "data
or of "related equipment"; or Stored-programme-controlled com- (message) switching" or "stored-
b The loading or execution of munication switching equipment or programme-controlled circuit switching".
"progranlmes" . systems and technology therefor, as NB: See Item IL 1519 C for statistical
"programme" - follows; and specially designed multiplexers which provide only fixed
A sequence of instructions to carry out a components therefor and "specially routing, ie routing which is neither:
process in, or convertible into, a form designed software" for this equipment a Determined when the circuit is
executable by an electronic computer. or systems: established; nor
"programming system" - b Dynamically alterable.
Technical notes: (This ends the Technical notes. for a
"Software" to convert a convenient 1 Stored-programme-controlled communi-
expression of one or more processes cornplete list of definitions of terms used in
cation switching equipment or systems are
("source code" or "source language") this Item, see Note 8 below; see also Item IL
categorised as follows: 1565 for additional definitions relating to
into equipment-executable form ("object a Communication equipment or systems
code" or "object language"). electronic computers and Item IL 1566 for
for "data (message) switching":
"related equipment" - additional definitions relating to
"data (message) switching"
Equipment "embedded" in, "software" .)
The technique, including but not
"incorporated" in, or "associated" with limited to store-and-forward or Listed as follows
electronic computers, as follows: packet switching, for:
a Equipment for interconnecting a Communication equipment or systems for
a Accepting data groups (includ- "data (message) switching", including
"analogue computers" with "digital ing messages, packets, or other
computers"; those for "local area networks'" or for
digital or telegraphic informa- "wide area networks";
b Equipment for interconnecting tion groups which are transmitted b Communication equipment or systems for
"digital computers"; as a composite whole);
c Equipment for interfacing electronic "stored-programme-controlled circuit
computers to "local area networks" or b Storing (buffering) data groups switching"; except:
to "wide area networks"; as necessary; 1 Key telephone systems, provided that:
d Communication control units; c Processing part or all of the data i They do not provide direct dial
e Other input/output (I/O) control groups, as necessary, for the access to a group of shared
units; purpose of: exchange lines or "trunk lines";
f Recording or reproducing equipment 1 Control (routing, priority, ii They are not designed to be
referred to Item IL 1565 by Item IL formatting, code conversion, upgraded to "private automatic
1572; error control, retransmission branch exchanges (PABXs)";
g Displays; or or journaling); iii The "software" supplied:
h Other peripheral equipment. 2 Transmission; or a Is limited to:
NB: "Related equipment" which contains 3 Multiplexing; and 1 The minimum "specially
an "embedded" or "incorporated" d Retransmitting (processed) data designed software" necessary
'electronic computer, but which lacks groups when transmission or for the use (ie installation,
"user-accessible programmability", does receiving facilities are available. operation and maintenance)
not thereby fall within the definition of an "local area network" - of the equipment or systems;
electronic computer. A data communication system and
which: 2 Machine-executable form;
,'self-hosted a Allows an arbitrary number of and
For "programming systems", those which independent "data devices" to b Does not include "software":
produce "programmes" for the same communicate directly with each 1 Embargoed by Items IL 1527,
model of electronic computer as that used other; and 1566 a 5 or Item ML 11 in the
to run the' 'programming system" , ie they b Is confined to a geographical Munitions List; or
only have code generators for the host area of moderate size (eg office 2 To permit user-modification
computer. building, plant, campus, or generic "software" or its
"software" warehouse). associated documentation;
A collection of one or more "pro- "wide area network" - and
grammes" or "microprogrammes" fixed A data communication system iv If the equipment or systems are not
in any tangible medium of expression. which: designed for installation by the user
"source code" or source language" a Allows an arbitrary nUITlber of without support from the supplier,
See "programming system". independent "data devices" to then the "software" necessary for
"specially designed" software - communicate with each other; commissioning is:
The minimurn "operating systems' , , b May include "local area a Exported on a temporary basis
"diagnostic systems", "maintenance networks"; and only; and
systems" and "application software" c Is designed to interconnect geo- b Kept under the control of the
necessary to be executed on a particular graphically dispersed facilitie,~. supplier;
equipment to perform the function for b Communication equipment or systems 2 "Stored-programme-controlled
which it was designed. To make other for "stored-programme-controlled telegraph circuit switching" equipment
incompatible equipment perform the circuit switching": or systems, provided that:
same function requires: "stored-programme-controlled circl:it i They are designed for civil end-use;
a Modification of this "software"; or switching' , and
b Addition of "programmes" . The technique for es~abiishing, on ii They provide only the services as
"standard commercially available" - demand and until released, a direct defined in CCITT recommen-
For "software", that which is: (space-division switching) or logical dations F.60 to 79 (Volume 11
Security eXtlJort control 14 June 1985 49
INDUSTRIAL LIST
Fascicle 11.4, VII Plenary b "Common channel signalling"; organisation must:
Assembly, 10-12 November 1980), vii The "software" supplied: 1 Guarantee that parts will be
ie the telegraph service whereby a Is limited to: replaced on a one-jor-one exchange
subscribers, as defined in CCITT 1 The minimum "specially basis;
Recommendation X.I classes I and designed software" necessary 2 Take measures to obtain custody of
2, can communicate directly and for the use (ie installation, the defective parts; and
temporarily between themselves operation and maintenance) 3 If custody is not obtained, certify
using start-stop telegraph of the equipment or systems; that the defective parts are
equipment operating: and destroyed;
a At 300 baud or less; and 2 Machine-executable form; Technical note: For the purpose of this
b With the international telegraph and sub-paragraph, ~advanced technology
alphabets No. 2 or 5; b Does not include "software": parts' are either:
iii The "software" supplied: 1 Embargoed by Items IL 1527, a Parts embargoed by Item IL 1564 11
a Is limited to: 1566 a 5 or Item ML 11 in the c2;
1 The minimum "specially Munitions List; or b Microprocessor, microcomputer,
designed software" necessary 2 To permit user modification memory, programmed logic array
for the use (ie installation, of generic "software" or its or arithmetic logic unit
operation and maintenance) associated documentation; microcircuits embargoed by Item IL
of the equipment or systems; and 156411 d;
and viii If the equipment or systems are not c Magnetic tape heads, magnetic disk
2 Machine-executable form; designed for installation by the user heads, magnetic drum heads, or
and without support from the supplier, non-exchangeable magnetic disk or
b Does not include "software": then the "software" necessary for drum recording media, embargoed
1 Embargoed by Items IL 1527, commissioning is: by Item 111572; or
1566 a 5 or Item ML 11 in the a Exported on a temporary basis d A co ustic wave devices embargoed
Munitions List; or only: and by Item 11 1586, other than those
2 To permit user modification b Kept under the control of the exportable pursuant to the italic
of generic "software" or its supplier; and Note to Item IL 1586.
associated documentation; c Technology applicable to the
and development, production or use (ie 3 HData (message) switching" equipment or
iv If the equipment or systems are not installation, operation and maintenance) systems embargoed by sub-item a,
designed for installation by the user of stored-program me-controlled provided that:
without support from the supplier, communication switching equipment or a The equipment or systems are designed
then the "software" necessary for systems, even if these equipment or to meet the requirements ofeither:
commissioning is: systems are not embargoed by this Item, 1 CCITT Recommendations F. 1 to
a Exported on a temporary basis except 79 for store-and-forward systems
only; and The minimum technical information (Volume 11 - Fascicle 11.4, Vllth
b Kept under the control of the necessary for the use of stored-pro- Plenary Assembly, 10-21 November
supplier; or gramme-controlled communications 1980); or
switching equipment or systems which are 2 leA 0 Recommendations for store-
3 "Stored-programme-controlled free from embargo. and-forward civil aviation com-
telephone circuit switching" munication networks (Annex 10 to
equipment or systems, provided that: Notes: the Convention on International
i The equipment or systems are 1 Minimum technical information for the Civil A viation, including all amend-
designed for fixed civil use as use fie installation, operation and ments agreed up to and including 14
"space-division analogue maintenance) of stored-programme- December 1981);
exchanges" or "time-division controlled communication switching b The equipment or systems:
analogue exchanges" which fulfil equipment or systems authorised for 1 Are designed and used for fixed
the definition of' 'private automatic export, when shipped together with or civil Hdata (message) switching"
branch exchanges" ("PABXs"); solely for use with these stored- applications;
ii The equipment or systems do not programme-controlled communication 2 Will be used primarily for the speci-
contain "digital computers" or switching equipment or systems. fied civil application; and
"related equipment" embargoed 2 Spare parts for exported stored- 3 Will be operated in the importing
by: programme-controlled communication country by:
a Item IL 1565 f; switching equipment or systems~ provided i The Post, Telegraph and Tele-
b Item IL 1565 h I i a to k or m; or that: phone Authority in order to
c Item IL 1565 h I ii; a The parts are: provide public Hdata (message)
iii "Communication channels" or 1 Specially designed components em- switching" servicesfor:
"terminal devices" used for bargoed by this Item; or a Domestic civil use; or
administrative and control 2 Equipment or components b International civil use with
purposes; embargoed by other Items of these Western countries;
a Are fully dedicated to these Lists; ii A civil authority, which is a
purposes; and b The parts: member ofan intergovernmental
b Do not exceed a "total data 1 Are destined for embargoed organization including Western
signalling rate" of 9,600 bit per equipment previously authorised countries (e.g. ITU or ICAO), in
second; for export under an italic note to order to provide an extension of
iv Voice channels are limmited to this Item or for equipment free international Hdata (message)
3,000 Hz as defined in CCITT Re- from embargo; switching" services in the
commendation G .151 ; 2 Are shipped in the minimum importing country to fulfil a
v The PABXs do not have "trunk quantities necessary for the types commitment to the intergovern-
circuit" -to-subscriber line ratios and quantities of exported mental organization; or
which exceed: equipment being serviced; and iii A civil public service organiz-
a 5 per cent for "PABXs" with 3 Do not upgrade the performance of ation, in order to provide Hdata
less than 100 subscriber lines; or the exported equipment beyond the (message) switching" services in
b 20 per cent for "PABXs" with level: a densely populated, commercial
100 or more subscriber lines; i Specified in the relevant italic area for:
vi The P ABXs do not have the notefor this Item; or a Private domestic civil use; or
following features: ii Specified as free from embargo; b Private international civil use
a Multi~level call pre-emption, c If the parts are ~advanced technology with Western countries;
including overriding or seizing parts' a~d not eligible for export under c The number, type and characteristics
of busy subsriber lines, "trunk an italic note to another Item on these of such equipment or systems are
circuits" or switches; or Lists, the western supplier's service normalfor the approval applications,'
50 Security export control 14 June 1985
d Such equipment or systems will be country by a civil end-user who has Munitions List,' or
limited asfollows: furnished to the supplier a signed n To permit user-modification of
1 Suitable combinations of circuits statement, certifying that the generic "software" or its associ-
which do not exceed: equipment or systems will be used ated documentation,'
i 250 circuits with "data signalling for the specified end-use at a k If the equipment or systems are not
rates" not exceeding 150 bit per specified location only; designed for installation by the user
second; c The number, type and characteristics without support from the supplier,
ii 60 circuits with "data signalling of such equipment or systems are then the "software" necessary for
rates" of more than 150 but not normalfor the approved application; commissioning is:
exceeding 1,000 bit per second; d The equipment or systems do not 1 Exported on a temporary basis
or contain "digital computers" or only,' and
iii 16 circuits with "data signalling "related equipment" embargoed by: 2 Kept under the control of the
rates" of more than 1,000 but 1 Item IL 1565 f; supplier;
not exceeding 4,800 bit per 2 Item IL 1565 b 1i a to k or m; or I Not used.
second,' 3 Item IL 1565 b I ii; m A statement is provided identifying the
2 The maximum "data signalling e The "PABX's" do not have the following:
rate" of any circuit does not exceed following features: i The equipment or system to be
4,800 bit per second,' 1 Multi-level call pre-emption, provided; and
3 The sum of the individual "data including overriding or seizing of ii The intended application and
signalling rates" of all circuits does busy subscriber lines, "trunk traffic load,' and
not exceed 27,500 bit per second; circuits" or switches,' iii A complete identification of all
4 The sum of the individual "data 2 "Common channel signalling",· end-users and their activities.
signalling rates" of all circuits with 3 Automatic tandem "trunk circuit" 5 "Stored-programme-controlled circuit
a "data signalling rate" of more switching, including adaptive
than 1,200 bit per second does not switching" equipment or systems,
routing, or algorithms that would embargoed by sub-item b, provided that:
exceed 19,200 bit per second; permit a search for "trunk circuit"
e The equipment or systems do not a The equipment or systems are designed
connection paths within a network; for fixed civil use of "stored-pro-
contain "digital computers" or 4 Interconnection to multi-RF
"related equipment" embargoed by: gramme-controlled telegraph circuit
channel radio equipment which switching" for data;
1 Item IL 1565 f; allows the HPABX" to operate in a
2 Item IL 1565 b 1 i a to j, orl orm; or b The equipment or systems:
mobile telephone system; 1 Are designed and used for fixed
3 Item IL 1565 b 1 ii; 5 Digital "trunk circuit" or
f The "software" supplied: civil "stored-programme-controlled
subscriber line interfaces; telegraph circuit switching" appli-
1 Is limited to: 6 Digital synchronization circuitry for
i The minimum "specially de- cations; and
networking two or more exchanges; 2 Will be operated in the importing
signed software" necessary for 7 Those which permit the implemen-
the use (ie installation, operation country by a civil end-user who has
tation of switching functions at furnished to the supplier a signed
and maintenance) of the equip- remote equipments; or
ment or systems; and statement, certifying that the equip-
8 Centralized maintenance, including ment or systems will be used for the
ii Machine-executable form; and the transmission or reception of
2 Does not include "software": specified end-use at a specified
instructions for the purpose of· location only,·
i Embargoed by Items IL 1527, 1 Controlling traffic;
1566 a 5 or Item ML 11 in the c The number, type and characteristics
ii Directiona/izing paths,'
Munitions List; or of such equipment or systems are
iii A ltering routing tables;
ii To permit user-modification of normalfor the approved application;
iv Connecting or disconnecting
generic "software" or its associ- d The equipment or systems do not
subscriber circuits or "trunk contain "digital computers" or
ated documentation,' circuits ",' or
g If the equipment or systems are not "related equipment" embargoed by:
v Managing the switch or 1 Item IL 1565 f;
designed for installation by the user network; except;
without support from the supplier, 2 Item IL 1565 b I i a to k or m; or
The routing of simple alarms 3 Item IL 1565 b I ii;
then the "software" necessary for announcing equipment mal-
commissioning is: e The equipment or systems do not have
functions; the following features:
1 Exported on a temporary basis
only; and f "Communication channels" or 1 Multi-level call pre-emption
2 Kept under the control of the "terminal devices" used for adminis- including overriding or seizing of
supplier; trative and control purposes: busy subscriber lines, "trunk
b Not used; 1 Are fully dedicated to these circuits" or switches; or
Not used,' purposes; and 2 "Common channel signalling ",.
A statement is provided identifying the 2 Do not exceed a "total data signal- f The maximum internal bit rate per
following: ling rate" of 9,600 bit per second,' channel does not exceed 9,600 bit per
i The equipment or system to be g Voice channels are limited to 3,100 Hz second,'
provided; and as defined in CCITT - Recommen- g The telegraph circuits, which may be
ii The intended application and dation 0.151; telephone circuits, may carry any type
traffic load; and b The "PABXs" do not have "trunk of telegraph or telex signal compatible
iii A complete identification of all circuit"-to-subscriber line ratios which with a voice channel bandwidth of
end-users and their activities. exceed: 3,100 Hz as defined in CCITT Re-
1 35 per cent for "PABXs" with less commendation 0.151;
4 "Stored-programme-controlled telephone than 100 subscriber lines: or b The 'fsoftware" supplied:
circuit switching" equipment or systems 2 20 per cent for "PABXs" with 100 1 Is limited to:
embargoed by sub-item b, provided that: or more subscriber lines; i The minimum "specially de-
a The equipment or systems are deSigned Not used. signed software" necessary for
for fixed civil use as Hspace-division The r 'software" supplied: the use fie installation, operation
digital exchanges" or "time-division 1 Is limited to: and maintenance) of the equip-
digital exchanges" which fulfil the i The minimum "specially de- ment or ,~ystems; and
definition of "private automatic signed software" necessary for ii Machine-executable form,· and
branch exchanges" ("PABXs "); the use (ie installation, operation 2 Does not include 'fsoftware":
b The equipment or systems: and maintenance) of the equip- i Embargoed by Items IL 1527,
1 Are designed and used for fixed ment or systems; and 1566 a 5 or Item ML 11 in the
civil "stored-programme-controlled ii Machine-executable form,· and Munitions List,· or'
telephone circuit switching" appli- 2 Does not include "software": li To permit user modification of
cations; and i Embargoed by Items IL 1527, generic "software" or its associ-
2 Will be operated in the importing 1566 a 5 'or Item ML 11 in the ated documentation,'
. Security export control 14 June 1985 51
,INDUSTRIAL LIST
Not used. 6 Digital synchronization circuitry for statement, certifying that the equip-
If the equipment or systems are not networking two or more exchanges; ment or systems will be used for the
designed for installation by the user or specified end-use at a specified
without support from the supplier, 7 Centralized maintenance, including location only,'
then the Hsoftware" necessary for the transmission or reception of c The number, type and characteristics
commissioning is: instructions for the purposes of' of such equipment or systems are
1 Exported on a temporary basis i Controlling traffic,' normalfor the approved application;
only; and ii Directiona/izing paths; d The equipment or systems cannot be
1 Kept under the control of the ill Altering routing tables,' adapted to mobile use or security use,
supplier,' iv Connecting or disconnecting as described in Item IL 1565 f J to 4, g
k Not used. subscriber circuits or Htrunk or h J ii a and b;
I A statement is provided identifying the circuits"; or e The equipment or systems do not have
following: v Managing the switch or the following features:
i The equipment or system to be network,' 1 Multi-level call pre-emption includ-
provided; and except: ing overriding or seizing of busy
iI The intended application and The routing of simple alarms subscriber lines, Htrunk circuits" or
traffic load,' and announcing equipment mal- switches; or
ill A complete identification of all functions; 2 "Common channel signalling;
end-users and their activities. h ItCommunication channels" or 3 Adaptive routing, or algorithlns
Hterminal devices" used for adminis- which would permit a search for
6 UStored-programme-contro//ed circuit trative and control purposes: Htrunk circuit" connection paths
switching" equipment or systems, embar- 1 Are fu/ly dedicated to these within a network;
goed by sub-item b, provided that: purposes,' and 4 Interconnection to multi-RF
NB: This Note will enter into force on 15 2 Do not exceed a "total data signal- channel radio equipment which
September 1988. ling rate" of 9, 600 bit per second; allows the exchange to operate in a
a The equipment or systems are designed mobile telephone system,'
for fixed civil use as Hstored-pro- Not used.
Voice channels are limited to 3,100 Hz 5 Digital subscriber line interfaces;
gramme-controlled telephone circuit as defined in CCITT Recommendation 6 Digital synchronization circuitry for
switching" exchanges which fulfil the 0.151; networking two or more exchanges,'
definitions' of either a Hterminal k The "software" supplied: or
exchange" or Htransit exchange"; 1 Is limited to: 7 Centralized maintenance, including
b The equipment or systems: i The minimum Hspecially the transmission or reception of
1 Were in service in public networks designed software" necessary instructionsfor purposes of'
before 1 January 1984,' and for the use (ie installation, oper- I Controlling traffic;
1 Have received approval as such ation and maintenance) of the ii Directionalizing paths;
through the Department of Trade equipment or systems; and iil Altering routing tables;
and Industry before 15 April 1986; iI Machine-executable form; and Iv Connecting or disconnecting
c The equipment or systems: 1 Does not include "software": subscriber circuits or "trunk
1 Are designed and used for fixed i Embargoed by Items IL 1527, circuits"; or
civil "stored-programme-controlled 1566 a 5 or Item ML 11 in the v Managing the switch or
telephone circuit switching" appli- Munitions List,' or network;
cations,' and ii To permit user-modification of except:
1 Will be operated in the importing generic Hsoftware" or its associ- The routing of Si"lple alarms
country by a civil end-user who has ated documentation; announcing equipment mal-
furnished to the supplier a signed If the equipment or systems are not functions;
statement, certifying that the equip- designed for installation by the user f "Communication channels" or
ment or systems will be used for the without support from the supplier, "terminal devices" used for adminis-
specified end-use at a specified then the Hsoftware" necessary for trative and control purposes:
location only; commissioning is: 1 Are fully dedicated to these
d The number, type and characteristics 1 Exported on a temporary basis purposes; and
of such equipment or systems are only; and 2 Do not exceed a Htotal data signal-
normalfor the approved application,' 2 Kept under the control of the ling rate" of9,600 bit per second;
e The equipment or systems cannot be supplier; and g Voice channels are limited to 3,100 Hz
adapted to mobile use or security use, m A statement is provided identifying the as defined in CCITT Recommendation
as described in Item IL 1565 f 1 to 4, g, following: 0.151;
or hi ii a and b; i The equipment or system to be h The' 'software" supplied:
f The equipment or systems do not provided; 1 Is limited to:
exceed any of the following limits: ii The intended application and i The minimum Hspecially de-
1 A termination capacity ofeither: traffic load; and signed software" necessary for
i 50,000 subscriber lines; or lii A complete identification of all the use (ie installation, operation
ii 13,000 Htrunk circuits"; end-users and their activities; and maintenance) of the equip-
1 Designed or modified for a ment or systems; and
maximum capacity of 225,000 busy 7 HStored-programme-controlled circuit ii Machine-executableform;
hour call attempts; or switching" equipment or systems, embar- 2 Does not include Hsoftware":
3 Designed or modified for switched goed by sub-item b, provided that: i Embargoed by Items IL 1527,
traffic limited to 5,000 erlang; NB: This Note will enter into force on 15 1566 a 5 or Item ML 11. in the
g The equipment or systems do not have September 1988. Munitions List,' or
the following features: a The equipment or systems are designed ii To permit user modification of
1 Multi-level call pre-emption includ- for fixed civil use as Hstored- generic Hsoftware" or its associ-
ing overriding or seizing of busy programme-controlled telephone ated documentation;
subscriber lines, "trunk circuits" or circuit switching" exchanges which
switches; fulfil the definitions of either Not used.
1 HCommon channel signalling ",' Hterminal exchange" or "transit If the equipment of systems are not
3 Adaptive routing, or algorithms exchange''; designed for installation by the user
which would permit a search for b The equipment or systems: without support from the supplier,
"trunk circuit" connection paths 1 Are designed and used for fixed then the "software" necessary for
within a network; civil "stored-programme-controlled commissioning is:
4 Interconnection to multi-RP telephone circuit switching" appli- 1 Exported on a temporary basis
channel radio equipment which cations; and only,' and
allows the exchange to operate in a 1 Will be operated in the importing 1 Kept under the control of the
mobile telephone system; country by a civil end-user who has supplier;
5 Digital subscriber line interfaces; furnished to the supplier a signed k Not used.
62 Security export control 14 June 1985
A statement is provided identifying the and "stored-program me-controlled telegraph
following: b Is confined to a geographical area of circuit switching" -
i The equipment or system to be moderate size (eg office building, Techniques essentially identical to those
provided; plant, campus, warehouse). for •'stored-programme-controlled tele-
ii The intended application and "private automatic branch exchange" phone circuit switching", for establishing
traffic load; and ("PABX")- connections between telegraph (eg tdex)
iii A complete identification of all An automatic telephone exchange, circuits based solely on a subscriber type
end-users and their activities. typically incorporating a position for an of signalling information.
attendant, designed to provide access to "stored-programme-controlled telephone
8 Definitions of terms used in Item IL 1567 the public network and serving extensions circuit switching" -
"common channel signalling" - in an institution such as a business, The technique for establishing within the
A signalling method in which a single government, public-service or similar exchange, on demand and until released,
channel between exchanges conveys, by organization. an exclusive direct (space-division
means of labelled messages, signalling "programme" - switching) or logical (time-division
information relating as that used for net- A sequence of instructions to carry out a switching) connection between calling and
work management. process in, or convertible into, a form called telephone circuits:
"communication channel" - executable by an electronic computer. a Based solely on a subscriber-type of
The transmission path or circuit including "software" - telephone signalling information,
the terminating transmission and receiving A collection of one or more derived from the calling circuit; and
equipment (modems) for transferring "programmes" or "microprogrammes" b Processed according to the stored
digital information between distant fixed in any tangible medium of "programmes" by one or more elec-
locations. expression. tronic computers.
"data device" - "space-division analogue exchange" - The telephone circuits may carry any type
Equipment capable of transmittIng or A "space-division exchange", using an of signal, eg telephone or telex,
receiving sequences of digital analogue (including sampled analogue) compatible with a voice channel
information. signal within the switching matrix. Such bandwidth of 3,100 Hz or less.
"data (message) switching" - exchanges can route digital signals, "terminal device" -
The technique, including but not limited subject to the bandwidth limitations of A "data device" which:
to store-and-forward or packet switching, the equipment. Thus, such exchanges in a Does not include process control
for: public networks commonly pass digital sensing and actuating devices; and
a Accepting data groups (including data at rates of several kilobit per second b Is capable of:
messages, packets, or other digital or per voice channel of 3,100 Hz as defined 1 Accepting or producing a physical
telegraphic information groups which in CCITT Recommendation G.151. record;
are transmitted as a composite whole); NB: A "space-division analogue 2 Accepting a manual input; or
b Storing (buffering) data groups as exchange" with a wideband switching 3 Producing a visual output.
necessary; matrix can be converted to a "space- NB: Normal groupings of such
c Processing part or all of the data division digital exchange" by modifying equipment (eg a combination of
groups, as necessary, for the purpose some or all of the input interface circuitry. paper tape punch/reader and
of: printer), connected to a single data
1 Control (routing, priority, format- "space-division digital exchange" -
A "space-division exchange" which channel or "communication
ting, code conversion, error channel", shall be considered as a
control, retransmission or accommodates the transmission through
single "terminal device".
journaling); the switching matrix of digital signals
"terminal exchange" -
2 Transmission; or requiring a bandwidth wider than a voice
a A local exchange used for terminating
3 Multiplexing; and channel of 3,100 Hz as defined in CCITT
subscribers' lines;
d Retransmitting (processed) data Recommendation G.151.
b A remote switching unit which
groups when transmission or receiving NB: A "space-division digital exchange"
performs some functions of a local
facilities are available. can be converted to a "space division
exchange and operates under a
"data signalling rate" - analogue exchange" by modifying some
measure of control from the parent
The rate as defined in ITU or all of the input interface circuitry.
exchange;
Recommendation 53-36, taking into "space-division exchange" - c A local exchange, typically 2-wire,
account that, for non-binary modulation, An exchange in which different streams of used as a switching point for traffic
baud and bit per second are not equal. data or voice signals are routed through between subordinate local exchanges,
Binary digits for coding, checking, and the switching matrix along physically which may also provide 4-wire connec-
synchronization functions are included. different paths. The signal being routed tions to and from the national long-
NB: It is the maximum one-way rate, ie, through the matrix can be analogue (eg distance network; or
the maximum rate in either transmission conventional amplitude modulation, d An exchange which performs any
or reception. pulse amplitude modulation) or digital (eg combination of functions in a, b or c
"digital computer" - pulse code modulation, delta modulation above.
Equipment which can, in the form of one or data). "time-division analogue exchange" -
or more discrete variables: "specially designed software" - A "time-division exchange" in which the
a Accept date; The minimum "operating systems", parameter, associated with an individual
b Store data or instructions in fixed or diagnostic systems", "maintenance segment of a stream of data or voice
alterable (writable) storage devices; systems" and "application software" signals, varies continuously.
c Process data by means of a stryred necessary to be executed on a particular "time-division digital exchange" -
sequence of instructions which is modi- equipment to perform the function for A "time-division exchange" in which the
fiable; and which it was designed. To make other parameter, associated with an individual
d Provide output of data. incompatible equipment perform the segment of a stream of data or voice
NB: Modifications of a stored sequence of same function requires: signals, is one of a finite number of
instructions include replacement of fixed a Modification of this "software"; or digitally coded values.
storage devices, but not a physical change b Addition of "programmes". "time-division exchange" -
in wiring or interconnections. •• stored-programme-con trolled circu i t 'An exchange in which segments of differ-
"embedded" in equipment or systems- switching" - ent streams of data or voice signals are
Can feasibly be neither: The technique for establishing, on interleaved in tim~ and routed through the
a Removed from such equipment or demand and until released, a direct switching matrix along a common
systems; nor (space-division switching) or logical (time- physical path. The matrix may also
b Used for other purposes. division switching) connection between include one or more stages of space-
"local area network" - circuits based on switching control division switching. The signal being
A data communication system which: information derived from any source or routed through the matrix can be ana-
a Allows an arbitrary number of circuit and processed according to the logue(eg pdse amplitude modulation) or
independent "data devices" to stored "programmes" by one or more digital (cg pulse code modulation, delta
communicate directly with each other; electronic computers. modulatitlll or data).
Sec:J.ity export control 14 June 1985 53
INDUSTRIAL LIST
"total data signalling rate" - smaller and a length (without shaft-ends) more then 10,000 of full scale over
The sum of the individual "data signalling of 101.6 mm (4 in) and smaller or with a the specified operating temperature
rates" of all "communication channels" diameter-to-length ratio greater than 2: I, range;
which:- having one or more of the following iii A figure of merit of I x 1()8 or more
a Have been provided with the system; characteristics: (derived from the number of
and 1 With a rated linearity of 0.1 per cent or complete conversions per second
b Can be sustained simultaneously less; divided by the accuracy);
assuming the configuration of the 2 All temperature-compensated or tem- 2 Electrical input type digital-to-
equipment which would maximize this perature-corrected types; analogue converters having any of the
sum of rates. Servo motors (gear-head or plain) as following characteristics:
"transit exchange" - follows: i A maximum "settling time" of less
a An exchange, typically 4-wire, used as 1 Designed to operate from power than 3 microseconds for voltage
a switching point for traffic between sources of more than 300 Hz except output devices and less than 250
other exchanges in the national those designed to operate from power nanoseconds for current output
network (historically known as a trunk sources of over 300 Hz up to and not devices;
exchange); exceeding 400 Hz with a temperature ii An accuracy in excess of I part in
b A 4-wire exchange serving outgoing, range from-55°C to + 125°C; more than 10,000 of full scale over
incoming or transit international calls; 2 Designed to have a torque-to-inertia the specified operating temperature
or ratio of 50,000 radians per second per range;
c An exchange which performs any second or greater; iii A figure of merit greater than 2 x
combination of functions in a or b 3 Incorporating special features to 109 for voltage output convertors or
above or those of a "terminal secure internal damping; I x 10 10 for current output con-
exchange". g Precision potentiometers (and special vertors (the figure of ment is
"trunk circuit" - instruments rated to have the same defined as the reciprocal of the
A circuit with associated equipments ter- characteristics as potentiometers in 1 and product of the maximum settling
minating in two exchanges. 2 below, such as Vernistats), as follows: time in seconds and the accuracy);
"wide area network" - 1 Linear potentiometers having a Technical note: "Settling time" in k 2 i
A data communication system which: constant resolution and a rated above is defined as the time required
a Allows an arbitrary number of linearity of better than 0.05 per cent for the output to come within one-half
independent "data devices" to absolute; bit of the final value when switching
communicate with each other; 2 Non-linear potentiometers having a between any two levels of the con-
,b May include "local area networks"; variable resolution and a rated con- verters.
and formityof: 3 Solid-state synchro-to-digital or
c Is designed to interconnect geographi- i I per cent or less when the digital-to-synchro converters and
cally dispersed facilities. resolution is inferior to that ob- resolver-to-digital or digital-to-resolver
tained with a linear potentiometer converters (including multi-pole
IL 1568 of the same type and of the same resolvers) having a resolution of better
Equipment, as follows: track length; or the .±.. one part in 5,000 per full
ii 0.5 per cent or less when the resol- syna-hro
a All classes of devices, regardless of other ution is better than or equal to that revolution for single speed synchro
characteristics, identified in sub-items b, obtained with a linear poten- systems or .±. one part in 40,000 for
c, d, e, f, g, j and k below, which are tiometer of the same type and of the dual speed systems;
designed to operate below -55°C or above same track length; 4 Mechanical input types (including but
125°C; 3 Designed for gimbal mounting; not limited to shaft-position encoders
b Synchros and resolvers (and special Technical notes: and linear displacement encoders, but
instruments rated to have the same 1 For the purpose of this sub-item, a excluding complex servo-follower
characteristics as synchros and resolvers in precision potentiometer means one systems), as follows:
1 and 2 below, such as Microsyns, having a rated conformity better than; i Rotary types having an accuracy of
Synchro-Tels and Inductosyns) possessing better than .±. I part in 40,000 of
any of the following characteristics: a 0.25 per cent for a linear poten-
tiometer; or full scale; or
1 A rated electrical error of 7 minutes of ii Linear displacement types having a
arc or less or of 0.2 per cent or less of b I per cent for a non-linear poten-
tiometer; resolution of better than.±. 5 micro-
maximum output voltage; metres;
2 A rated dynamic accuracy for receiver 2 This sub-item is not intended to
embargo potentiometers using only Semi-conductor Hall field probes, as
types of I degree or less, except that follows:
for units of size 30 (76.2 mm (3 inches) switched elements.
1 Made of indium-arsenide-phosphide
in diameter) or larger a rated dynamic h Direct current and alternating current (lnAsP);
accuracy of less than I degree; torquers, ie torque motors specially 2 Coated with ceramic or ferritic
3 Multi-speed from single shaft types; designed for gyros and stablised plat- materials (eg special field probes such
4 Designed for gimbal mounting; forms; as tangential field probes, multipliers,
c Amplifiers, electronic or magnetic, Electro-optical devices designed to modulators, recorder probes, etc);
specially designed for use with resolvers, monitor relative rotation of remote 3 With an open circuit sensitivity greater
the following: surfaces; than
1 Isolation types having a variation of Synchronous motors, as follows: 0.12 Volts
gain constant (linearity of gain) of 0.2 1 Of size 20 (50.8 mm (2in) in diameter) Ampere x kilogauss
per cent or better; and smaller and having synchronous Technical note:
2 Summing types having a variation of speeds in excess of 3,600 revolutions Open circuit sensitivity. The slope of a
gain constant (linearity of gain) or an per minute; straight line that passes through the point
accuracy of summation of 0.2 per cent 2 Designed to operate from power of origin and through the point U20: il at
or better; sources of more than 400 Hz cycles per B = Bn in the characteristic is defined as
3 Employing solid state Hall effect; second; the open circuit sensitivity (where
d Induction potentiometers (including k Analogue-to-digital and digital-to- U20 = Hall voltage, open circuit;
function generators and linear synchros), analogue converters other than digital il = Control current; Bn = Rated value
linear and non-linear, possessing any of voltmeters or counters (see Item IL 1529), of applied magnetic control field).
the following characteristics: as follows: m Specially designed components and test
1 A rated conformity of 0.25 per cent or 1 Electrical input type analogue-to- equipment (including adaptors, couplers,
less, or of 13 minutes of arc or less; digital converters having any of the etc.) for the above.
2 Employing solid state Hall effect; following characteristics: Note: Potentiometers covered by sub-items g
3 Designed for gimbaI mounting; i A conversion rate of more than 1 and 2 above, provided that they have been
e Induction rate (tachometer) generators, 200,000 complete conversions per designed for civil use, and have been in use in
synchronous and asynchronous, with a second at rated accuracy; civil equipment for a period of not less than
housing diameter of 50.8 mm (2 in) and il An accuracy in excess of I part in five years.
54 Security export control 14 June 1985
IL 1570 processing, target parameter detection, ii A signal-to-noise ratio not
gradient compensation and dynamic exceeding 48 dB, unless the
Thermoelectric materials and devices, as range control. equipment is a cassette-type
follows: recorder, in which case the
a Thermoelectric materials with a maximum signal-to-noise ratio does not
product of the figure of merit (Z) and the IL 1572 exceed 52 dB;
temperature (T in degrees K) in excess of iii Maximum length of time of a
0.75; Recording or ,reproducing equipment, as
single scan not exceeding 20
b Junctions and combinations of junctions follows, and specially designed milliseconds;
using any of the materials in a above; components therefor: iv Portable or transportable and
c Heat absorbing or electrical power gener- a Using magnetic techniques, except: having a net weight not
ating devices containing any of the junc- i Those specifically designed for voice or exceeding 50 kg;
tions in b above, and specially designed music and not employing digital 2 Analogue magnetic tape recorders
components therefor; techniques; specially designed for use with
d Other power generating devices, and ii Those specifically designed to use medical equipment; ie for recording
specially designed components therefor, magnetic card, tag, label or bank physiological signals, and having all
which generate in excess of 11 W per kg cheque recording media with a of the following characteristics:
(IOW per pound) or of 17.70kW per magnetic surface area not exceeding 85 i Bandwidth capability at
cubic metre (500W per cubic foot) of the sq cm (13 sq in); maximum design speed not
device's basic thermoelectric components; b Using electron beam(s) operating in a exceeding 300 kHz per track;
Technical note: vacuum, or laser-produced light beams ii Recording density not exceeding
The figure of merit (Z) equals Seebeck (see also Item IL 1522) that produce 5,000 magnetic flux sine waves
coefficient squared divided by the product of patterns or images directly on the per linear 25.4 mm (inch) per
electrical resistivity and thermal conductivity. recording surface, and specialised equip- track;
Note: ment for image development, except:
1 See also sub-Itern IL 1205 c. i Equipment specially designed for the Technical note: Recording
2 The weight and cubic measurements in production of audio and video disc density is, for direct recorders,
sub-item d above are not intended to masters for the replication of enter- the recording bandwidth divided
encompass the complete device but to tainment/education discs; by the tape speed; and, for FM
include only the thermoelectric elements ii Facsimile equipment incorporating recorders, the sum of the carrier
and assembly and the components for lasers such as used for commercial frequency and the deviation
pumping calories. Other components, weather imagery and commercial wire divided by the tape speed.
such as heating and cooling sources or photos and text; iii Not including recording or
containers, device frames or stands and c Graphic instruments capable of continu- reproducing heads of the rotary
control equipment are not to be included ous direct recording of sinusoidal waves at of floating types or heads
in the calculations. frequencies ex<.;eeding 20 kHz; designed for use in equipment
d Recording media used in equipment with characteristics superior to
IL 1571 embargoed by a and b above. those defined in sub-paragraphs
Magnetometers, magnetometer systems Note: The term 'recording media' in sub- i or ii above;
and related equipment, as follows, and item d above is intended to include all iv Tape speed not exceeding 152.4
types and forms of specialised recording cm (60 inches) per second;
specially designed components therefor: media used in such recording techniques, v Number of recording tracks
a Magnetometers and magnetometer sys- including but not limited to tapes, drums, (excluding audio voice track) not
tems having or capable of having a sensi- discs and matrices. exceeding 20;
tivity better than ± 1.0 gamma (± 10-5 Technical notes: vi Start-stop time not less than 25
oersteds), except magnetometers having 1 Nothing in the following shall be milliseconds;
sensitivities not better than ± 0.1 gamma construed as sanctioning the export of vii Equipped with tape-derived (off-
(± 10-6 oersteds) where the reading rate technology for recording or reproducing tape) servo speed control and
capability is not faster than once per half- equipment or for specially designed com- with a time displacement (base)
second; ponents or recording media therefor error of not less than ±5 micro-
b Magnetometer test facilities able to described below. seconds at a tape speed of 152.4
control magnetic field values to an 2 Sub-items a or b also do not embargo the cm (60 inches) per second and
accuracy of 1.0 gamma (10- 5 oersteds) or following recording or reproducing equip- not less than .±JO microseconds
less; ment and specially designed components at any lower tape speed
c Magnetic compensation systems utilizing therefor (recording media used in this measured in accordance with
digital computers, non-magnetic plat- equipment are still embargoed by sub- applicable IRIG and EIA
forms and calibration systems; item d above, see notes 3 and 6), provided documents.
(For optical fibres, see Item IL 1526 c and d.) that: 3 Digital tape recorders specially
Technical notes: a The equipment has been designed for designed for the collection of
1 Sensitivity is defined as the visually recog- identifiable civil use and by nature of medical data obtained from nuclear
nised minimum sinusoidal signal in the design or performance is substantially or other ionising radiation measure-
frequency range of 0.025 Hz to 1.5 Hz restricted to the particular application ments and having all of the
when signal-to-noise ratio is higher than 1. for which it has been designed; following characteristics:
2 The term' 'specially designed components b The equipment has all of the following i Mean packing density, with less
therefor" is intended to include non- characteristics: than 5 per cent loss of pulses,
magnetic pumping lamps and heating 1 Not ruggedised; not exceeding 800 pulses per
coils, cryogenic magnetic componentry, 2 Not rated for continuous operation 25.4 mm (inch) per track;
enhanced resonance gases, and any form in ambient temperatures from ii Characteristics not superior to
of dynamic signal-processing gradient below -20°C to above + 55°C; those defined in sub-paragraphs
compensation provided as part of, or 3 Not specially designed for under- c 2 iii, vi and vii above;
designed for use with, magnetometers water use; iii Tape speed not exceeding 95 cm
embargoed by this Item. Enhanced c The equipment is limited as follows: (37.5 j,nches) per second;
resonance gases are gases of isotopes of 1 Video magnetic tape and disc iv Number of recording tracks not
cesium, rubidium and other metals which recorders specially designed for exceeding 8;
exhibit very sharp bands of response to television recording, using a signal v Packing density not exceeding
pumping frequencies in optically pumped registered with the CCIR, or 800 bits per 25.4 mm (inch) per
magnetometers. specially designed or adapted for track;
3 Magnetometer systems use magnetic use with medical equipment, and 4 Equipment using electron beams(s)
sensors, including those designed to having all of the following charac- operating in a vacuum specially
operate at cryogenic temperatures, teristics: designed for television recording on
compensation systems, displays, recorders i 3 dB recording bandwidth not film, using, a signal registered with
and associated electronics for signal exceeding 6 MHz; the CCIR and having all of the
Security eKport control 14 June 1985 56
iNDUSTRIAL LIST
following characteristics: 25.4 mm (1 inch); adapted for use with medical
i Pattern or image frame size not iv A tape length not exceeding equipment, and having all of the
exceeding 3 mm x 2.3 mm; 1,097 metres (3,600 ft); following characteristics:
ii Pattern or image not exceeding 3 Computer tape in cassette/car- 1 3dB recording bandwidth not ex-
312.5 lines per frame; tridges designed for digital longi- ceeding 6MHz;
iii Beam spot position stability not tudinal recording and reproduction 2 Maximum length of a single scan
better than 0.3 per cent; and having all of the following not exceeding 20 milliseconds;
iv 3dB recording bandwidth, not characteristics 3 Not ruggedised;
exceeding 4MHz; i A magnetic coating certified for b A nalogue magnetic tape recorders
5 Digital recording and reproducing a maximum packing density of having all thefollowing characteristics:
equipment operating serially with a 1,600 bits per 25.4 mm (inch) 1 Bandwidth capability at maxilnum
packing density not exceeding 800 (3,200 flux changes per 25.4 mm design speed not exceeding 300 kHz
bits per 25.4 mm (inch) per track (inch» along the length of the per track;
specially designed for use with, and tape; 2 Recording density not exceeding
incorporated in, typewriter systems ii A magnetic coating thickness 5,000 magnetic flux sine waves per
used for preparing, correcting or not less than 4.32 micrometres linear 25.4 mm (inch) per track;
composing text; (0.17 mill; Technical note: Recording density
6 Recording or reproducing equip- iii A tape width not exceeding is, for direct recorders, the
ment which is limited to both: 6.35 mm (0.25 inch); recording bandwidth divided by the
i A tape width not exceeding iv A tape length not exceeding tape speed; and, for FM recorders,
6.35 mm (I~ inch); 274.3 metres (900 ft); the sum of the carrier frequency
ii Digital recording techniques in 4 Computer flexible disc cartridges and the deviation divided by the
serial form with a packing designed for digital recording and tape speed.
density not exceeding 800 bits reproduction and having all of the
per 25.4 mm (inch). following characteristics: 3 Not ruggedised;
Technical note: Packing density is, i A magnetic coating certified for 4 Not rated for continuous operation
for digital recorders, the number of a maximum packing density of in ambient temperatures fr01n
bits per second per track divided by 13,262 flux changes per radian below -20 o e to +55°C;
the tape speed. (3,268 bits per 25.4 mm (inch) at 5 Not specially designed for under-
a radius of 51.536 mm (2.029 water use;
3 Sub-item d above, does not embargo the inches» around the disc; 6 Not including recording or repro-
following magnetic tape and flexible disc ii A magnetic coating thickness ducing heads of the rotary or float-
cartridge recording media, provided that: not less than 2.54 micrometres ing types or designed for use in
a The magnetic tape is a standard com- (0.1 mill; equipment with characteristics
mercial product that has been in use in iii A disc thickness not exceeding superior to those defined in bland
quantity for at least two years and is 80 micrometres (0.003 inch); 2 above;
not designed for use in satellite iv A disc outer diameter not 7 Tape speed not exceeding 152.4 cm
applications; exceeding 201 mm (7.88 inch); (60 inches) per second;
b The base material consists only of v A disc inner diameter not 8 Number oj recording tracks
polyester or cellulose acetate; exceeding 38.] mm (1.5 inch); (excluding audio voice track) not
c The magnetic tape recording media d The magnetic tape recording media exceeding 16 channels for direct
with a magnetic coating material with a magnetic coating material recording and 28 channels for FM
consisting only of undoped gamma- consisting only of chromium dioxide recording;
ferric (iron) oxide with a rated intrinsic with a rated intrinsic coercivity not 9 Start-stop time not less than 25
coercivity not exceeding 350 oersteds is exceeding 650 oersteds are limited to milliseconds;
limited to the following types and video tape specially designed for the 10 Equipped with tape-derived (off-
characteristics: video recorders defined in Note 2 c 1 tape) servo speed control and with a
1 Video tape designed for television and having both of the following time displacement (base) error of
recording and reproduction or characterics: not less than ±5 microseconds at a
instrumentation tape designed for 1 A tape width not exceeding tape speed of 152.4 cm (60 inches)
analogue recording and repro- 25.4 mm (1 inch); per second and nol less than ±10
duction and having all of the 2 A tape length not exceeding microseconds at any power tape
following characteristics: 548.6 mm (1,800 ft); speed measured in accordance with
i Not designed for use in video e The magnetic tape recording media in applicable IRIG and EIA
recorders having a 3dB video tape cassettes are specially documents;
recording bandwidth exceeding 6 designed for video recorders defined in c Systems for use in civil aircraft or
MHz or in analogue recorders Note 2 c 1 and have all of the following helicopters to record flight data for
having a recording density ex- characteristics: safety or maintenance purposes, and
ceeding 5,000 magnetic flux sine 1 A rated intrinsic coercivity not ex· having all of the following character-
waves per linear 25.4 mm (inch) ceeding 750 oersteds; istics:
per track; 2 A magnetic coating thickness not i In normal civil use for more than
ii A tape width not exceeding less than 2.54 micrometres one year,'
25.4 mm (l inch); (0.1 mill; ii Not exceeding 100 input
iii A magnetic coating thickness 3 A tape length not exceeding channels;
not less than 10.2 micrometres 548.6 metres (1,800 ft); iii Sum of the individual channel
(0.40 mill; 4 A tape width not exceeding recording bandwidth not
iv A tape length not exceeding 19.05 mm (0.75 inch). exceeding 500 Hz;
1,402 metres (4,600 ft); d Incremental recorders or reproducers
2 Computer tape designed for digital 4 Sub-item a i also does not embargo fie equipment designed for discontinu-
longitudinal recording and repro- normal civil use digital recording and ous sampling or collection of data in
duction and having all of the reproducing equipment specially designed an incremental manner) having all of
following characteristics: for recording or reproducing voice or the following characteristics:
i A magnetic coating certified for music on tape or disc. 1 The maximum tape speed, at the
a maximum packing density of S Equipment embargoed by sub-item a maximum stepping rate, does not
6,250 bits per 25.4 mm (inch) above, and specially designed components exceed 50.8 mm (2 inches) per
(9,042 flux changes per 25.4 mm and recording media therefor embargoed second;
(inch) along the length of the by sub-item d for use with the exported 2 The equipment has all of the
tape; equipment, asfollows: characteristics specified in sub-
ii A magnetic coating thickness a Video magnetic tape recorders paragraphs b 3 to 6.,·
not less than 5.08 micrometres specially designed for television e Digital magnetic recorders specially
(0.2 mill; recording, using a signal registered designed for seismic/geophyisical
iii A tape width not exceeding with the CCIR or specially designed or applications and operating in the
&8 Security export control 14 June 1985
frequency range of 5 to 800 Hz; specially designed components and . e Phase slip devices;
f Digital recording and reproducing recording media therefor embargoed by f SNS (super-normal-super) bridges;
equipmen t operating serially with a sub-item d, for use with those recorders,g SIS (superconductor-insulator-super-
packing density not exceeding 1,600 provided that: conductor) devices;
bits per 25.4 mm (inch) per track, a The analogue magnetic tape recorders h Quasiparticle devices or detectors.
specially designed for use with, and are limited as follows: Technical notes:
incorporated in, typewriter systems 1 Characteristics not superior to 1 By "Dayem bridges" are meant super-
used in preparing and composing text. those defined in Note 5 b 1 to 9; conducting thin film devices with a
6 For use in civil television recording and 2 Equipped with tape-derived (off- reduced section area which acts as a
reproducing applications, the shipment of tape) servo speed control and with aconductive weak link. This weak link has
reasonable quantities of the following time displacement (base) error of a much lower critical current than the
types of magnetic tape recording media not less than .±0.8microsecond at a areas it joins. Dayem bridges can act as
embargoed by sub-item d above, whose tape speed of 152.4 cm (60 inches) superconducting switches and may be
base material consists only ofpolyester or per second and not, less than .±1.6 employed in superconducting quantum
cellulose acetate; microsecond at any lower interference devices (squids).
a With a magnetic coating material tape speed measured in accordance 2 By "proximity-effect devices" are meant
consisting only of undoped gamma- with applicable IRIG and EIA superconducting weak link devices whose
ferric (iron) oxide with a rated intrinsic documents. low critical current is due to an overlay of
coercivity not exceeding 350 oersteds 9 For equipment which may be exported in normal metal rather than a small area.
and limited to video tape designed for conjunction with computer shipments, see These devices can be used for the same
television recording and reproduction Item IL 1565. purpose as "Dayem bridges" .
with a tape width not exceeding
50.8 mm (2 inches);
b With a nlagnetic coating material
IL 1573 IL 1584
consisting only of chromium dioxide Superconductive electromagnets and Cathode-ray oscilloscopes and specially
with a rated intrinsic coercivity not solenoids, as follows: designed components therefor, in-
exceeding 750 oersteds and limited to a Those which have a non-uniform distri- cluding associated plug-in units, external
video tape designed for television bution of current-carrying windings, amplifiers, pre-amplifiers and sampling
recording and reproduction with a tape measured along the axis of symmetry devices, having any of the following
width not exceeding 25.4 mm (1 inch); when specially designed for gyrotron characteristics:
c With a magnetic coating material application, except those rated for
consisting only of doped or undoped magnetic field strengths of less than 3 tesla a An amplifier or system bandwidth greater
gamma-ferric (iron) oxide with a rated (30 kilogauss) or "overall current than 250 MHz (defined as the band of
intrinsic coercivity not exceeding 650 density" in the windings of less than frequencies over which the deflection on
oersteds, limited to video tape designed 10,000 A/cm 2 ; the cathode-ray tube does not fall below
for television recording and repro- b Those which are specially designed to be 70.7 per cent of that at maximum point
duction and having all of the following fully charged or discharged in less than measured with a constant input voltage to
characteristics; one minute, provided that: the amplifier);
1 Not designed for use in video 1 The maximum energy delivered during b A horizontal sweep speed faster than 1
recorders having a 3 dB recording discharge divided by the duration of nanosecond per cm with an accuracy
bandwidth exceeding 6 MHz; the discharge is more than 500 kJ per (linearity) better than 2 per cent;
2 A nlagnetic coating thickness not minute; c Containing or designed for use with
less than 5.1 micrometres (0.2 mil); 2 The inner diameter of the current- cathode-ray tubes covered by Item IL
3 A tape length not exceeding carrying windings is more than 6 cm; 1541 c;
732 metres (2,400 ft); and d Ruggedised to meet military specification;
4 A tape width not exceeding 3 They are rated for magnetic field e Rated for operation over an ambient
25.4 mm (1 inch). strengths of more than 8 tesla (80 temperature range of below -25°C to
7 The shiprnent of reasonable quantities of kilogauss) or "overall current density" above + 55°C;
computer magnetic disc recording media in the windings of more than 10,000 fUsing sampling techniques for the analysis
embargoed by sub-iteln d above for use in A/cm 2 • of recurring phenomena which increase
civil digital computer applications, Technical note: "Overall current density" the effective bandwidth of an oscilloscope
provided that: is defined as the total number of ampere- or time-domain reflectometer to a
a The magnetic disc recording media are turns in the coil (ie the sum of the number frequency greater than 4 GHz;
a standard commercial product, have of turns multiplied by the maximum g Digital oscilloscopes with sequential
not been designed as ruggedised equip- current carried by each turn) divided by sampling of the input signal at an interval
ment and are neither capable of the total cross-section of the coil of less than 50 nanoseconds.
meeting military specifications for (comprising the superconducting Explanatory notes:
rugggedised equipment nor modified filaments, the metallic matrix in which the 1 Nothing in the above shall be construed as
for military use; superconducting filaments are embedded, sanctioning the export of technology
b The magnetic disc recording ffledia are the encapsulating material, any cooling except technology for maintenance, repair
limited to the following types and channels, etc.). and operation of oscilloscopes excluded
characteristics: from embargo under sub-item a above,
1 Unrecorded single-disc cartridges which:
IL1574 8 Use cathode-ray tubes embargoed by
(fron t loading, 2,200 bpi)
(2315-type) designed to meet ANSI Electronic devices, circuits and systems Item IL 1541 b; or
X3.52-1976; specially designed for or capable of b Exceed an amplifier bandwidth of 200
2 Unrecorded single-disc cartridges operation at temperatures below 103 K MHz.
(top loading, 2,200 bpi) (5440-type) (-170°C, -174°F) and containing 2 In the case of systems, the characteristics
designed to nleet International components manufactured from super- of individual plug-ins, probes or
Standard ISO 3562-1976; mainframes must not be in excess of what
conducting materials which perform is required for overall system bandwidth.
3 Unrecorded magnetic six-disc packs functions such as electromagnetic
(2311-type) designed to meet ANSI sensing and amplification, current
X3.46-1974 or International switching, frequency selection or IL 1585
Standard ISO 2864-1974(E);
4 Unrecorded I1-disc packs (single-
electromagnetic energy storage at Photographic'equipment, as follows:
density or double density 2314-type) resonant frequencies above 1 MHz.
a High speed cinema recording cameras and
designed to meet ANSI X3.58-1977 These include the following: equipment as follows:
or International Standard ISO a Josephson effect devices; 1 Cameras in which the film is continu-
3564-1976. b "Dayem bridges"; ously advanced throughout the record-
8 Analogue magnetic tape recorders c Weak link devices; ing period, and which are capable of
embargoed by sub-item a above, and d "Proximity-effect devices"; recording at framing rates exceeding
Security export control 14 June 1985 57
INDUSTRIAL LIST
13,150 frames per second, using any employing an interaction between 2 This Item only covers quartz
camera and film combination from the acoustic waves (bulk wave or surface crystals having piezoelectric
standard 8mm to the 90mm size wave) and light waves which permit the qualities. It is understood that this
inclusive; direct processing of signals, including but definition does not cover optical
2 Special optical or electronic devices not limited to, spectral analysis, grade quartz crystals.
which supplement, replace or are inter- correlation and convolution. 3 Nothing in the Notes above shall be
changeable with standard camera com- Technical note: This sub-item embargoes construed as sanctioning the export
ponents for the purpose of increasing devices made from acousto-optic of technology for quartz crystal
the number of frames per second; materials including but not limited to elements of assemblies thereof.
b High speed cameras in which the film does lithium niobate, bismuth germanium
not move, and which are capable of oxide, bismuth silicon oxide, gallium
recording at rates exceeding 1,000,000 arsenide, gallium phosphide, tellurium IL 1588
frames per second for the full framing oxide, and lead molybdenate. Materials composed of crystals having
height of standard 35mm wide photo- Note: Devices covered by sub-item a I above spinel, orthorhombic, hexagonal, or
graphic film, or at proportionately higher which are specially designed for use in civil
rates for lesser frame heights, or at television equipment and which operate at garnet crystal structures; thin film
proportionately lower rates for greater frequencies below 1 GHz. devices; assemblies of the foregoing; and
frame heights; devices containing them, as follows (for
c Cameras incorporating electron tubes IL 1587 equipment which may be exported in
covered by Item IL 1555 a;
Quartz cystals and assemblies thereof in conjunction with computer shipments,
d Streak cameras having writing speeds of
any stage of fabrication (ie worked, see Item IL 1565):
1Omm/microsecond and above;
e Camera shutters with speeds of 50 nano- semi-finished or mounted), as follows: a Monocrystals of ferrites and garnets,
seconds or less per operation; and special- a For use as filter elements, and having any synthetic only;
ised parts and accessories therefor; of the following characteristics: b Single aperture forms possessing any of
f Film, as follows: 1 Designed for operation over a the following characteristics:
1 Having an intensity dynamic range of temperature range wider than 125°C; 1 Switching rate of 0.3 microsecond or
1,000,000: 1 or more; or 2 Crystals or assemblies of crystals which faster at the minimum field strength
2 Having a speed of ASA 10,000 (or its use the trapped energy phenomenon required for switching at 40°C (104 OF);
equivalent) or better; which have more than three series or 2 A maximum dimension less than
3 Colour film having a spectral sensi- parallel resonances on a single quartz 0.45mm (18 mils);
tivity extending beyond 7,200 element; Explanatory note: See Item IL 1358 for
Angstroms or below 2,000 Angstroms; b For use as oscillator elements specially machinery and equipment associated
g High speed plates having an intensity designed for temperature-controlled with forms having a maximum
dynamic range of 1,000,000: 1 or more. crystal ovens of for TCXO's covered by c dimension less than 0.76mm (30 mils).
below, and having an average ageing rate c Multi-aperture forms with fewer than 10
of .±..1 x 10-9 per day or better (less); apertures possessing any of the following
IL 1586 Technical note: Ageing rate shall be characteristics:
measured over a longer period at a 1 Switching rate of 1 microsecond or
Acoustic wave devices, as follows, and constant temperature of + 60°C or higher faster at the minimum field strength
specially designed components therefor: + 2°C. required for switching at 40°C (104°F);
a Surface acoustic wave and surface c Temperature-compensated crystal 2 A maximum dimension less than
skimming (shallow bulk) acoustic wave oscillators (TCXO) having any of the 2.54mm (100 mils);
devices (ie signal-processing devices following characteristics: d Multi-aperture forms having 10 or more
employing elastic waves in materials, 1 A stability with respect to temperature apertures;
including but not limited to, lithium of better than .±..O.00015 per cent over e Memory storage or switching devices, as
niobate, lithium tantalate, bismuth ger- their operating temperature range; follows:
manium oxide, silicon, quartz, zinc oxide, 2 An operating temperature range wider 1 Thin film (including plated wire and
aluminium oxide (sapphire), gallium than 120°C; plated rods);
arsenide and alpha-aluminium phospate 3 Capable of reaching to within 1 x 2 Single crystal or amorphous film
(berlinite), which permit direct processing 10-7 of normal operating frequency or magnetic bubble;
of signals, including but not limited to, better in 3 minutes or less from switch- 3 Moving domain; or
convolvers, correlators (fixed, pro- on at an ambient temperature of 25°C; 4 Crosstie;
grammable and memory), oscillators, 4 Rated to have an acceleration sensi- f Magnetic ferrite materials having square
bandpass filters, delay lines (fixed and tivity of less than 1 x 10-9 of the loop characteristics, suitable for operation
tapped) and non-linear devices having any operating frequency per g (where above 1 GHz and having all of the
of the following characteristics: g = 981 cm/sec2) over a vibration test following characteristics:
1 A carrier frequency of greater than 400 frequency range from 10 to 2,000 Hz 1 i A saturation magnetisation of
MHz; sine wave and with a maximum level of greater than 0.2 tesla (2,000 gauss)
2 A carrier frequency of 400 MHz or acceleration not exceeding 20 g; for lithium-based ferrites;
less, except those specially designed for 5 Designed to withstand a shock greater ii A saturation magnetisation of
home electronics and entertainment than 10,000 g (where g 981 cm/sec2) greater than 0.3 tesla (3,000 gauss)
type applications, having any of the over a period of 1 millisecond; for other than lithium-based
following characteristics: 6 Radiation hardened to better than ferrites;
i A side-lobe rejection of greater than 10- 10 of the operating frequency per 2 A dielectric loss tangent of. less than
45 dB; gray (I rad 10-2 gray). 0.001 measured at a frequency of I
ii A product of the maximum delay Notes: GHz or greater;
time and the bandwidth (time in 1 This Item does not embargo quartz 3 A ratio of the remanent magnetisation
microseconds and bandwidth in crystals for use as filter elements (Br) to the saturation magnetisation
MHz) greater than 100; which have either of the following (411'Ms) equal to or greater than 0.7;
iD A dispersive delay of greater than characteristics: g Rod forms possessing any of the following
10 microseconds; a Designed for operation as inter- characteristics:
Iv An insertion loss of less than 10 dB; mediate frequency filters oper- 1 Switching rate of 0.3 microsecond or
b Bulk (volume) acoustic wave devices (ie ating from 10.5 to 11 MHz or faster at the minimum field strength
signal-processing devices employing from 21 to 22 MHz with 3 dB required for switching at 40°C (104OF);
elastic waves in the various materials bandwidths not exceeding 40 2 A minimum dimension less than
described in a above) which permit direct kHz; or 0.254mm (10 mils);
processing of signals at frequencies over 1 b Designed for operation as single Single aperture forms embargoed by sub-item
GHz, including but not limited to, fixed side-band filters operating at b above, provided they have a switching rate
delay lines, non-linear and pulse com- from 1 to 10 MHz with 2 dB equal to or slower than 0.24 microsecond and
pression devices; bandwidths not exceeding 4 a maximum dimension of 0.30 mm (12 rhils)
c Acousto-optic signal-processing devices kHz. or more.
68 Security export control 14 June 1985
IL 1595 uniform size of particles in metal more than 14 per cent chromium); except
powders regardless of the type of metal products obtained by casting and having a
Gravity meters (gravimeters), gravity carbon content of more than 1.5 per cent;
gradiometers and specially designed and the embargo status of the powder.
b Steel alloys in crude or semi-fabricated
components therefor, except gravity form, which contain a combination of the
meters for land use having static
IL 1602
following major alloy elements in the
accuracies of 100 microgal or less Pyrolitic deposition technology and amounts listed:
accurate and land gravity meters of the specially designed components therefor, 1 4.5 to 5.95 per cent nickel by weight;
Worden type. as follows: 2 0.3 to 1.0 per cent chromium;
a Technology for producing pyrolitically 3 0.2 to 0.75 per cent molybdenum;
derived materials formed on a mould, 4 0.04 to 0.15 per cent vanadium;
Explanatory note: Nothing in this Item shall mandrel or other substrate from precursor
permit the export of technology or technical 5 Less than 0.19 per cent carbon;
gases which decompose in the 1,573 K (See also Item IL 1672.)
data associated with the design, manufacture (1,300°C) to 3,173 K (2,900°C)
or upgrading of equipment excluded from temperature range at pressures of
embargo by this definition, when such
technology or technical data is also relevant
133.3 Pa to 19.995 kPa (including the IL 1648
composition of precursor gases, flow Cobalt based alloys (ie contains a higher
to equipment embargoed by this definition. rates, and process control schedules and
Note: Marine gravimetric systems having a parameters); percentage by weight of cobalt than of
static accuracy of one milligal or above, or an b Specially designed nozzles for the above any other element), as follows:
in-service (operational) accuracy of one processes. a Containing 5 per cent or more of
mi//igal or above with a time to steady-state tantalum; or
registration of two minutes or greater under IL 1603 b Dispersion strengthened containing more
any combination of attendant corrective Seamless tube and pipe which have an than 1 per cent of oxides of thorium,
compensations and motional influences, to aluminium, yttrium, zirconium or cerium;
civil end-use, for civil end uses.
outside diameter of 60 mm (2.36 inches)
or greater, and seamless fittings or
therefor, which are made of nickel-base c scandium,
Containing 0.05 per cent or more of
yttrium, didymium, cerium,

Group H superalloys that contain the following
major alloying elements: 19.0 weight per
cent or more chromium, 7.4 per cent or
lanthanum, neodymium, or praseo-
dymium.
(See also Item IL 1672.)
more molybdenum, a maximum of 6.0
Metals, minerals per cent iron, and 3.0 per cent or more
niobium (columbium) or niobium and IL 1649
and their tantalum combined. Niobium (columbium), as follows:
Tube and pipe embargoed by this Item to a Niobium-based alloys containing 60 per
cent or more niobium or niobium-
manufactures civil end-users.
IL 1631
tantalum in combination;
b Scrap forms of the alloys described in a
Magnetic metals of all types and of above.
In this Group: (See also Items IL 1675 and 1760 and sub-
Raw materials cover all materials from whatever form possessing .one or more item ML 20 b.)
which the metal can be usefully of the following characteristics:
extracted, ie ores, concentrates, mattle, a Initial permeability: 120,000 gauss-
regulus, residues and dross (ashes); and oersteds (0.15 henry/m) or more calulated IL 1658
Unless p·rovision to the contrary is made at induction 0 and magnetic field strength Molybdenum alloys containing 97.5 per
in particular items of the definition, the b o or the equivalent;
Remanence: 98.5 per cent or over of
cent or more of molybdenum, except
words metal and alloys cover all crude maximum magnetic flux for materials
wire.
and semi-fabricated forms as follows: having magnetic permeability;
c A conlposition capable of an energy IL 1661
Crude forms: product of: Nickel-based alloys (ie containing a
Anodes, balls, bars (including notched bars 1 95,500 joules/m 3 (12 x 1()6 gauss-
and wire bars), billets, blocks, bloOIllS, higher percentage by weight of nickel
oersteds) or greater; or
brickets, cakes, cathodes, crystals, cubes, 2 55 ,700 joules / m 3 (7 x 106 gaus s- than of any other element), as follows:
dice, grains, eranules, ingots, lumps, pellets, oersteds) or greater and having a a With a combined content of aluminium
pigs, powder, rondles, shot, slabs, slugs, coercive force of 159,155 amperes/m and titanium greater than J 1 per cent; or
sponge, sticks. (2,000 oersteds) or greater; b Dispersion strengthened containing more
Semi-fabricated forms (whether or not d Grain-orientated iron alloy sheets or strips than 1 per cent of oxides of thorium,
coated, plated, drilled or punched): of a thickness of 0.1 mm (0.004 inch) or aluminium, yttrium, zirconium, cerium,
i Wrought or worked material fabricated less; or lanthanum; or
by rolling, drawing, extruding, forging, e Magnetostrictive alloys as follows: c Containing 0.05 per cent or more
impact-extruding, pressing, graining, 1 Saturation magnetostriction greater scandium, yttrium, didymium, cerium,
atomising and grinding, ie angles, than 5 x 10-4 ; or lanthanum, neodymium, or praseo-
channels, circles, discs, dust, flakes, foil 2 Magnetomechanical coupling factor dymium.
and leaf forgings, plates, powder, (k) greater than 0.8; (See also Item IL 1672.)
pressings and stampings, ribbons, rings, Technical note: It is understood that the
rods (including bare welding rods, wire measurement of the initial permeability
rods and rolled wire), sections, shapes, will be carried out on fully annealed IL 1670
sheets, strip, pipe and tube (including tube material having a thickness between 3 and Tantalum powder and tantalum alloys,
rounds, squares and hollows) drawn or 100 mil. For convenience of figure of as follows:
extruded wire; initial permability is shown at II 0.. 0. If a Tantalum powder containing less than 200
ii Cast material produced by casting in sand, this figure is normally calculated at levels parts per million of total metallic
die, metal, plaster or other types of above p 0.0 its value is to be equivalent of impurities, and sintered anodes made
moulds, including high pressure castings, that which would be obtained had the therefrom;
sintered forms, and forms made by measurement been at l.l 0.0. b Tantalum-based alloys containing 60 per
powder metallurgy. cent or more of tantalum, and scrap
IL 1635 forms thereof.
IL 1601 Iron and steels, alloyed as follows:
a Containing 10 per cent or more
Inert gas and vacuum atomizing tech- molybdenum (but more than 5 per cent IL 1671
nology to achieve sphericity and molybdenum in any alloys (~ontaining Titanium-based alloys in crude and
Security export control 14 June 1985 69
INDUSTRIAL LIST
semi-fabricated form, or as scrap,
having tJie following nominal compo-
Group I Single oxides of silicon, boron,
aluminium or tantalum;
sitions of 6 per cent aluminium, 2 per ii Single or complex borides of silicon;
cent tin, 4 per cent zirconium, 6 per cent and
iii Single or complex borides or carbides
molybdenum, and the balance titanium. of aluminium;
Technical notes:
(See also Item IL 1672.) 1 For the purpose of this item, "high
purity" is defined as a total metallic
IL 1672
Aluminides of titanium which contain
Chemicals, impurity, excluding intentional or
desired additions, of less than:
a 1,000 ppm for single oxides or
12 weight per cent or more aluminium,
and aluminides of nickel, cobalt and
metalloids . single carbides;
b 5,000 ppm for complex com-
pounds, single borides or single
iron which contain 10 weight per cent or
more aluminium, in crude or semi- and petroleum nitrides.
2 "Fine powders with uniform particle
fabricated forms, and scrap thereof.
(See also Items IL 1635, 1648, 1661 and 1(71)
products size distribution" are defined as
powders with at least 90 per cent of the
particles being less than or equal to 10
micrometres, and the average particle
IL 1702 size being less than or equal to 5 micro-
IL 1674 Hydraulic fluids which contain the metres.
Vanadium of 99.7 per cent or higher principal ingredients petroleum (min- (For zirconia, these limits will be 5
purity (including scrap) and alloys which micrometres and 1 micrometre respec-
eral) oils, synthetic hydrocarbon oils, tively.)
contain vanadium of 99.7 per cent or non-fluorinated silicones or fluoro-
higher purity as an alloying (including Notes:
carbons, and which have: 1 For compounds of thorium or
scrap). hafnium, see also Items A2 and A8
a A flash point of greater than 204°C on the International Atomic Energy
(400°F); or List.
IL 1675 b All of the following characteristics: 2 For compounds of zirconium, see also
Superconductive materials of all types 1 A pour point of -34°C (-30°F); or Item A4 on the International Atomic
and processed conductors containing at lower; Energy List.
2 A viscosity index of 75 or greater; and 3 For compounds of tantalum, see also
least one superconducting constituent, 3 Are thermally stable at + 343°C Item IL 1760.
which are designed for operation at tem- (+ 650°F). b Non-composite ceramic materials, in
peratores below 1031\ (-170°C, -274°F), crude or semi-fabricated form, having
except processed conductors which compositions of the base materials
possess all of the following charac- embargoed by sub-item a above;
teristics: IL 1715 c Granular or fibrous ceramic-ceramic
Boron, the following: composite materials, containing finely
a The superconducting constituent, when dispersed particles or phases or any non-
evaluated in sample length of less than a Boron element, boron compounds and metallic fibrous or whisker-like materials,
one metre, does not remain in the super- mixtures in which the boron-IO isotope whether externally introduced or grown in
conducting state when exposed to an comprises more than 20 per cent of the situ during processing, where the fol-
applied magnetic field in excess of 12 tesla total boron content; lowing materials form the host matrix:
(120 Kiloguass) at temperatures of 4.2 K b Boron element (metal) all forms; 1 All oxides, including glasses;
(-268°C, -451.8°F); c Boron compounds, mixtures, and com- 2 Carbides or nitrides of silicon or
b The superconducting constituent or fila.. posites containing 5 per cent or more boron;
ment has a cross-section area greater than boron (except pharmaceutical specialities 3 Borides, carbides or nitrides of zir-
3.14 x 1Q-4 mm2 (20-micrometre diameter packaged for retail sale), as follows: conium, hafnium or tantalum;
for circular filaments); 1 Boron nitride (hexagonal close-packed 4 Carbon; or
c The superconducting filament(s) are structure, white form) and composites 5 Any combination of the materials
embedded in a copper or copper-based thereof in crude or semi-fabricated enumerated in 1 to 4 above;
mixture matrix; and forms; other boron nitrogen com- d Precursor materials, Le. special purpose
d The conductor is either non-coated or pounds (eg borazanes, borazines, and polymeric or metallo-organic materials
insulated with varnish, glass fibre, boropyrazoyls); for producing any phase or phases of the
polyamide or polyimide; 2 Boron hydrides (eg boranes), except materials covered by sub-items b or c
Technical note: Superconductive materials sodium boron hydride, potassium above, as follows:
are metals, alloys and compounds which lose boron hydride, monoborane, diborane 1 Polycarbosilanes and polydiorgano-
electrical resistance near absolute zero of and triborane; sHanes (for producing silicon carbide);
temperature, Le. they have infinite electrical 3 Organoboron compounds, including 2 Polysilazanes (for producing silicon
conductivity and can carry very large metallo-organoboron compounds; nitride); or
electrical currents without Joule heating. The 3 Polycarbosilazanes (for producing
superconducting state for each material is ceramics with silicon, carbon and
individually characterized by a critical tem- nitrogen components).
perature, a critical magnetic field (which is a
IL 1733
function of temperature) and a critical Base materials, non-composite ceramic
current density (which is a function of both materials; ceramic-ceramic composite
magnetic field and temperatu·re). Materials materials and precursor materials for the IL 1746
remain in the superconducting state provided manofacture of high temperature fine Polymeric substances and manufac-
temperature, magnetic field and current technical cer.mic products, as follows: turers thereof, as follows:
density are all less than the critical values.
Note: Individual shipments of niobium-· a Base materials, i.e. "high purity" "fine a Polyimides (including maleimides);
titanium wire covered by this Item having a powders with uniform particle-size Explanatory note: It is not intended that this
filament cross..sectional area of 9.5 x distribution", as follows: sub-item shall cover fully cured polyimide or
10-' mm2 (or JJ..micrometre diameter) or Single or complex non..composite oxides, polyimide-based film, sheet, tape or ribbon
greater in copper of copper-based mixture borides, carbides or nitriqes of silicon, having thickness of 10 mils (0.010 in or
matrix, in quantities not exceeding 10 kg. aluminium, boron, zirconium or tan- 0.254 mm) whether or not coated or
talum, except: laminated with heat or pressure-sensitive
I
80 Security export control 14 June 1985 .
resinous substances of an adhesive nature, include any embedded particles, bubbles, IL 1757
which contain no fibrous reinforcing scratches or internal inhomogeneity which
materials and which have not been coated or reduce visibility through the plastic, and
Compounds and'materlals, as follows:
laminated with carbon, graphite, metal or those localized imperfections which cause
magnetic substances. a variation in angular deviation of more a Monocrystalline silicon, except metallur-
b Polybenzimidazoles; than 5 minutes within a distance of not gical-grade monocrystalline silicon having
c Aromatic polyamides, except staples, more than 508 mm (20 inches) on the a purity not better than 99.97 per cent;
fibres, filaments, yarns and threads screen when tested by method ASTM Note: Monocrystalline silicon having a
having a fibre modulus of 250 grams-force D637. (It is not intended that the entire purity not better than 99.999 per cent and
per denier or less and a tenacity of 11 sheet be quantitatively surveyed for such containing at least 0.5 part in }06 each of
grams-force per denier or less, and textiles variation in deviation, but that localized iron, carbon, boron and phosporous, plus
or mat products thereof; imperfections which are suspected of other impurities.
d Polybenzothiazoles; being detrimental be evaluated by means b Gallium of a purity of 99.9999 per cent or
e Polyoxadiazoles of this test). greater and gallium III/V compounds of
f Polyphosphonitriles; (For manufacturers thereof, see Item ML any purity level except:
Technical notes: 10 on the Munitions List.) i Gallium phosphide; or
1 The characteristics referred to in sub-item ii Other gallium III/V compounds
c are defined as follows, in accordance having a dislocation density (etch pit
with the ASTM Standard D2 101-72: density-EPD) greater than 500,000 per
a Tenacity: tensile stress when expressed
IL 1754 cm 2 ;
as force per unit linear density of the Fluoro carbon compounds and manufac- Note: Gallium 1111 V compounds intended
unstrained. specimen, ie grams-force tures, as follows: for light-emitting diodes and having all of
per denier or grams-force per tex. thefollowing characteristics:
b Fibre modulus: (secant modulus): ratio a Monomeric and polymeric materials, as a Dislocation density (etch pit density -
of change in stress to change in strain follows: EPD) greater than 10,000 percm2,'
between two points on a stress-strain 1 Polychlorotrifluoroethylene, oily and b Carrier concentration greater than 1 x
curve, particularly the points of zero waxy modifications only; 1017 percm3; and
stress and breaking stress, and is 2 Copolymers and terpolymers com- c Carrier mobility less than 3,000
expressed in grams-force per denier or posed of any combination of the cm2 1Y:.sec.;
grams-force per tex. following monomers: tetrafluoro- c Indium of a purity greater than 99.9995
c Denier: nUITlber of graIns in 9,000 m of eth ylene, chlorotri fl uoroethylene, per cent and 111-V indium compounds
material, usually fibre, filament, vinylidene fluoride, hexafluoro- containing more than 1 per cent indium;
staple, thread, etc. propylene and bromotrifluoro- d Hetero-epitaxial materials consisting of a
d Tex: nurnber of grams in 1,000 m of ethylene, except the copolymers of monocrystalline insulating substrate
material, usually yarn. ' tetrafluoroethylene and hexafluoro- epitaxially layered with silicon,
2 It is not intended that this Item shall propylene; compounds of gallium or compounds of
include manufactured articles where the 3 Polybromotrifluoroethylene; indium;
value of the polymeric component 4 Dibromotetrafluoroethane, except that e Elemental Cd and Te of purity levels of
together with materials mentioned in having a purity of 99.8 per cent or less 99.999 per cent or greater, and CdTe com-
other items appearing in this schedule is and containing at least 25 particles of pounds of a purity level of 99.99 per cent
less than 50 per cent of the total value of 200 microns or larger in size per or greater or single crystals of CdTe of
the article. 100 ml; any purity level;
(See also Itern IL 1564.) 5 Perfluoroalkylamines; f Polycrystalline silicon, except poly-
b Greases, lubricants and dielectric, damp- crystalline silicon having a purity of 99.99
ing and flotation fluids made wholly of per cent or less and containing at least 0.5
any of the materials in sub-item a above; part in 1()6 each of iron, carbon, boron
IL 1749 c Electric wire and cable coated with or in- and phosphorus, plus other impurities;
Polycarbonate sheet of 1.5 mm (0.060 sulated with any of the materials in sub- g Compounds used in the synthesis of the
item a 2 above, except oil well logging materials covered by sub-item f above,
inch) to 25.4 mm (1 inch) thickness,. having a purity level of 99.5 per cent or
having no "major defects" and having cable.
better, including but not limited to SiH4 ,
all of the following optical Note: Up to 5 US gallons (18.9 litres) of SiCIH 3 , SiC1 4 , SiC1 3H, and SiC1 2 H 2 ;
charlacteristics: polychlorotrijluoroethylene-based lubricat-
ing oils covered jointly by sub-items a 1 and b Note:
for bona fide civil uses. The purity level of a mixture containing a
a Less than 2 per cent haze as determined by (For hydraulic fluids using these elements, silicon-bearing compound shall be taken
method ASTM Dloo3; see also Item IL 1702.) to be the same as that of the silicon-
b An angular deviation, as determined by bearing compound.
method ASTM D637, as follows: h Single crystals sapphire substrates;
1 Not more than 12 minutes at any lo- IL 1755 i 8 203 with a purity of 99.9 per cent or
cation more than 25.4 mm (1 inch) greater, containing 1,000 parts per million
from the edge of the sheet for sheet Silicone fluids and greases, as follows: of H 20 or less, in powder or cast form;
thickness of 1.5 mm (0.060 inch) to Monocrystalline germanium with a resis-
9.5 mm (0.375 inch); or a Fluorinated silicone fluids; tivity greater than 100 ohm.cm;
2 Not more than 20 minutes at any b Silicone and fluorinated silicone lubricat- k Resist materials with any of the following
location more than 25.4 mm (1 inch) ing greases capable of operating at tem- characteristics:
from the edge of the sheet for sheet peratures of 180°C (356°F) or higher and 1 Sensitive to X-rays or deep ultraviolet
thickness over 9.5 mm (0.375 inch) to having a drop point (method of test being light (wavelength less than 436 nano..
25.4 Inm (1 inch); ASTM or ITP) of 220°C (428°F) or metres) with a sensitivity of 500 milli..
c Total number of minor optical defects higher. joules/cm2 or better;
(excluding those within 25.4 mm (l inch) Note: Silicone and fluorinated silicone 2 Sensitive to electrons or ion beams
of the sheet edge) as follows: lubricating greases embargoed by sub-item b with a sensitivity of 100 micro-
1 Not exceeding 1 per 0.368 m 2 (4 ft 2 ) above, provided that they are not capable of coulombs/cm2 or better;
for sheet which is 12.7 mm (0.5 inch) operating at temperatures of 205°C (400°F) 3 Specified or optimised for, dry develop-
or less in thickness; or or higher. ment;
2 Not exceeding 2 per 0.092 m 2 (1 ft2) (For hydraulic fluids using these elements, Single .. crystal forms of bismuth
for sheet over 12.7 mm (0.5 inch) in see also IL 1701.) germanium oxide having piezo..electric
thickness; propertie~ and single..crystal forms of
Technical note: "Major defects" are Hthium niobate, of lithium tantalate and
defined as variations in the material which ofaluminium phosphate.
cause angular deviations either side or the
undeviated position in excess of those
listed in sub-item b above. Minor defects
. Security export control 14 June 1985 61
INDUSTRIAL LIST
IL 1759 c Tapes, woven fabrics and random 2 Mouldable copolymers of butadiene
mats; and acrylic acid;
Syntactic foam for underwater use d Chopped fibres, staple fibres and 3 Mouldable terpolymers of butadiene,
formulated for applications at depths coherent fibre blankets; acrylonitrile and acrylic acid or any of
greater than 1,000 metres or with a e Whiskers, either monocrystalline or the homologues of acrylic acid;
density of 0.561 gfcm3 (35 Ibsfcu ft) polycrystalline, of any length. c Carboxyl terminated polyisoprene.
(specific gravity 0.561) or less. :1 "Specific modulus" is Young's modulus
in N/m2 (lbs force/sq in) divided by
Technical note: Syntactic foam consists of specific weight in N/m 3 (lbs force/cue in),
hollow plastic or glass spheres less than 100 measured at a temperature of (296 .± 2) K
micrometres in diameter uniformity (23 .± 2)OC) «73.4 .± 3.6)OF) and a
embedded in a resin matrix. relative humidity of (50 ± 5) per cent.
For deep submergence vehicles, see Item IL 3 "Specific tensile strength" means ulti-
1418. mate tensile strength in N/m 2 (lbs
force/sq.in) divided by specific weight in
N/m 3 (lbs force/cu.in) measured at a
IL 1760 temperature of (296 .± 2) K «23 .± 2)OC)
Compounds of tantalum and niobium «73.4 + 3.6)OF) and a relative humidity
of (50 + 5) per cent.
(columbium), as follows:

a Tantalates and niobates having a purity of IL 1767
98 per cent or more;
b Other compounds containing 20 per cent Preforms of glass or of any other
or more of tantalum in which the niobium material specially designed for the fabri-
content with respect to tantalum is less cation of optical fibres covered by Item
than one part per thousand; IL 1526 c and d.
Note: This item does not cover single-crystal
lithium niobate and single-crystal lithium
Technical note: Optical fibre preforms are
tantlate, for which see Item IL 1757 1. defined as bars, ingots, or rods of glass,
(See also Items IL 1649 and IL 1670.) plastic or other materials which have been
specially processed for use in fabricating
optical fibres. The characteristics of the
IL 1763 preform determine the basic parameters of
Fibrous and filamentary materials which the resultant drawn optical fibres.
may be used in composite structures or Note:
laminates, and such composite struc- Preforms specially designed for mu/timode
tures and laminates, as follows: optical fibres only optimised for communi-
cation purposes at 850 nanometres.
a Fibrous and filamentary materials having
both of the following characteristics: IL 1781
1 "Specific modulus" greater than 3.18
x l()6m (1.25 x 1()8 in); Synthetic lubricating oils/greases which
:1 "Specific tensile strength" greater are or which contain as their principal
than 7.62 x l()4m (3 x 1()6 in); ingredient, the following:
b Fibrous and filamentary materials having
both of the following characteristics: a Monomeric and polymeric forms of
1 "Specific modulus" greater than 2.54 perfluorotriazjnes, perfluoroaliphatic
x l()6m (1 x lOS in); ethers and esters;
:1 Melting or sublimation point higher b Polyphenyl ethers or thio ethers contain-
than 1,992 K (1 ,649°C) (3,OOO°F) in an ing more than three phenyl or alkyl
inert environment except: phenyl groups.
i Carbon fibres having a "specific
modulus" less than 5.08 x l()6m (2 x
108 in) and a "specific tensile
strength" less than 2.54 x 1()4m (l x
1()6 in);
ii Multi-phase polycrystalline alumina
GroupJ
fibres having a "specific modulus"
less than 3.56 x 1()6m(1.4 x lQ8 in);
c Resin-impregnated fibres (prepregs) and
Synthetic rubber
metal-coated fibres (preforms) made with
materials covered by sub-item a or b
and synthetic
above;
d Composite structures, laminates and
manufactures thereof made either with an
film
organic matrix or a metal matrix utilizing
materials covered by sub-items a or b
IL 1801
above; Synthetic rubber as follows:
Carbon fibres embargoed by sub-items a and
b above and having both of the following a Fluorinated silicone rubber and other
characteristics: fluorinated elastomeric material and such
a Specific modulus less than 11.43 x 1fY>m organic intermediates for their production
(4.5 x IQ! in); as contain 10 per cent or more of com-
b Specific tensile strength less than 10.16 x bined fluorine;
}OIm (4 x 1()6 in); b Polymeric products of butadiene, as
Technical Dotes: follows:
1 The term 'fibrous and filamentary 1 Carboxyl terminated polybutadiene;
materials' includes: hydroxyl terminated polybutadiene;
a Continuous monofilaments; thiol terminated polybutadiene; and
b Continuous yarns and rovings; cyclised 1, 2-polybutadiene;
62 Security export control 14 June 1985
I
MUNmONS LIST c Military fuel thickeners, including but not
limited to: compounds (e.g. octal) or
mixtures of such compou~ds (e.g.
. napalm) specifically formulated for the
purpose of producing materials which,
(For computer-related terms, see Items IL 1565 or 1566) when added to petroleum products,
provide a gel-type incendiary material for
use in bombs, projectiles, flamethrowers
or other implements of war.
Explanatory note:
Specially designed components therefor in
sub-items a and b above include:
a Guided missile propulsion systems;
b Metal or plastic fabrications such as
primer anvils, bullet cups and other metal
parts;
c Safing and arming devices, fuses and
MLl ML2 exploding bridge wire connectors;
Small arms and machine guns, as Large calibre armament or weapons and d Power supplies with high one-time
operational output.
follows: projectors, as follows, and specially
designed components and software
a Rifles, carbines, revolvers, pistols, therefor:
machine pistols and machine guns except a Guns, howitzers, cannon, mortars, tank ML5
antique small arms dating back beyond destroyers, projectile and rocket Fire control equipment and range
the year 1890 and their reproductions; launchers, military flame throwers,
b Smooth-bore weapons specially designed recoilless rifles; ,finders, as follows, and specially de-
for military use; b Military smoke, gas and pyrotechnic signed components, accessories and
Technical note: Smooth-bore weapons projectors. software therefor:
specially designed for military use as
specified in sub-item b above are those a Fire control, gun laying, night sighting,
which: ML3 missile tracking and guidance equipment;
i Are proof tested at pressures greater Ammunition, and specially designed b Range, position and height finders, and
than 1,300 bars (19,117 psi); and spotting i~stiuments specially designed
ii Operate normally and safely at
components and software therefor, for for military purposes;
pressures greater than 1,000 bars the weapons described under Munitions c Aiming devices, electronic, gyroscopic,
(14,706 psi); and List Items ML 1 and 2. acoustic and optical, specially designed
iii Are capable of accepting ammunition for military purposes;
greater than 76.2 mm in length (ie Explanatory Notes: d Bomb sights, bombing computers, gun
commercial 12-gauge magnum shot 1 Specially designed components therefor sights and periscopes, specially designed
gun shells). include: for military purposes;
The parameters in this Technical note are a Metal or plastic fabrications such as e Television sighting units specially
to be measured according to the standards primer anvils, bullet cups, cartridge designed for military use.
of the Commission Internationale links, rotating bands and munitions
Permanente. metal parts;
c Specially designed components therefor, b Safing and arming devices, fuses and
eg barrels, cylinders and breeches. exploding bridge wire connectors; ML6
Notes: c Power supplies with high one-time Tanks and vehicles specially designed
1 Weapons embargoed by this Item not of operational output; for military purposes, as follows, and
the fully automatic firing type, as follows: 2 This Item does not cover ammunition specially designed components and soft-
i Rifled-bore weapons specially designed crimped without a projectile (blank star)
for sporting target shooting as defined and dummy ammunition with a pierced
ware therefor:
in the Olympic Rules; powder chamber.
ii Rifled-bore weapons specially designed 3 Ammunition and cartridges, as follows: a Tanks and self-propelled guns;
for hunting having a magazine capacity i Target ammunition or cartridges with b Military type armed or armoured vehicles,
not exceeding 5 rounds; an expanding bullet of the type used and vehicles fitted with mountings for
iii Multiple-barrelled hunting weapons for hunting or sport; arms;
having one or more rifled-bore barrel ii Ammunition or cartridges specifically c Armoured railway trains;
and at least one smooth-bore barrel; intended for the testing of firearms; d Military half-tracks;
iv Clips or magazines for the above provided that such ammunition is for the e Military type recovery vehicles;
weapons with a capacity not exceeding weapons described in the italic Note to f Gun -carriers and tractors specially
5 rounds; Munitions List Item ML 1. designed for towing artillery;
v Weapons using non-centre fire g Trailers specifically designed to carry'
ammunition;
ammunition;
Prior to the issuance ofa licence under the
ML4 h Amphibious and deep water fording
terms of this note, a statement must be Bombs, torpedoes, rockets and missiles military vehicles;
provided from a responsible guided and unguided, as follows, and Military mobile repair shops specifically
representative of the end-user or specially designed software therefor: designed to service military equipment;
importing agency describing the end-use All other speically designed military
and certifying that the weapons will not be a Bombs, torpedoes, grenades (including vehicles.
re-exported or otherwise disposed of smoke grenades)" smoke canist<~rs,
without the permission of the UK rockets, mines, missiles guided or un-
government. guided, depth charges, fire bOITtbs,
incendiary bombs and military demolition
ML7
2 This Item does not embargo smooth-bore
weapons used for hunting and sporting charges, devices and kits, pyrotechnic Toxicological agents and tear gas and
purposes. These weapons must not be flare signals for military use, cartridges related equipment, as follows, and
specially designed for military use or of and simulators therefor; ~pecially designed software therefor:
the fully automatic firing type. b Apparatus and devices specially designed
3 This Item does not embargo firearms for the handling, control, activation,. a Bioiogical, cihemical and radioactive
specially designed for dummy launching, laying, sweeping, dischar~ing, \ materials adapted for use in war to
ammunition and which are incapable of detonation or detection of items described produce casualties in men or animals, or
firing any embargoed ammunition. in sub-item a; to damage crops;
Security export control 14 June 1985 83
MUNDlONSUST
b Equipment specifically designed and in- more than 16 per cent TNT; cepted under Item IL 1460; and specially
tended for the dissemination of the b Nitrocellulose with a nitrogen content of designed components therefor;
materials described in sub-item a; over 12.2 per cent; b Airborne equipment, including airborne
c Equipment specifically designed and in- c Nitroglycerin; refuelling equipment, specially designed
tended for defence against the materials d Single base nitrocellulose; for use with the aircraft and helicopters
described in sub-item a, and for their e Sodium azide and other inorganic azides. and the engines of the types of aircraft
detection and identification; and helicopters covered by sub-item a and
d Components specially designed for the component parts thereof;
items listed in sub-items band c above. ML9 c Pressure refuellers, pressure refuelling
Note: Sub-item c does not include personal equipment, equipment specially designed
radiation monitoring dosimeters. Vessels of war and special naval equip- to facilitate operations in confined areas
ment, as follows, and specially designed and ground equipment, not elsewhere
software therefor: specified, developed specially for aircraft
ML8 and helicopters and aircraft and helicopter
a Combatant vessels or vessels designed for engines covered by sub-item a;
Military explosives and fuels, as follows, offensive or defensive action (surface or d Pressurized breathing equipment and
additives, precursors and stabilizers underwater) whether or not converted to partial pressure suits for use in aircraft
therefor, and specially designed soft- non-military use and regardless of current and helicopters, anti- "a" suits, military
ware therefor: state of repair or operating condition, and crash helmets, parachutes used for
hulls or parts of hulls for such vessels; combat personnel, cargo dropping, and
Explanatory Notes: b 1 Diesel engines of 1,500 h.p. and over aircraft deceleration, liquid oxygen con-
1 Additives are substances used in explosive with rotary speed of 700 Lp.m. or over verters used for aircraft, helicopters and
formulations to improve their properties; specially designed for submarines; missiles, catapults and cartridge actuated
2 Stabilizers are substances used in 2 Electric motors specially designed for devices utilized in emergency escape of
explosive formulations to improve their submarines, Le. over 1,000 h.p. quick personnel from aircraft and helicopters.
shelf-Jife; reversing type, liquid cooled and
3 Precursors are special chemicals used in totally enclosed;
the manufacture of military explosives. 3 Non-magnetic diesel engines, 50 h.p.
Except as they may be proscribed else- and over specially designed for military ML 11
where, the term is not intended to cover purposes. Electronic equipment specially designed
industrial" chemicals that are widely avail- Note: An engine shall be presumed to for military use and specially designed
able in international markets; be specially designed for military components and software therefor.
a Military explosives; purposes if:
Note: Military high explosives are solid, i It has non-magnetic parts other
liquid or gaseous substances or mixtures than crank-case, block, head,
of substance which, in their application as pistons, "covers, end-plates, valve ML 12
primary, booster, or main charges in facings, gaskets, and fuel, lubri-
cation and other supply lines; or Photographic and electro-optical
warheads, demolition and other military
applications, are required to detonate. ii Its non-magnetic content exceeds 75 imaging equipment, as follows, and
b Military propellants; per cent of total weight. specially designed components and soft-
Note: Military propellants are solid, liquid C Magnetic, pressure, and acoustic under- ware therefor:
or gaseous substances or mixtures of sub- water detection devices specially designed
stances used for propelling projectiles and for military purposes; controls and com- a 1 Air reconnaisance cameras and associ-
missiles, or to generate gases for powering ponents thereof; ated equipment designed for military
auxiliary devices for embargoed military d Submarine and torpedo nets; purposes;
equipment which, when ignited, burn or e Compasses and equipment therefor and 2 Film processing and printing machines
deflagrate to produce quantities of gas ship's course indicators, specially designed designed for military purposes;
capable of performing work, but in their for submarines; b Other cameras and electro-optical imaging
application these quantities are required f Specially designed components, access- devices, including infrared and imaging
not to undergo a deflagration to deton- ories and attachments to the foregoing, radar sensors, whether recording, or
ation transition. such as turrets, naval gun mounts, sub- transmitting via datalink, designed for
c Military pyrotechnics; marine batteries and catapults; military (including reconnaissance)
Note: Military pyrotechnics are mixtures g Hull penetrators and connectors specially purposes;
of solid or liquid fuels and oxidizers designed for military purposes that enable c Specialised equipment for the cameras
which, when ignited, undergo an energetic interaction with equipment external to a and electro-optical imaging devices em-
chemical reaction at a controlled rate vessel. bargoed by sub-item b above designed to
intended to produce specific time delays, make the recorded or transmitted infor-
or quantities of heat, noise, smoke, visible mation militarily useful.
light or infrared radiation. Pyrophorics ML 10 Note: Specialised equipment covered by
are a subclass of pyrotechnics, which sub-item c above which relate to electro-
contain no oxidizers but ignite spon-
Aircraft and helicopters, of the pilot or optical imaging devices and imaging radar
taneously on contact with air. pilotless types, and aero-engines and sensors includes but is not limited to
d Military high-energy solid or liquid fuels, aircraft or helicopter equipment, digital image processors and softcopy
including aircraft fuels specially formu- associated equipment and components, imagery display devices.
lated for military purposes; specially deisgned for military purposes,
Note: This sub-item covers finished pro- as follows, and specially designed
ducts only and does not cover constituents. software therefor:
Certain explosive substances and mixtures ML 13
normally used for civilian or industrial a Combat aircraft and helicopters and other Special armoured equipment, as follows:
purposes or made into cartridges or charges aircraft and helicopters specially designed a Armoured plate;
of an exclusively civilian or industrial nature for military purposes, including military b Combinations and constructions of
such as propellants for sporting purposes or reconnaissance, assault, military training metallic or non-metallic materials special-
shooting gallery practice,' cartridges for and logistic support, and all aircraft and ly designed to provide ballistic protection
rivetting guns,' and explosive charges for agri- helicopters having special structural for military systems;
cultural purposes, public works, mines, features such as multiple hatches, special c Military helmets:
quarries, or oil-well drilling. The following doors, ramps, reinforced floors and the Note: This sub-Item is not intended to
are the substances or mixtures to which this like, for transporting and airdropping embargo conventional steel helmets not
procedure may apply: troops, military equipment and supplies; equipped with, modified or designed to
a Nitrate-based (40 per cent or. more) and aero-engines specially designed or adapted accept any type of accessory device;
provided they do not contDin more than for use with such aircraft and helicopters, d Body armour, flak suits and specially
40 per cent nitroglycollnitroglycerin or no . with; the .exception of aero-engines ex- designed components therefor.
·64 Security export control 14 June 1986.
ML 14 standards, as follows: target;
i Equipment for determining the ig- b Particle beam and microwave systems
Specialised military training equipment nition and deflagration temperatures; capable of destruction or effecting
and specially designed components, ii Equipment for steel-shell tests; mission-abort of a target;
accessories and software therefor. iii Drop hammers not exceeding 20 kg in c Specially designed components for
weight for determining the sensitivity systems embargoed by a and b above,
of explosives to shock; including but not limited to:
ML 15 iv Equipment for determining the friction 1 Prime power generation, energy
Military infrared and thermal imaging sensitivity of explosives when exposed storage and switching, and fuel-
equipment and image intensifier equip- to charges not exceeding 36 kg in handling equipment;
weight. 2 Target acquisition and tracking sub-
ment, and specially designed components 2 "Production" includes design, examin- systems;
and software therefor. ation, manufacture, testing and checking. 3 Sub..systems capable of damage
(See also Items IL 1502, 1555, and 1556.) assessment;
4 Beam-handling and projection
ML16 ML 19 equipment;
Enviro>nmental chambers capable of 5 Equipment with rapid beam slew
>Forgings, castings and semi-finished pressures below 0.133 microbar <10-4 capability for rapid multiple target
products specially designed for the Torr) and specially designed components operations;
goods described under Items ML 1, 2, 3, therefor. 6 Specially designed components for the
4 and 6 on this List. equipment embargoed by sub-items 1
to 5 above;
Note: This Item is not intended to cover Note: See Item IL 1522 for embargo para..
ML 17 equipment fitted with such industrial meters of lasers and associated laser
Miscellaneous equipment and materials, machinery as is not embargoed by these Lists, components.
for instance coating machinery, n.e.s., and
and specially designed software therefor, equipment for the casting of plastics.
as follows: ML24
8 Self-contained diving and underwater ML 20 "Software" <as defined in Item IL
swimming apparatus, as follows: 1566), as follows:
Cyrogenic and superconductive equip-
1 Closed and semi-closed circuit
(rebreathing) apparatus; ment and components, and specially a "Software" specially designed for the
2 Specially designed components for use designed software therefor, as follows: modelling, simulation or evaluation of
in the conversion of open-circuit military weapons systems;
apparatus to military use; a Equipment specially designed or con.. b "Software" for determining the effects of
3 Articles exclusively designed for military figured to be installed in a vehicle for conventional, nuclear, chemical or bio..
use with self-contained diving and military ground, marine, airborne or logical warfare weapons.
underwater swimming apparatus; space application and capable of oper-
b Fire arms silencers (mufflers); ating while in motion and of producing or
c Power-controlled searchlights and control maintaining temperatures below l03K
units therefor, designed for military use (-170°C, -274°F), and specially
and specially designed software therefor; designed accessories, components and
d Construction equipment built to military software therefor;
specifications, specially designed for air- b Superconductive electrical equipment
borne transport. (rotating machinery and transformers)
designed for operation at temperatures
below l03K (-170°C, -274°F), and that
ML 18 are specially designed or configured to be
installed in a vehicle for military ground,
Equipment and technology for the pro- marine, airborne or space applications
duction of items referred to in this List, and capable of operating w~ile in motion,
as follows, and specially designed except direct..current hybrid homopolar
software therefor: generators that have single-pole normal
metal armatures which rotate in a
8 Specially designed production equipment; magnetic field produced by super-
b Components specially designed for equip- conducting windings, provided those
ment embargoed by sub-item 8; windings are the only superconducting
c Production equipment embargoed else- component in the generator, and specially
where on these Lists including that under designed accessories, components and
the italic Notes; software therefor.
d Specific production technology, even if
the equipment with such technology is to
be used is unembargoed; ML22
e Technology specific to the design of, the Electrically triggered shutters of the
assembly of components into, and the carbon injection or photochromic
operation, maintenance and repair of
complete production installations even if
function type having a a shutter speed of
the components themselves are less than 100 microseconds, and specially
unembargoed. designed software; except shutters whIch
are an essential part of a high-speed
Explanatory Notes: camera.
1 Equipment used to determine the safety
data of explosives, as required by the
International Convention on the ML23
Transport of Dangerous Goods (C.I.M.,
articles 3 and 4 in Annex 1 RID, provided Directed energy weapons systems, as
that the equipment will be used only by follows, and specially designed software
the railway authorities of current C. I.M. therefor:
members, or by Government accredited
testing facilities in those countries, for the a Laser systems specially designed for
testing of explosives to transport safety destruction or effecting mission-abort of a
. Security export control 14 June 1985 86
Atomic Energy List b Any other materials containing lithium
enriched in the 6 isotope (including com-
pounds, mixtures and concentrates),
except lithium enriched in the 6 isotope
incorporated in thermoluminescent dosi-
meters.

A8
Hafnium, as follows: metals, alloys and
compounds of hafnium containing more
than 60 per cent hafnium by weight, and
manufacturers thereof.

A. Nuclear Materials Exception:
Shipments of the above having a hafnium
content of 1kg or less.
At A4
Special and other fissionable materials: Zirconium metal, alloys containing
more than 50 per cent zirconium by A9
a Plutonium all isotopes, alloys, weight, compounds, in which the ratio Beryllium, as follows: metal, alloys
compounds, and any material containing of hafnium to zirconium is less than containing more than 50 per cent
the foregoing; 1:500 parts by weight, and manufactures beryllium by weight, compounds
b Uranium 233, uranium enriched in the wholly thereof: containing beryllium and manufacturers
isotopes 235 or 233, alloys, compounds Exceptions: 'thereof:
and any material containing the
foregoing; i Zirconium metal and alloy in ship-
Note: "Uranium enriched in the isotopes 235 ments of 5 kg or less; Exceptions:
or 233" is defined as uranium containing the ii Zirconium in the form of foil or strip i Metal windows for X-ray machines;
isotopes 235 or 233, or both, in an amount having a thickness not exceeding ii Oxide shapes in fabricated or semi-
such that the abundance ratio of the sum of 0.025mm (0.00095 in.) and specially fabricated forms specially designed for
these isotopes to the isotope 238 is greater ' fabricated and intended for use in electronic component parts or as
than the ratio of the isotope 235 to the substrates for electronic circuits;
photo flash bulbs, in shipments of iii Shipments of 500 g or less of beryllium
isotope 238 occurring in nature. 200 kg or less. having a purity of 99 per cent or less, or
100 g or less of beryllium having a purity
A2 of greater than 99 per cent, provided ship-
ments exclude single crystals;
Source materials: AS iv Shipments of 5 kg or less of beryllium
Nicl(el powder and porous nickel metal, contained in compounds with a purity of
Any of the following source materials in any as follows: less than 99 per cent.
form or incorporated in any substance in
which the concentration of source material a Powder with a nickel purity content of 99
by weight exceeds 0.05 per cent per cent or more and a particle size of less At2
a Uranium containing the mixture of than 100 micrometres; Tritium, compounds and mixtures
isotopes occurring in nature; b Porous metal material with a mean pore containing tritium in which the ratio of
b Uranium depleted in the isotope 235; size of 25 micrometres or less, and a nickel
c Thorium; tritium to hydrogen by atoms exceeds 1
purity content of 99 per cent or more. part in 1,000, and products containing
d Any of the foregoing in the form of metal, Exception: '
alloy, chemical compound or concentrate. one or more of the foregoing:
Single porous nickel metal sheets not exceed-
Exceptions: ing 930cm2 in size, intended for use in batter-
I Source materials having an uranium ies for civil applications. Exceptions:
content of: Note: Sub-item b above refers to porous i Shipments of tritium, compounds,
1 10 kg or less for any application; or nickel metal manufactured from nickel mixtures and individual products contain-
2 100 kg or less for civil, non-nuclear powder defined in sub-item a above which ing one or more of the foregoing sub·'
applications; has been compacted and sintered to form a stances not exceeding 100 curies;
ii 1,000 kg or less of thorium nitrate (mantle ii Tritium contained in luminous paint, self-
metal material with fine pores interconnected
grade) for use in the production of throughout the structure. luminous products, gas and aerosol detec-
thoriated gas mantles; tors, electron tubes, lightning or static
ill Thorium alloys containing less than 5 per elimination devices, ion generating tubes,
cent thorium by weight; detector cells of gas chromatography
Iv Depleted uranium specially fabricated for A6 devices, and calibration standards;
the following civil applications: Nuclear-grade graphite, i.e. graphite iii Compounds and mixtures of tritium,
1 Shielding; where the separation of the constituents
.2 Packaging;
having a purity level better than five cannot result in the evolution of an
3 Ballasts; parts per million boron equivalent and isotopic mixture of hydrogen in which the
4 Counter·weights. with a density greater than 1.5 gfcm3 : ration of tritium to hydrogen by atoms
exceeds 1 part in 1,000.
Exception:
A3 Individual shipments of lOOkg or less.
Deuterium, and compounds, mixtures
and solutions containing deuterium,
including heavy water and heavy paraf- A7
fins, in which the ratio of deuterium Lithium, as follows:
atoms to hydrogen atoms exceeds
1:5,000 by number: a Metal, hydrides or alloys containing
lithium enriched in the 6 isotope to a con·
Exception: centration higher than the one existing in
Shipments of the above having a deuterium nature (7.5 per cent on an atom percent-
content of 10 kg or less. age basis);
88 Security export control 14 June 1985
B.Nuclear facilities C.Nuclear
Bt
Plants for the separation of isotopes of
B3
Nuclear reactors, i.e. reactors capable of
related
source material, special and other
fissionable materials, and specially-
operation so as to maintain a controlled,
self-sustaining fission chain reaction,
equipment
designed or prepared equipment and and equipment and components specially
components therefor, including: designed or prepared for use in Ct
connection with a nuclear reactor,
a Units specially designed for separating including: Neutron generator systems, including
isotopes of source material, special and tubes, designed for operation without an
other fissionable materials, such as: a Pressure vessels, Le. metal vessels as external vacuum system and utilizing
1 Gas centrifuges; complete units or as major shop-fabricated electrostatic acceleration to induce a
2 Jet nozzle separation units; parts therefor; tritium-deuterium nuclear reaction.
3 Vortex separation units; b Fuel element handling equipment, in-
4 Laser isotopic separation units; cluding reactor fuel charging and dis-
5 Chemical exchange separation units; charging machines; C2
6 Electromagnetic separation units; c Control rods, including the neutron
7 Plasma separation units; Power generation or propulsion equip-
absorbing part and the support or sus-
8 Gaseous diffusion separation units; pension structures therefor, and control
ment specially designed for use with
b Specially designed components for the rod guide tubes; military nuclear reactors.
above, including: d Electronic controls for controiling the
1 Valves wholly made of or lined with power levels in nuclear reactors, including
aluminium, aluminium alloys, nickel reactor control rod drive mechanisms and C3
or alloy containing 60 per cent or more radiation detection and measuring in- Electrolytic cells for the production of
nickel, 0.5 cm or greater in diameter, struments to determine neutron flux
with bellows seals:
fluorine with a production capacity
levels; greater than 250 g of fluorine per hour.
Exception: e Pressure tubes;
Valves not so defined. f Coolant pumps;
2 Blowers and compressors (turbo, g Internals specially designed or prepared
centrifugal and axial flow types) for the operation of a nuclear reactor, C4
wholly made of or lined with including but not limited to core support Equipment specially designed for the
aluminium, aluminium alloys, nickel structures, thermal shields, baffles, core separation of isotopes of lithium.
or alloy containing 60 per cent or more grid plates and diffuser plates;
nickel and having a capacity of 1,700 h Heat exchangers.
litres (1. 7m 3) per minute or greater, Note: A "nuclear reactor" includes the items
including compressor seals: within or attached directly to the reactor
C5
Exception: vessel, the equipment which controls the level Equipment specially designed for the
Blowers and compressors not so of power in the core, and the components production of tritium.
defined. which normally contain or come into direct
3 Gaseous diffusion barriers; contact with or control the primary coolant
4 Gaseous diffusion housings; of the reactor core. C6
5 Heat exchangers made of aluminium,
copper, nickel or alloys containing Frequency chaIrgers (converters or in-
more than 60 per cent nickel, or com- vertors) specially designed or prepared
binations of these metals at sub-atmos- B4 to supply motor staton for gas centri-
pheric pressure with a leak rate of less Plants specially designed for the fabri- fuge entrichment, having all of the
than 10 pascal (0.1 millibar) per hour cation of nuclear reactor fuel elements following characteristics, and specially
under a pressure differential of 105 and specially designed equipment there- designed components therefor:
pascal (1 bar): for.
Exception:
a A multiphase output of 600 Hz to 2 kHz;
Heat exchangers not so defined. b Frequency control better than 0.1 per cent;
B5 c Harmonic distortion of less than 2 per
cent; and
Plants for the production of heavy water, d An efficiency greater than 80 per cent.
deuterium, or deuterium compounds, (See also Item B 1 on this LisL)
B2 and specially designed or prepared equip-
Plants for the reprocessing of irradiated ment and components therefor.
nuclear reactor fuel elements, and
specially designed or prepared equipment B6
and components therefor, including:
Plants for the production of uranium
a Fuel element chopping machines; hexafluoride (UF,) and specially designed
b Critically safe tanks (e.g. small diameter, or prepared equipment (including UF,
annular or slab tanks); purification equipment) and components
c Countercurrent solvent extractors; therefor.
d Process control instrumentation specially
designed or prepared for monitoring or
controlling the reprocessing of irradiated
source and special and other fissionable
materials.
Note: A plant for the reprocessing of irradi-
ated nuclear reactor fuel elements includes
equipment and components which normally
come into direct contact with and directly
control the irradiated fuel and the major
nuclear material and fission product pro-
cessing streams.
Security export control 14 June 1985 67
Index Comb frequency generators
1529
Communication switching
Epitaxial growth equipment
1355
Equipment for Mfr of
Incorporated computers
1565
Incremental recorders/
Military helmets ML 10, ML
13
Military test equipment ML
equipment 1567 electronic devices 1355 reproducers 1572 18
International Communication equipment Esters, ethers, etc 1781 Indium compounds 1757 Military training equipment
Item List Number and systems, as follows Explosives ML 8 Induction potentiometers ML 14
Airborne communication 1568 Military vehicles ML 6
Absorbers-electromagnetic 1561 Fibrous materials 1763 Induction rate generators Missiles ML 4
waves 1561 Types using IR, UV or Fibres - optical, and cable 1568 Modems 1519
Accelerometers 1485 ultrasonics 1502 1526 Inductosyns 1568 Modulators, pulse 1514
Acoustics (ultrasonics) 1502 Types using freq Fibres optical, preforms Inertial (navigation) Modulators, pin 1537, 1544
Acoustic wave devices 1586J synthesizers 1531 1767 equipment 1485 Molybdenum alloys 1658
Aircraft and equipment Radio, line, or fibre optic Filaments and fibre Infrared detection, Monocrystals 1757
1460, 1485, 1501, ~LI0 1519 laminates 1763 communication etc 1502 Motors, servo, synchro and
Aircraft engines, 1460, ~L Radio relay 1520 Filament and fibre Infrared devices 1548, 1549, torque 1568
10 Communication receivers processing machines 1357 ML15 Multiplexing equipment 1519
Aircraft manufacturing 1516/1531 Film photographic 1585 Integrated circuits 1564
equipment 1081 Communication Fire control equipment Integrated flight instrument Naval equipment ML 9
Aircraft engine making transmitters ML5 systems 1485 Navigation equipment 1485,
machinery 1086 1517/1531 Fissionable materials AEL Interlacing machines 1357 1501
Alloys 1600 series -DO- burst frequency 1529 Al Instruments (general) 1529 Neodymium (rare earth
Aluminium (as an alloy) Military MLl1 Flash-discharge X-ray Ion implantation 1355 alloy) 1648, 1661
1661 Compasses, gyro 1485 systems 1553 Ionized gas generators 1206 Nickel and alloys 1661, AEL
Ammunition ML3 Cornputers 1565 Flight-instruments systems Iron alloys and steel 1635 AS
Amplifiers Construction equipment 1485 Isostatic presses 1312 Niobium and alloys 1649,
- Instruments 1521, 1568 (military) ML 17 Flight recorders 1572 Isotope separation 1760
- Diodes (or devices) 1544 Containers, fluorine 1145 Floating dry docks 1425 equipment AEL B1 Nuclear-grade graphite AEL
Integrated circuits 1564 Converters, frequency 1529 Flow-forming machinery A6
- Microwave 1537 Converters, AID, D/A, etc 1075 Jet engines 1460, ML 10 Nuclear plant (and
Analogue computers 1565 1568, 1564 Fluids, oil, greases 1702, Jet engine mfr machinery associated equipment) AEL
Analogue to digital Counters, digital 1529 1754, 1755, 1781 1080 Al,A2,A3,B2,B3,B4,B5
converters Cryogenics equipment Fluorine production Jet nozzle separation units and B6
(instruments) 1568 ML20 equipment 1110 AELB1 Nuclear reactors (and
- (microcircuits) 1564 Crystal pullers, furnaces and Fluorine transportation J osephson effect devices associated equipment) AEL
Antennae 1501, 1537 gas systems 1355 containers 1145 1574 B3,C2
Anti-friction bearings 1371 Crystals, garnet, ferrite, etc Fluorocarbon compounds Neutron generators AEL Cl
Anti-TR tubes 1537 1588 1754 Klystrons 1558 Numerical control systems
Armour ~L13 Crystals, quartz 1587 Fluorocarbon processing Krytron tubes 1542 1091
Cryptographic equipment equipment 1352
Batteries 1205 1527 Frequency changers AEL C6 Lanthanum (rare earth metal Oils and greases 1702, 1754,
Bearings - Ball, Roller, etc Frequency generators 1529 in alloys) 1648, 1661 1755, 1781
1371 Data communications 1519 Frequency spectrum Large calibre weapons ML 2 Optical communication 1519
Beryllium AEL A9 Dayem bridges 1574 analysers (radio) 1533 Lasers and equipment Optical (electro) devices
Blowers Isotope Dete.ction equipment, UV, Frequency synthesizers 1531 incorporating lasers 1522 1568
separation AEL Bl IR and sonic 1502 Fuel cells 1205 Laser recording 1572 Optical elements (for optical
Bombs ML4 Deuterium AEL A3 Fuels (military) ML8 Laser isotopic separation tubes) 1556
Boron 1715 Didymium (as an alloy) Function generators 1568 units AEL B1 Optical fibres and cables
Bragg cells 1586 1648,1661 Furnaces, electric vacuum Lithium and equipment for 1526
Butadiene 1801 Digital!analogue converters, 1203 separation of isotopes AEL Optical fibre manufacture
etc 1568, 1564 Furnaces, diffusion 1355 A7, C4 1353
Cable and wire - insulated Digital counters 1529 Location apparatus Optical fibre preforms 1767
1754 Digital transmission of data Gallium compounds 1757 (underwater) 1510 Optical quality machine
Cable - coaxial 1526 1519 Gaseous diffusion barriers, Logic instruments (probes, tools 1370
Cable - communication Digital recorders 1572 housing and separation units test instruments, etc) 1529 Oscillator diodes (or devices)
1526 Diodes - photo 1548 AELB1 Logic units (microcircuit) 1544
Cable manufacturing Diodes, pin 1537, 1544 Gas turbine manufacturing 1564 Oscillator elements (quartz)
equipment 1353 Diodes, other 1544 machinery 1080, 1086' Logic control, etc (see 1587
Calibrating equipment 1529 Direction-finding equipment Gas turbine engines, marine Computers) 1565 Oscilloscopes (cathode ray)
Cameras - photographic 1501 1431 Lubricants 1754, 1755, 1781 1584
1585, ML12 Directional couplers, Gas. turbine engines and jets
Camera tubes, TV 1555 waveguide 1537 (aircraft) 1460 Machine toolsl 091, 1093 PABX 1567
Capacitors 1560 Diving apparatus ML 17 Gear making machinery Magnetic cards, etc 1572 Parachutes ML 10
Carbines MLl Dry docks, floating 1425 1088 Magnetic media, mfr Petroleum (hydraulic fluids)
Carbon fibres 1763 Duplexers 1537 Graphic recorders 1572 machinery 1356 1702
Carbon fibres (machy for Deep submergence vehicles Graphite nuclear grade AEL Magnetic metals 1631 Phaselamplitude receivers
WInding, etc) 1357 1418 A6 Magnetic tape (recording) 1529
Carboxyl terminated Densitometers, flatbed 1534 Gravity meters (gravimeters) 1572 Phase slip devices 1574
polymers 1801 1595 Magnetometers 1571 Photographic equipment
Cathode ray tubes 1541 Electric arc devices 1206 Greases, oils, fluids 1702, Magnetrons 1558 1585, ML 12, ML 22
Cathode ray oscilloscopes Electron beam etching 1754, 1755, 1781 Majority carrier devices Photomultipliers (tubes)
1584 equipment 1355 Ground test equipment, (transistors) 1545 1549
Cells - electrolytic AEL C3 Electron beam recording aircraft 1501 Marine gas turbine engines Photosensitive components
Cells photo (etc) 1548 equipment 1572 Guns ML1, ML2 1431 (diodes, transistors,
Cells - fuel, photovoltaic Electronic equipment Gyroscopes 1485 Measuring instruments thyristors, cells) 1548
1205 (military) ML 11 (electronic) 1529 Photovoltaic cells 1205
Centrifuges - gas AEL B1 Electron (imaging) tubes Hafnium AEL A8 Measuring systems precision Piezo-electric (quartz) 1587
Ceramic materials 1733 1555 Hall field probes, 1532 Pin modulators 1537, 1544
Cerium (as an alloy) 1648, Electronic tubes (valves, etc) semiconductor 1568 Memory microcircuits 1564 Pistols ML 1
1661 1558 Heat exchangers, nuclear Memories, computer 1565 Plasma etching equipment
Chatnbers (environmental) Electro-chemical devices plant AEL Bl Metal-working processes 1355
ML19 1205 Helicopters and equipment 1001 Plasma separation units
Chemical exchange Electro-magnetic separation 1460, ML 10 Metals (magnetics) 1631 AELB1
separation units AEL B1 units AEL Bl Helmets (military) ML 10, Microcircuits and Plates, photographic 1585
CNC equipment 1091 Electro-optical devices 1568 ML13 microprocessors 1564 Plutonium AEL Al
Cobalt alloys 1648 Electronic computers 1565 Hovercraft 1416 Microsyns (synchros) 1568 Polycarbonate sheet 1749
Cocks, valves, etc 1133 Embedded computers 1565 Hydraulic fluids 1702 Microwave equipment 1537 Polycrystals 1757
Coding machines see Engines, marine gas turbines Hydrofoil manufacturing Mills, rolling 1305 Polymeric materials 1746
Cryptography 1431 equipment 1364 Military electronics ML 11 Polymers, various 1700
Cold-cathode tubes and Engines, aero 1460, ML 10 Military explosives ML 8 series
switches 1542 Environmental chambers Iqtage converters/intensifiers Military infrared equipment Polyphenyl ethers (etc) in oil
Columbium - see Niobium ~L 19 1555, ML 15 ML 15 1781
68 Security export control 14 June 1985